Bangladesh Tightens Control Over Tobacco But Excludes Smokeless Products 20/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Around a quarter of Bangladeshi men smoke, which has major health impacts. Bangladesh’s new government has approved a wide-ranging anti-tobacco law that bans advertising, promotion and display across print, electronic, digital and social media, entertainment platforms and points of sale. The Smoking and Tobacco Usage (Control) (Amendment) Law, 2025 also prohibits corporate social responsibility initiatives from using tobacco brand names, logos or trademarks. Cigarette packs have to carry pictorial health warnings covering at least 75% of their surface and include the contact numbers of the national quit line. It also expands smoke-free public places and bans the sale and use of tobacco products within 100 meters of schools, hospitals, clinics and playgrounds. This is one of the first laws passed by the government of Prime Minister Tarique Rahman, who was sworn in last month after winning elections in February. Rahman’s Bangladesh National Party took over from an interim administration installed after an uprising in 2024 removed Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina and her Awami League from power. the country has a high prevalence of tobacco use, with an estimated 25% of men in Bangladesh smoking – over 21 million. In 2023, around a quarter of deaths among men and 10% of women’s deaths were caused by tobacco – almost 200,000 people in total, according to the Tobacco Atlas. In addition to the substantial health burden, the annual cost of illness attributable to smoking in Bangladesh is estimated to be 730.63 billion takas (approximately US$5.9 billion). Vapes excluded The law does not cover newer tobacco and nicotine products, including vapes, heated tobacco products, electronic nicotine delivery systems and nicotine pouches. This is despite almost 25% of people using smokeless tobacco products, according to the Tobacco Atlas. Welcoming the law, Gan Quan, Vital Strategies’ senior vice president for tobacco control, urged its quick implementation. “This is a positive step, setting the stage to save millions of lives and deliver economic gains, so we must seize this moment with continued collaboration among government agencies, civil society and public health partners, and continuing public education about the harms caused by tobacco,” he said. “Together, we must remain vigilant against the industry’s attempts to subvert or delay these measures and further strengthen policy to address the regulation of emerging tobacco and nicotine products. There is an urgent need to protect youth in particular from being targeted with these products.” Smita Baruah, Campaign for Tobacco-Free Kids executive vice-president, said that the new measures “will drive down rates of tobacco use, save lives and protect kids from addiction to tobacco.” “Tobacco companies know that strong tobacco control laws work to stop people from smoking and prevent young people from starting to smoke, so they do everything in their power to undermine lifesaving laws like this. It is crucial that these measures be protected from the interests of the world’s largest tobacco companies,” she added. Image Credits: Simon Reza/ Unsplash. Sexual and Reproductive Health Rights Include Access to Safe Abortion Services 20/04/2026 Maggie De Block Although the World Health Organization (WHO) recognises comprehensive abortion care as an essential health service, countries all over the world are tightening access, inspired by the United States. But all this means is worse outcomes for women’s health There is a persistent myth that restricting abortion stops it from happening. What restrictions really do – predictably and tragically – is make abortion unsafe. The WHO reports that around 73 million abortions occur worldwide each year, of which – remarkably – 45% are unsafe. The 2017 WHO–Guttmacher report found that 97% of unsafe abortions occurred in developing countries, particularly in Africa, Asia and Latin America, and WHO’s 2022 abortion care guideline notes that around seven million women in developing countries are treated for complications of unsafe abortion every year. Those are only the women who make it to care. Many do not. A preventable cause of maternal mortality The mortality gap between safe and unsafe abortion is stark. In settings where abortion is safe and legal, deaths are rare; where it is unsafe, the risks rise dramatically because the procedure is carried out by unskilled people or in environments that do not meet minimum medical standards, or both. Maternal deaths due to unsafe abortion are often misclassified and under-reported. A review encompassing the period 2009–20 found that 8% of maternal deaths globally were linked to abortion. In low- and middle-income countries, the impact of unsafe abortion is compounded by weak primary care systems, provider shortages, long travel distances, punitive laws, and stigma. The result is delay, secrecy, shame, and complications that could have been prevented. Put simply: when states fail to provide access to safe care, women do not stop seeking abortions. Rather, they are placed in unnecessary danger, with serious health, social and economic consequences. Safe abortion is a basic human right Access to safe abortion is grounded in international human rights law, including the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, and the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women. In Africa, the Maputo Protocol provides an especially important regional anchor for women’s reproductive rights. Many human rights bodies and mechanisms agree that lack of access to quality abortion care risks violating the rights of women and girls, including the right to life; the right to the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health; the right to benefit from scientific progress and its realisation; the right to decide freely and responsibly on the number, spacing and timing of children; rights to privacy and to freedom from discrimination, and the right to be free from torture, cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment and punishment. Human rights bodies have also noted that restrictions on access to abortion affect some women disproportionately. The UN Working Group on Discrimination Against Women in Law and in Practice has observed that “in countries where induced termination of pregnancy is restricted by law and/or otherwise unavailable, safe termination of pregnancy is a privilege of the rich, while women with limited resources have little choice but to resort to unsafe providers.” The Committee on the Elimination of Discrimination Against Women has expressed particular concern that “rural women are more likely to resort to unsafe abortion than their urban counterparts”. The same is true for adolescents, who frequently lack information and must, the Committee on the Rights of the Child has urged States “to decriminalise abortion to ensure that girls have access to safe abortion and postabortion services, review legislation with a view to guaranteeing the best interests of pregnant adolescents and ensure that their views are always heard and respected in abortion-related decisions.” Comprehensive abortion care is more than medicines The practical case for ensuring access to abortion services is also strong because the tools already exist. WHO’s 2023 clinical guidance and self-care recommendations recognise medical abortion with mifepristone and misoprostol as a safe and effective option, and these medicines are included on the WHO Essential Medicines List. The WHO guideline also states that medical abortion can be self-managed using mifepristone plus misoprostol or misoprostol alone where people have accurate information and access to a trained health worker if needed. In resource-constrained settings, that matters enormously. Medication abortion can reduce dependence on scarce specialist infrastructure, make earlier care more feasible, and expand access to rural and other underserved women. But medicines alone are not enough. Women also need quality-assured products, clear information, referral pathways, pain management, and emergency backup if needed. A tablet without a system to support its use is not access. Comprehensive abortion care also includes contraception, counselling and information, timely diagnosis, medical or surgical abortion where appropriate, and post-abortion care for complications after miscarriage or unsafe abortion. Post-abortion care is not an optional extra. Abortion access is shaped by many other policies and practices: access to contraception, laws on marital consent, approaches to gender-based violence, access to adoption services, affordability, provider bias, supply chains, transport, privacy and digital information, religious views, and whether women trust the health system enough to use it. If someone must travel for hours, pay out of pocket, or be shamed and harassed for seeking care, she does not have real access. What governments and donors must do: Reform laws and regulations that criminalise or unduly restrict abortion care. Criminalisation of abortion must end. Punitive laws on women and service providers drive delay, secrecy and unsafe methods. Make mifepristone and misoprostol reliably available and affordable. Registration, procurement, quality assurance and distribution are essential policy choices. Integrate abortion into primary health care and universal health coverage packages. Abortion should not be separate from routine sexual, reproductive and maternal health services. Expand provider training and task-sharing. WHO guidance supports community service models, which are crucial in workforce-constrained settings. Guarantee access to post-abortion care. Even in restrictive settings, treating complications is an absolute minimum standard. Invest in information, privacy and building trust. Women need accurate information and safe pathways into care, with compassion, and without stigma. The choice is political The impact of unsafe abortion on maternal mortality is indisputable. The medicines and standards of care for safe abortion are well established. The rights framework is clear. What remains is a political choice – whether governments, donors and multilateral institutions will treat safe abortion as basic health care or continue to support a hierarchy in which women suffer indignity and die of preventable causes while others pass judgement. Above all, let’s start from this simple premise: women and girls are not vessels for state or religious ideology. They are rights-holders. If governments are serious about realising the right to health and reducing maternal mortality, then safe abortion access must be part of the plan – explicitly, urgently, and at scale. Maggie De Block served as Belgium’s Minister of Social Affairs and Health from 2014 to 2020. She is a medical doctor and a member of the Belgian Chamber of Representatives. Image Credits: Center for Reproductive Rights. ‘A Unique Moment’: New Regional Air Pollution Plans Aim to Cut Health Burden Across Latin America 17/04/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Medellin, Colombia’s second largest city, is located in the northern Andes, where smog becomes trapped through meteorological temperature inversions. The Pan-American Health Organization (PAHO) will soon unveil a new Roadmap on Air Quality and Health, following on from a meeting with countries and other stakeholders in February in Mexico. The PAHO strategy dovetails with an ambitious new regional action plan by the UN Environment Programme – which supports the work of environment ministries. While the high mountains of the Andes might be associated in popular imagination with crystal clear air, in fact, these 4000+ meter high mountains also trap air pollution, smothering cities nestled in their towering ranges. It is visual testimony to the health impacts of an air pollution problem that kills some 370,000 people annually across Latin America and the Caribbean. But Latin American and Caribbean countries are at a “unique moment” in terms of opportunities to improve air quality, marking a critical pivot toward treating air pollution not merely as an environmental byproduct, but as a top-tier public health emergency, according to Juan J Castillo who leads the air quality team at PAHO, the World Health Organization’s (WHO) regional office for the Americas. “We see this action plan as an opportunity to send a strong message to the region, to the ministers of health and the environment, that there is a clear case for health in improving air quality,” said Juan Castillo. His team has been leading the plan’s development while also working to bolster collaboration across Latin America, connecting ministries of the environment and health, and closing the air pollution monitoring gap. Meeting the WHO goal to halve deaths from air pollution by 2040 Latin American cities are already taking climate adaptation measures, like Barranquilla, shown here. But air pollution experts highlight the health benefits of green urban desgin. The action plan comes a year after the World Health Organization’s second conference on Air pollution and health, hosted in Cartagena, Colombia. A core aim of the plan is to create a pathway for meeting the WHO target set out at the Cartagena meeting of halving deaths from air pollution by 2040. At the conference, some 20 countries, including many from the Latin American region, made related pledges. But the action plan aims to mainstream the goal into the plans of health ministries. Over 700 stakeholders gathered in Cartagena, Colombia, for the 2nd WHO Air Pollution and Health in 2025. “This is truly a pivotal point,” Castillo said. “Latin America requires solutions that respond to the specific needs of the region. This is why it is charting its own path towards cleaner air- and one that could inspire other lower- and middle-income nations, fostering further South-South cooperation.” Latin America and the Caribbean already have cleaner air, on average, than hot spots like South East Asia, there is still a long way to go to achieve the World Health Organization quality goals. Some cities in the region actually meet WHO air quality guidelines for particulate matter (PM2.5) and others exceed them “only” by one to two times. However, a number of cities in Chile, Brazil, Bolivia and Peru, have average annual PM2.5 concentrations reaching 3-5 times above WHO guidelines, according to the 2025 report of the Swiss-based monitoring firm, IQ-Air. Lima, Peru is one noteworthy example. The health argument for cleaner skies Local authorities in Lima, Peru promote cycling as part of a sustainable mobility effort. “The evidence shows that there is a huge burden of disease linked to air pollution in the region,” said Castillo. “Air pollution is one of the leading causes of non-communicable diseases and also for all kinds of morbidity, such as asthma attacks, respiratory infections and impaired cognitive development. So we’re focused on using the evidence to help countries make the best decision to achieve their public health goals.” Many countries in Latin America have implemented steps to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, but these climate policies often neglect to consider the health benefits of tackling climate pollutants. These health impact assessments of climate mitigation are crucial and are included in the Organization’s Air Quality and Health Plan for Latin America and the Caribbean, said Castillo. “We need to understand the health gains to bolster the argument for environmental policies and to help with the strategic importance of these policies.” Integrating air quality action on climate change “can be particularly beneficial, as it broadens access to funding and delivers greater public health benefits,” notes a December 2025 regional action strategy by the UNEP-hosted Climate and Clean Air Coalition. Action needed beyond the health sector An all-electric bus in Brasilia is one of many rolled out across Latin America. The CCAC strategy is targeted to ministries of the environment, while the PAHO roadmap focuses on ministries of health. But the two aim to work in tandem to build political will for systemic changes that reduce air pollution. Such changes typically require action on finance, transport, building and household energy systems, urban design and waste management – well beyond the traditional domain of health ministries. In terms of transport, a major air pollution factor, Latin America historically has had stronger public transport systems than many other developing regions, and cities such as Curitiba and Bogota became pioneers in developing Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) as well as cycle networks, which helped reduce emissions from private automobiles. Baranquilla has pioneered several clean transport initiatives, such as electric buses, as shown in a Transformative Urban Mobility Initiative brochure. But too often, BRT systems in the region have remained too dependent on dirty diesel – where cleaner electric systems are needed to really clean up the air further. Now, there is a move to electrify BRT systems in key Latin American cities such as Brasilia, Brazil and Barranquilla, Colombia, supported partly by German development assistance as well as local initiatives. Barranquilla, Colombia, has undergone a massive urban renewal effort with the aim of shifting to a 50% electric bus fleet by 2034. Public transport is being integrated with cycle networks and pedestrian-friendly streets – about 30% of travel is on foot – supporting healthier, more active, and low-emissions mobility. PAHO hopes that more cities can see the health benefits of urban design – and use climate funding for greener cities that foster public health. Closing the monitoring and data gap The new PAHO roadmap advocates for better air quality monitoring to better inform policymakers. Tracking air quality progress has been a challenge for the region. Less than 40% of countries have a government standard for chronic exposure to the most dangerous form of particulate pollution, PM2.5. Without these standards, governments cannot chart further regulation to clean up polluted skies. The region has also struggled with tracking air quality. Only a third of cities in the region have active reference monitoring stations- or local inventories of criteria pollutant emissions, active air management programs, or government-published health impact assessments, according to the most recent regional action plan. And only seven cities have air quality forecasting systems. The data that is available raises several concerns. Of the 58 cities with PM2.5 data, only one city complies with the WHO guideline values. The region of Latin America and the Caribbean has, on average, enjoys cleaner air than South Asia or the African continent. Much of the poorer air quality is in urban centers and the Andean region. “Many cities lack key tools, or those that exist are not operational, up to date, or in use, while their populations remain exposed to harmful pollution levels,” says CCAC in its 2025 regional strategy. A consortium of South American researchers echoed that, in a 2025 review that stated: “South America would greatly benefit from expanded monitoring networks, improved air quality modeling, and detailed health data to better understand exposure–health relationships and multipollutant interactions.” Grassroots organizers like Ana Badillo, a co-founder of the Ecuador-based advocacy group Pacha Ayllu, have also championed access to real-time air quality data through the expanded use by “citizen-scientists” of low-cost air pollution sensors in the capital city of Quito. “This citizen-led monitoring network is designed to empower individuals and communities to better understand the quality of the air they breathe and make informed decisions to protect their health and that of their loved ones,” said Badillo in a recent post. The democratization of data is also central to the new CCAC strategy, which is promoting its AQMx Platform, a digital hub designed to support air quality management exchange and integrate conventional air quality monitoring with low-cost sensor networks, relying more on civil society groups like Pacha Ayllu. Collaborating across sectors At COP30 in Belém in 2025, Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus signaled a historic shift by formalizing the Belém Health Action Plan, highlighting the urgency of climate action for health. With funding an “obvious” challenge for cleaning up Latin America’s air, PAHO and its partners have emphasized the health gains of environmental interventions to help governments understand the strategic importance of such changes. In relation to that, collaboration across the energy and environmental sectors is key, says Castillo, whose office is also working closely with the UNEP-hosted CCAC. Tapping into energy sector investments also means cleaner, more affordable, and reliable energy. The new CCAC strategy targets not only air pollution, but a “triple planetary crisis” – climate change, biodiversity loss, and pollution – by focusing on the reduction of “super pollutants” like black carbon and methane a precursor of ground level ozone (O3), as well as a powerful climate pollutant. But black carbon and methane do not remain long in the atmosphere, reductions can yield rapid gains for health as well as climate. By making air quality projects “bankable” for multilateral giants like the World Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB), the plan seeks to move beyond sporadic grants toward a flexible financing architecture that includes green bonds and blended finance. Mexico City: a story of success A combination of Mexico City’s high population, geography, and occasional wildfires have made clean air a challenge for decades. Castillo pointed to the example of Mexico City, which once had some of the most polluted air in the Americas, or even the world, as a story of success. It was grassroots organizations that agitated for clean air protections. “They demanded action,” Castillo said. “And many other places are following suit.” Mexico City has developed a robust air quality monitoring system, NowCast – and one of the most ambitious goals for reducing short-lived climate pollutants in the region. “It has helped enormously in terms of health protection, because we can now warn people much sooner, telling them not to go outside, not to exercise outdoors and to avoid inhaling highly polluted air,” said Sergio Zirath, Mexico’s director general of Industry, Clean Energy and Air Quality Management in an interview with the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). Mexico has now stepped in to provide technical advice to other countries across the region on clean air solutions. Although this is an effort being led by PAHO, an organization that also includes Canada and the United States, by definition as a strategy for Latin America and the Caribbean, neither are part of this new strategy. “PAHO respects every country’s decision on how they want to manage their policy. Our focus is based on evidence, action and available data,” said Castillo, when asked about the absence of the US from regional clean air activities since the Trump administration took over in January 2025. But in the end, Castillo hopes this strategic plan – an undertaking that still includes 21 countries, civil society, and PAHO – will be more than “just another document.” Instead, he hopes it will provide countries with an opportunity to capitalize on changes already happening in the region – ones that might even clean up the air in the region’s worst-polluted cities suffering from smog buffered by the high Andes. Image Credits: Municipality of Bethlehem, S. Samantaroy/HPW, Partnerships for Health Cities, TUMI, IQAir, IQAir, WHO/PAHO/Karina Zambrana . From Vaccines to Racism: RFK Faces Barrage of Questions in House Committee 16/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Representative Linda Sanchez (left) questioning Kennedy about the explosion of measles cases under his watch. Undermining vaccines, failing pregnant black women, threatening to remove black children with ADHD from their parents – these were some of the barrage of questions put to United States Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr when he appeared before the House Ways and Means Committee on Thursday. Kennedy was testifying about the Trump administration’s 2027 budget, which proposes to cut the HHS budget by 12,5% – including deep cuts for HIV programmes ($923 million less), maternal and child health ($561m), and mental health ($576m). The Trump 2027 budget also proposes to eliminate $4.3 billion from the US government’s global health budget, which falls under the US State Department. Massive measles increase There has been a 675% increase in measles cases since Kennedy was appointed in February last year, according to US Representative Linda Sanchez. “In 2024, under the Biden administration, there were 258 cases of measles. And in 2025, under your leadership at HHS, this ballooned to over 2,000 [cases]. That’s a 675% increase, and we are now on track to suppress to surpass that this year, with over 1,600 confirmed cases in just three and a half months,” said Sanchez. Pointing to the death last year of a six-year-old unvaccinated girl from measles, the first death of a US child from measles in a decade, Sanchez asked Kennedy whether a measles vaccine could have saved her life. “It’s possible,” Kennedy answered. Robert F Kennedy Jr testifying before the House Ways and Means Committee. Sanchez tore into Kennedy for orchestrating the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) decision to remove its “universal vaccine recommendations for children covering seven immunizations, including things like flu, covid, hepatitis A, hepatitis B and rotavirus.” She also quoted Kennedy’s claim on Fox News last year that the adverse effects from the measles vaccine “cause deaths every year… and causes all the illnesses that measles itself causes.” Sanchez said that “CDC data shows that about 80% of children who died from flu this season were not vaccinated, [and] the anti-vaccine rhetoric you ran on and the anti-vaccine actions you have taken over the last year clearly correlates with the dramatic increases in preventable diseases.” She asked Kennedy repeatedly whether Trump agreed with the CDC decision to “suspend public health messaging on vaccines last February” – but Kennedy dodged the question, claiming Sanchez has “a lot of misinformation”. Representative Mike Thompson said that Kennedy is “helping make diseases deadly again.” “Kids have died because measles is running rampant under your watch, in large part because President Trump allowed your conspiracy theories to run our public health,” said Thompson. Undermining health of black women “Black women are nearly three times more likely to die from pregnancy-related causes than white women, yet the Trump administration is undermining black maternal health from all sides,” said Representative Danny Davis, a leader of the Congressional Black Caucus. He cited the Trump administration’s decision to cut $1 trillion from Medicaid, “which pays for 40% of births”, the proposed cuts to maternal and child care for 2027, and cuts to research. “DOGE [Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency] cancelled funds for several research projects that could save countless black mothers, like the Morehouse School of Medicine research on improving the health of black pregnant and postpartum women,” said Davis. “How can we lower black maternal health experiences if we’re cutting funds for these critical programmes, and the administration is saying that you can’t consider race or ethnicity in healthcare?” In response, Kennedy claimed that there had been “tremendous duplication” in programmes and “we are investing huge amounts of money in maternal health.” The US has the highest maternal mortality rate in the developed world. ‘Reparenting’ black children? Representative Terri Sewell (centre) raised Kennedy’s comments that black children on ADHD medication should be “reparented” Describing various comments made by Kennedy as “outlandish and frankly disturbing”, Representative Terri Sewell took issue with his stating during a podcast interview that black children on ADHD medication should be “reparented”. “You said every black kid is now just standardly put on Adderall, SSRIs, benzos, which are known to induce violence, and that those children are going to have to go somewhere to get reparented,” said Sewell, reminding Kennedy that there was a long history of black children being removed from their parents, dating back to slavery. Despite Kennedy’s comments being recorded, he denied making them and said he “doesn’t even know what reparenting means”. Budget chief under pressure Meanwhile, health activists interrupted the testimony of Russell Vought, head of the US Office of Management and Budget (OMB), before the House Budget Committee on Wednesday. Minutes after Vought began his opening statement on the 2027 budget proposal, protesters tood up, holding up posters and shouting slogans accusing the Trump administration of killing people with HIV, and urging the administration to spend the funds Congress has allocated to the US President’s Emergency Plan for Aids Relief (PEPFAR). ”Russell Vought is directly responsible for illegally withholding Congressionally appropriated funds for PEPFAR and related global health initiatives. These funding disruptions have already contributed to preventable deaths and threaten to reverse decades of progress in the fight against HIV worldwide,” said Charles King, CEO of Housing Works, in a statement from the protestors issued by Health Gap. They accuse Vought of “blatant defiance of the will of Congress, which has fully funded PEPFAR programs for FY25 and FY26 over Vought’s objections, including by rejecting $400 million in rescission of PEPFAR funding in 2025.” “The FY27 President’s budget request for HIV and global health would eliminate HIV-specific and all disease-specific programming, while slashing overall global health funding by 46% compared with FY26 levels ($9.4 billion in FY26; $5.4 billion proposed in FY27 the President’s budget request),” according to the statement. “In addition to proposing deadly funding cuts, the FY27 budget request also disparages scientific evidence in global health, particularly regarding highly effective methods of HIV prevention, suggesting elimination of funding for condoms and programs for LGBTQ+ people, who face disproportionately high HIV risk of HIV infection due to criminalization and stigma,” according to the statement. Vought also recently diverted $15 million in USAID funding aimed at lifesaving humanitarian assistance to pay for his personal security, according to Reuters. Vought, former vice-president of the right-wing think tank Heritage Foundation, co-authored Project 2025, the conservative blueprint for governance being followed by the Trump administration. Africa’s Clean Cooking Gap Leaves One Billion Without Access 16/04/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Lack of access to clean cooking fuel and technologies has extensive impacts on health, environment, economy, and women’s equality, say experts at the World Bank Group Spring Meeting. People gather at a clean cooking exhibition in Kampala, Uganda, administered by the Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking. WASHINGTON– Nearly a billion people lack access to clean cooking on the African continent. A heavy reliance on charcoal, firewood, and kerosene pollutes homes with toxic particulate matter and carbon monoxide, disproportionately impacting women and children. Roughly four in five households in Sub-Saharan Africa have no access to clean cooking technology. High fuel prices, driven by the current conflict in the Middle East, complicate efforts to expand the access crisis: more than half of African countries are net energy importers, making high energy dependence an additional hurdle. “This is truly a reality for millions,” said Karabo Mokgonyana who campaigns for energy access at Power Shift Africa. “It’s something that I experience, my mother experiences, my grandmother experiences.” Since a pivotal 2024 summit, $2.2 billion has been mobilised for clean cooking in Africa. Thirty countries have joined the initiative through national energy compacts in a push to alleviate the one billion Africans who still lack access. With ministers of energy from around the world in attendance, a World Bank Group (WBG) civil society event at the yearly Spring Meetings highlighted the urgent matter of a transition to clean cooking – placing the economic, health, environmental, and gender implications of unhealthy fuels and stoves on full display. Mission 300 lays out ambitious goal for continent’s electrification Sub-Saharan Africa accounts for the vast majority of people without access to clean cooking. Toxic cooking methods have for decades been documented as a life-threatening practice, with millions of lives at risk in sub-Saharan Africa. The World Bank Group, African Development Bank and the Rockefeller Foundation are spearheading an initiative to provide 300 million people on the African continent with access to energy by 2030 – half the continent’s electrification needs. Since July 2023, 43 million people have been connected to electricity by the WBG and five million by the Africa Development Bank. “Mission 300 should be about transformation,” said Dean Bhekumuzi Bhebhe, director of the Africa Change Lab, a charity targeted at lifting African people out of poverty. “If Mission 300 is the grounding for our energy access, then clean cooking is not adjacent, it’s central.” The World Bank’s spring meetings heavily discussed job creation and economic growth while mostly shying away from perceived controversial topics like climate investments, and featuring warnings of recessions triggered by the conflict in the Middle East. Leaders at an African Union World Bank Group side event in Washington. From left: Bright Simmons, Hannah Ryder, Hassatou Diop N’Sele, Dr Patrick Olomo, and Dr Ndidi Nwuneli. WBG representatives said its investments work to mainstream clean cooking into its energy access portfolio. “Clean cooking is happening side by side with electricity access,” said Johanna Christine Galan, the World Bank’s Mission 300 coordinator and a senior energy specialist. Yet regulatory uncertainties and perceived risks on the African continent have impeded investments in clean energy and the cost of capital, which African Union leaders have lamented. “Many African countries go to the International Monetary Fund (IMF). But on average, we achieve $200 million in comparison to other countries who achieve over $800 million each time,” said Hannah Ryder, CEO of Development Reimagined and a member of the G20 Africa Expert Panel. “We do need to [use] the multilaterals,” Ryder said. “But we need to start thinking beyond that, creating new instruments, encouraging the growth of African multilateral financial institutions.” Indeed, aid cuts and fuel shortages have driven more African countries to the IMF. The International Energy Agency points to a shortage of bankable projects, the high cost of capital, which can be double or triple the amount for renewable energy projects in Africa compared to advanced economies. “Overlapping crises have also raised the bar for attracting new capital to Africa. Currently, 21 African countries are in or are at high risk of being in debt distress, weighing heavily on public balance sheets and those of state-owned enterprises,” said the IEA. Health and environmental benefits of clean cooking Staff with the Clean Cooking project in Uganda display cleaner cookstove alternatives, which emit less toxic particles, at a market. Cooking with solid fuels is linked to 815,000 premature deaths globally. The smoke from partial combustion of firewood, charcoal, and kerosene in poorly ventilated homes or open fires exposes millions to particulate matter and carbon monoxide, both of which drive severe respiratory conditions and cardiovascular disease. In some countries on the African continent, the percentage of those with access to clean cooking is still in the single digits. Yet for the 30 countries with national energy compacts, access has been steadily improving. These compacts serve as voluntary commitments to expand energy access under Mission 300. “When we say ‘clean’ cooking, it’s from a health angle,” said Dr Yabei Zhang, a WBG senior energy specialist. “We see that by promoting clean cooking, there are multiple benefits, including health and climate benefits.” Emissions from traditional cooking methods are equivalent to global CO2 emissions from international aviation and shipping, or 1.2 gigatons of CO2, according to the International Energy Agency. Black carbon is an especially significant short-lived climate pollutant emitted during cooking, causing warming and health issues. Traditional cooking methods, especially those that use charcoal, have also led to massive deforestation, the United Nations Framework on Climate Change has found. “Over 275 million people live in woodfuel “hotspots,” which are areas where over 50% of woodfuel harvesting is unsustainable,” the UN-funded Clean Cooking Alliance found. “Clean cooking is a proven and critical part of the climate solution. Today’s highly efficient stoves can reduce fuel use by 30–60%, resulting in fewer GHG and black carbon emissions.” The ‘cost of inaction’ vs energy independence Butane canisters, a form of LPG, lined in front of a clean cooking exhibition in Kampala. When pushed on whether the World Bank Group is prioritising investments in renewables over the more widely used liquified petroleum gas (LPG) like butane and propane, its representatives skirted questions about fuel sources. Instead, the WBG spokespeople emphasised expanding access against waiting around “for the perfect solution.” “There is a real cost of inaction,” Zhang said. “Waiting means people are going to suffer. Universal access [comes] first, then we worry about decarbonizing.” Pushing decarbonization to a later date comes with its own issues, Rajneesh Bhuee, who leads efforts to divert international development away from fossil fuels at Recourse, an international non-profit watchdog. “Right now, the World Bank and the International Energy Agency (IEA) are including LPG, biogas, and ethanol as clean cooking,” Bhuee said. “The IEA projects that 45% of clean cooking access will come from LPG.” “But the question we always keep asking is: LPG and LNG will lock countries in fossil [fuels] for decades,” Bhuee added. In countries like Kenya, Bhuee’s home nation, estimates of access to clean cooking remain under than 40%. “We’re calling it a transition solution, but is there a timeline for when LPG phase-out will happen? We want to invest into something that can actually be able to provide that access right now.” In the past five years, around 12 million Africans gained clean cooking access through LPG. One million gained access through other clean cooking solutions, according to IEA figures. ‘A tax’ on women and children Panelists at a World Bank Group Spring Meeting session on clean cooking: from left, Catherine Vowles, Rajneesh Bhuee, Karabo Mokgonyana, Johanna Christine Galan, Yabei Zhang, and Dean Bhekumuzi Bhebhe (not pictured). The lack of clean cooking is also a massive burden on women. Investing in clean cooking unlocks not only climate and health benefits, but also economic gains, especially for women, Bhebhe explained. The time needed to gather wood and prepare meals over inefficient stoves or open fires itself represents a kind of “time poverty,” limiting a woman’s ability to invest time in education or business. “In Africa, we like our meals hot,” joked Mokgonyana,the campaign and energy advisor at Power Shift Africa. “That means a lot of time cooking for us women.” With clean cooking technologies, the time to prepare food is reduced by up to 70%, according to the Uganda alliance on clean cooking. Mokgonyana shared that the urgent need for clean cooking is personal: herself, her mother, grandmother, and sisters all experienced preparing food in unsafe environments. “My daughter knows that the firewood that was collected last week is still at home because this stove saves fuel,” Mercy, a mother in Kiambi County, Kenya told the Clean Cooking Alliance. “Cooking is something many of us take for granted: flick a switch and we immediately get heat with which to cook,” the UN Climate blog added. “For hundreds of millions around the world, cooking is a dangerous activity.” Image Credits: Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking, Tracking SDG7, S. Samantaroy/HPW, Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking. Call for US Congressional Oversight on Bilateral Health Agreements 15/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Mark Lagon of the Friends of the Global Fight against AIDS, TB and Malaria, The US Congress needs to exercise oversight over the bilateral global health agreements that the United States has reached with 30 low- and middle-income countries, relative to the 2025 congressional budget, as they represent a decrease of around a third in allocated spending. Mark Lagon of the Friends of the Global Fight against AIDS, TB and Malaria, told this to a meeting on financing health equity and security, organised by the AIDS Healthcare Foundation and UNITE Parliamentarians Network for Global Health in Washington DC on Tuesday. “In many countries, the US will no longer be doing core global health work on maternal and child health, family planning, and non-communicable diseases. They’re barely in the MOUs negotiated with African and other countries,” Lagon warned at the meeting held on the outskirts of the World Bank’s spring meeting. US funding for bilateral malaria and TB programmes has stopped, while funding for “social interventions and education are falling away in favour of commodities and services,” Lagon added. “Those countries that don’t have MOUs, or even have been bold in refusing them, face disasters – South Africa, Tanzania, Zimbabwe and Zambia. Finally, those countries that have agreed to the MOUs have co-financing targets that may not be feasible,” he said. Not just the US…. Lagon also said that, while there had been global focus on the US cuts to Official Development Assistance (ODA), several other advanced industrial countries had made similar cuts. “If you look at Global Fund’s Replenishment last November, the Trump administration pledged $4.6 billion, but Germany and Japan cut their contributions by 50%, and a co-host of the replenishment, the UK, with the Prime Minister announcing it without embarrassment, had a 30% cut.” Sven Clement, chair of the Board of the Parliamentary Network on the World Bank and IMF. Sven Clement, UNITE member and chair of the Board of the Parliamentary Network on the World Bank and IMF, said that the United Nations had reported two weeks ago that only four countries are on track to spend 0.7% of their Gross National Income (GNI) on ODA spending in their budgets. The UN General Assembly had accepted this 0,7% target back in 1970. However, Li Junhua, UN Under-Secretary-General for Economic and Social Affairs, reported recently that 25 countries had decreased their ODA last year, leading to a 23% drop in ODA from 2024 to 2025 – the largest annual contraction on record. “Only four countries met the 0.7% target – Denmark, Luxembourg, Norway, and Sweden,” said Li. “Based on preliminary data, ODA is expected to further decline by another 5.8% in 2026. Developing countries, especially the poorest, face mounting debt, with debt service burdens hitting 20-year highs.” Highest debt repayments in two decades Debt payments are at their highest level in two decades, according to the UN, particularly affecting investments in health, education and climate resilience. AHF’s Kemi Gbadamosi told the meeting that over 3.3 billion people live in countries that “spend more on servicing debt than on education and health combined”. While interest rates on debt had increased, many countries’ annual spending on health had stagnated at $17 per person – yet a basic health package cost $60, she said. Rosemary Mburu, executive director of WACI Health Rosemary Mburu, executive director of WACI Health, told the AHF meeting that, aside from debt, African countries faced “a high rate of access to capital,” accessing credit at an interest rate of about 10% while wealthier countries accessed the same credit at around 2% of interest rate. “More than half the world’s population – 4.5 billion – are without access to essential health services,” said Mburu. Crises exacerbate pandemic risk Priya Basu, executive director of the Pandemic Fund. “Scientists predict that there is more than a 50% chance of another COVID-like pandemic hitting us in the next 20 to 25 years,” warned Priya Basu, the Pandemic Fund’s executive director. “Pandemic risk is exacerbated by climate change, by changing land use patterns, by urbanisation, by changes in biodiversity,” she added. She urged countries and leaders not to neglect pandemic preparedness in the midst of “multiple crises and multiple challenges”. “Let’s not fall into a cycle of neglect followed by the panic of COVID-19,” said Basu. “If there’s one lesson that COVID taught us, it’s that the cost of being unprepared. “The cost of being unprepared is tremendous, in terms of lives lost, trillions of dollars in world GDP lost; hard-won gains in economic development being reversed. “After COVID, the smart calculus for any finance minister or leader to make is to invest in preparedness.” Clement said that NATO countries are now on track to spend 5% of GDP on defence, yet “spending for health is something that should fall under resilience spending, the 1.5% that we’re currently looking at NATO”. “If you don’t have a healthy population, you can’t be resilient against external shocks. So first of all, we don’t necessarily need to reprioritise. We just need to be very intelligent in how we account for different kinds of spending,” he added. Sudan’s Catastrophic Civil War Enters Fourth Year 15/04/2026 Stefan Anderson As donors gather in Berlin, tens of millions in Sudan face famine, genocide and displacement. The world’s darkest ongoing war – defined by sexual violence, extermination, famine and genocide – enters its fourth year today. With no end in sight, tens of millions of Sudanese people are facing a historic humanitarian crisis of “industrial proportions,” according to the United Nations (UN). Seven years after a new generation overthrew a three-decade dictator, two of his top lieutenants entrusted with shepherding the nation to democracy have become the commanders of its destruction. Sudan is torn in half, facing de facto partition in a land once hopeful of a democratic future. “For three years, we have warned that Sudan was on the brink of catastrophe, and those warnings have gone unanswered,” said Richard Data, the International Rescue Committee’s Sudan director. “This is not just a conflict, it is a collapse of an entire country and a crisis that is rapidly engulfing the region.” The civil war in Africa’s third-largest country has engulfed Sudan in the world’s largest displacement crisis and deepest quantifiable humanitarian emergency. Fourteen million people, a quarter of the population, have been forced to flee for their lives, including 4.3 million refugees who now find themselves in neighbouring nations unequipped to support them. Sudanese refugees receive critical medical care at an MSF-run health centre in the Adré refugee camp, Chad (2024). Thirty million of Sudan’s 50 million people required humanitarian aid last year. That number is expected to grow to 33.7 million in 2026, the World Food Programme (WFP) projects, as aid dwindles and the globe forgets about its most brutal conflict amid international focus on the Middle East War. At least tens of thousands, with some estimates reaching 150,000 people, are dead as a result of the violence. In El Fasher, the capital of Darfur, 6,000 killings by the Rapid Support Forces (RSF) have been confirmed by the UN Human Rights Office. The actual toll is “undoubtedly significantly higher,” the agency said, noting reports of mass graves and blood-soaked streets visible from space via satellite imagery. The RSF’s systematic violence against the non-Arab population of Darfur has led UN experts to quantify their actions as holding the “hallmarks of genocide.” Their detention facilities – “slaughterhouses.” Their violence – “amounting to the crime against humanity of extermination.” “During the siege of El Fasher and surrounding areas, [the RSF] committed myriad crimes against humanity, including murder, torture, enslavement, rape, sexual slavery, sexual violence, forced displacement and persecution on ethnic, gender and political grounds,” the Independent UN Fact Finding Mission in Sudan found. The incalculable violence, atrocities, and depth of the humanitarian crisis facing Sudan’s population continue to accelerate. “Three years of war have already cost Sudan immeasurably,” said Amande Bazerolle, Sudan lead for Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF). “Allowing this trajectory to continue risks condemning an entire generation.” Iran war butterfly effect endangers millions The war in Iran has paralysed the delivery of WHO supplies from Dubai’s international humanitarian hub, the world’s largest. As the world looks away from Sudan, the German government is holding an emergency meeting on the anniversary of the war in an attempt to marshal desperately needed funding. Neither warring party was invited to the meeting in Berlin, which aims to raise $1 billion in aid for Sudan out of a total of $3 billion in costs set out in the 2026 crisis plan developed by international humanitarian organisations. That number is down from $4.2 billion in the 2025 plan. Not due to falling needs, but falling ambition in acquiring aid from donor nations, particularly the US. Sudan aid summits in the previous two years, held in Paris and London, fell well short of their targets. Current funding is around 16% of the needed levels, according to the UN Development Programme. The 2025 plan received around $1 billion in aid, under a quarter of its goal. The war in the Middle East also poses a critical threat to Sudan’s agricultural system at a time of mass famine. Sudan is by far the most dependent nation globally on fertiliser passing through the Strait of Hormuz, accounting for 54% of its imports, UN Trade and Development (UNCTAD) figures show. In addition, fuel prices – critical to its agricultural system heavily dependent on oil-powered irrigation from the Nile River – are up 24% since the Middle East war began, leaving millions struggling to afford basic necessities and threatening crops needed for food and livelihoods. Nearly 70% of Sudanese households relied on farming and agriculture for their income before the civil war. As the war in Iran batters Sudan’s people, aid and agriculture, it is simultaneously contextualising the scale and achievability of its financial needs. The $3.2 billion funding gap in the Sudan humanitarian plan for 2025 – designed to keep 21 million people alive for an entire year – would be covered by three days of US military operations in the current war. The Iran War Cost Tracker, based on Pentagon briefings and official estimates, places the running cost of the US war at around $52 billion – enough to cover 15 years of fully funded humanitarian response in Sudan. Health supplies stranded, health system collapsed An MSF nurse attends to a patient amid the violence in North Darfur, April 2025. / MSF The war in Iran is also holding up lifesaving medical and humanitarian supplies as Sudan’s medical system collapses. Save the Children reported that medical shipments for at least 400,000 people in Sudan are currently stranded in Dubai due to the closure of the Strait of Hormuz. The lost antibiotics, antimalarials, deworming treatments, pain and fever medicines, vitamins and pediatric drugs put more than 90 primary health care facilities across the country “at risk of running out of essential medicines,” the agency said. The World Health Organization (WHO) also suspended operations from its global emergency logistics hub in Dubai due to the war, leaving Sudan without critical cholera supplies, among other medicines. Sudan’s health system, staff and facilities are equally under constant attack. In 2025, Sudan accounted for 82% of all global deaths from attacks on healthcare, according to WHO figures. Over 2,000 people were killed in the 213 confirmed attacks across the country since the start of the civil war. Both warring parties have attacked health facilities in the last two weeks, killing 80 people, including 15 children. Humanitarian supllies arriving in Sudan are faced with further challenges in the delivery stage. Vast swathes of the country remain inaccessible to international relief groups. “Hospitals have been looted, bombed, and occupied,” MSF said. “Medical staff have been threatened, detained, or forced to flee. Ambulances are blocked from reaching the wounded.” “Funding cuts are making an already dire situation even worse, with people once again paying the price: they are dying from preventable causes because Sudanese authorities and the world are failing to come to their aid.” Over 80% of hospitals and primary health facilities in conflict areas are closed. Across the country, 37% of health facilities are “non-functional,” according to WHO. Twenty million people require health assistance as outbreaks of malaria, dengue, measles, polio, hepatitis E, meningitis, and diphtheria continue to spread, the UN health agency estimates. “The health system has been crippled, leaving millions without essential care,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO’s director general. “Doctors and health workers can save lives, but they must have safe places to work and the medicines and supplies they need. Ultimately, the best medicine is peace.” ‘People are eating things that are not food’ Famine in Sudan has been declared in two states, with 20 more facing severe threats. Famine has already gripped several provinces, including El-Fasher and Kadugli, the world authority on food security, the Integrated Food Security Phase Classification (IPC) system, declared in November. The IPC identified further famine risk in more than 20 localities across North Darfur and South Kordofan, the current epicentres of the ongoing fighting. Beyond the famine zones, a total of 45% of the population experienced acute food insecurity in September last year. The international response plan assessing the humanitarian needs in Sudan reported that over half – 61.7% – of people are now acutely food insecure. Millions of families have access to one or fewer meals a day, with many turning to boiling leaves or eating animal feed to survive. Amid the crisis, WFP food assistance fell 14% since the start of the year due to a lack of financing. “People are eating things that are not food anymore. That is how bad it is,” one community leader in South Kordofan told Action Against Hunger (AAH). “We no longer ask what we will eat. We ask who will eat,” Ikhlas, a resident in North Darfur, added. Transporting food to Sudan’s besieged regions requires drivers to risk their life to deliver lifesaving nutrition, Action Against Hunger’s report found. Moving food has also become a life-threatening exercise. Armed soldiers exact bribes on major road routes, frequently attacking and killing those attempting to bring food into the most besieged areas. “Every road has checkpoints. At each one, they take money or food,” one trader in North Darfur told AAH. “By the time you arrive, nothing is left.” The independent UN Fact-Finding Mission in Sudan found that both sides have used starvation as a weapon of war. “The extent of hunger and displacement we see in Sudan today is unprecedented and never witnessed before,” the mission said. “Both the SAF and the RSF are using food as a weapon and starving civilians.” “The RSF and its allies used starvation as a method of warfare and deprived civilians of objects indispensable to their survival, including food, medicine and relief supplies which may amount to the crime against humanity of extermination,” the UN mission added. Sexual violence is defining warfare The vast majority of confirmed sexual assault cases are committed by military men. The total count so far is considered a vast undercount by experts due to broken reporting systems. Sexual violence, mass rape, gang rape, forced marriage, and sexual slavery are inseparable from the war. Thousands of cases, primarily committed by RSF fighters in Darfur, have been documented since the war began. The youngest case documented by UNICEF occurred against a girl who was just one year old. “They took us to an open area. The first man raped me twice, the second once, the third four times,” a survivor told MSF. “Apart from the rapes, they beat us with sticks and pointed guns at my head.” Gender-based violence has further compounded the food crisis for women and girls. The Action Against Hunger report, based on nearly 100 interviews with women in Sudan, found “simply being female has become a key predictor of hunger,” with female-led households three times more likely to experience food insecurity. Routine activities to reach food – going to the farm, market, or waiting in water or food lines – put women at risk of rape and sexual violence. “These gendered threats are inseparable from the hunger crisis,” the report found. “Food scarcity both heightens exposure to violence and amplifies its consequences.” “Sexual violence is a defining feature of this conflict – not confined to frontlines, but pervasive across communities,” said Ruth Kauffman, emergency health manager at MSF. “This war is being fought on the backs and bodies of women and girls.” Disabled people have not been spared in the RSF’s assault. Human Rights Watch has confirmed deliberate targeting of disabled civilians amid the siege of El Fasher, adding to the interminable depths of violence in the world’s darkest war. “The Rapid Support Forces treated people with disabilities as suspects, burdens, or expendable,” said Emina Ćerimović, associate disability rights director at Human Rights Watch. “We heard how they accused some victims, particularly those missing a limb, of being injured fighters and summarily executed them.” “Others were beaten, abused, or harassed because of their disability, with fighters mocking them as “insane” or for not being a “complete person,”” Ćerimović added. Foreign money and arms continue to fuel the war engine North Darfur capital of El-Fasher from above. Hopes of ending the violence are stymied by continued foreign military and financial assistance to the warring parties. The United Arab Emirates, in particular, has been accused of being the primary backer of the genocidal RSF, with little diplomatic consequence on the world stage. Drone attacks critical to RSF advances operate from bases claimed by the UAE as humanitarian posts, which a New York Times investigation found also serve as weapons smuggling hubs. Turkey, Egypt and Saudi Arabia are the key backers of the Sudanese army. All governments deny accusations of involvement in the war. “There are many external actors involved in this war,” Luca Renda, the UN Development Programme’s Sudan representative, said at the Berlin aid summit. “And as long as this continues, unfortunately, the chances of peace are very slim.” No reliable estimates exist for the total value of foreign military assistance flowing to either side. What is known is that the weapons keep arriving — routed through intermediaries, in violation of a UN arms embargo — while the humanitarian funding that could keep Sudan’s people alive does not. “The UAE, Iran, Turkey, Pakistan and others must stop supplying arms and support immediately,” Mo Ibrahim, Sudanese-British billionaire and founder of the Mo Ibrahim Foundation, wrote in the Financial Times on Tuesday. “All those countries profess love for the Sudanese people. We welcome your affection but not your bullets and drones.” “You are enabling the bloodshed and famine and causing the displacement of innocent civilians. Instead, you should put pressure on both sides to stop this madness.” Image Credits: UNICEF, WHO/Nicolò Filippo Rosso, Dubai Humanitarian , MSF, UN Sudan Envoy. One Million More People to Get HIV ‘Miracle’ Drug Lenacapavir as US, Global Fund Expand Access 14/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Eswatini officials, including Prime Minister Russell Dlamini (right) and Minister of Health Mduduzi Matsebula (centre), during the lenacapavir introduction ceremony at Hhukwini Clinic near Mbabane last November. The United States and the Global Fund will support three million people to get lenacapavir, the twice-a-year HIV injection that is almost 100% successful in preventing transmission of the virus – a million more than their previous commitment. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department, made this announcement at an event in Washington DC on Tuesday. In 2024, the US and the Global Fund announced that they would distribute up to two million doses of lenacapvir to HIV high-burden countries over the next three years. But the two groups are “upping our financial commitment” to reach three million people, Lewin told an event convened by the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) on the sidelines of the World Bank spring meeting. Global Fund executive director Peter Sands added that “the experience we’ve got so far suggests that, if we really want to make the most of this, we have to go bigger and we have to go faster”. Meanwhile, Lewin said that the US would “be willing to fund additional doses as we get that manufacturing capacity ramped up,” adding that “we’d like to see countries fund doses.” He praised Gilead Sciences, the US company that developed lenacapvir, as “an example of American excellence in biomedical innovation”. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department Nine countries get deliveries Since last November, some 135,000 doses of lenacapavir have been delivered to nine African countries: Eswatini, Kenya, Lesotho, Mozambique, Nigeria, South Africa, Uganda, Zambia and Zimbabwe. Last November, Eswatini became the first country to get the medicine, only five months after the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) had approved lenacapavir for pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Twelve additional countries – Benin, Botswana, Dominican Republic, Fiji, Georgia, Haiti, Honduras, Indonesia, Morocco, Papua New Guinea, Rwanda and Thailand – will also receive the medicine soon, according to a Global Fund statement on Tuesday. “We’ve taken a deliberate decision to focus on the places where it can have the most impact,” said Sands, adding that the aim is to reach 24 countries by the end of 2027 Countries also needed to have programmes to test people for HIV, enrol HIV negative people for lenacapavir and ensure that they will return after six months for their second injection, and put those who test HIV positive on treatment, Sands added. He hopes that the promise of lenacapavir will provide an incentive for people to test for HIV, which would also enable health systems to reach the estimated nine million people with HIV not on treatment. Fast-tracking generics Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day. Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day told the meeting that, within two weeks of getting the clinical trial results for lenacapavir, his company had “signed voluntary licences with six generic manufacturers, royalty-free with no obligation to us” and completed all the technology transfer in two weeks. “We have 1.3 million new cases of HIV every year, the vast majority in sub-Saharan Africa, and 41 million people are living with HIV,” said O’Day. “We have to bend the arc of those 1.3 million [new cases] to get to a stage where this disease is now under control.” The first generics are due to become available from mid-2027. The Global Fund, Gilead and the US have been working to “reduce the risk” for generic manufacturers by “making sure [they] already have a market as they roll their product out the door,” said O’Day. Last week, the Global Fund launched a global call for Expressions of Interest (EOI) from manufacturers to submit their generic products for review by its Expert Review Panel to “accelerate the availability of quality-assured generic products and expand global supply capacity over the coming months”. O’Day added that it had taken Gilead 17 years to develop lenacapavir: “My scientists call this a unicorn of a molecule. The fact that you could get a molecule that is nearly 100% effective at preventing HIV, given every six months, is quite extraordinary.” Delivery via US bilateral agreements? US official Brad Smith (right) at a meeting to discuss a bilateral agreement with Kenya. Lewin said that the bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) the US had signed with various countries enabled the US to work directly with health ministries in those countries to prepare for lenacapavir. However, Sands said that getting lenacapavir to those most at risk of HIV involved both community organisations and governments: “We are very much engaged with community-led organisations, and this is an important part of how we maximise the impact of lenacapavir. “We have to follow the epidemiology. We have to ensure that the communities most at risk get access to the most powerful tools. Some governments are quite good at that. Some governments are less good at that, and where they’re less good at that, the answer is to work through community-based organisations.” The HIV sector has identified “key populations” where the virus is flourishing – including sex workers, men who have sex with men, people who inject drugs and adolescent women – as groups that need particular attention to end HIV. However, the Trump administration has stopped funding most of these groups and is focusing narrowly on pregnant women and children in its HIV response. Trump wants to end mother-to-child transmission of HIV by the end of his second term in office, according to Lewin. A Global Fund statement released on Tuesday names “priority populations” for lenacapavir as “including pregnant and breastfeeding women, adolescent girls and young women, and people accessing PrEP for the first time.” However, at a briefing last September Lewin said that there is “no formal restriction” on who the recipient countries choose to give the medicine to, although the “strong recommendation” of the US is to focus on eliminating mother-child HIV transmission. “We’re working with the countries to meet their needs in their high-risk populations. And the Global Fund, of course, is targeting their doses in their own manner as well,” Lewin told the briefing. Key African countries excluded from MOUs The US has signed 30 bilateral MOUs so far and, while it might sign a further 10 or so, 85% of the budget has already been allocated, said Lewin. “I think the $21 billion in co-investment commitments from the countries is the largest mobilisation of African domestic resources for health ever,” he added. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) focused on 20 high-burden countries, and Lewin said that the US had signed MOUs with all of these, bar “one or two exceptions, that have unique circumstances.” However, the US has not offered a bilateral agreement with South Africa, the country with the biggest HIV positive population in the world, as the two countries have several political disagreements. Despite this, a statement from the US Embassy in South Africa described the arrival of lenacapavir last week as exemplifying “commercial diplomacy between the United States and South Africa.” Historic moment for HIV prevention! 🎉 South Africa receives first Lenacapavir shipment through @GlobalFund & @GileadSciences collaboration. The U.S. is proud to support this life-saving innovation. 🇺🇸🇿🇦 https://t.co/g8axF0whV2#EndHIV #GlobalHealth pic.twitter.com/lqxMyjLabw — US Embassy SA (@USEmbassySA) April 10, 2026 The Global Fund is providing South Africa with the medicine, but the US can take some credit as it is the fund’s largest donor, pledging $4.6 billion to the Fund for its next budget cycle. Zambia has been unable to secure an agreement as there has reportedly been a dispute over US access to its resources. Tanzania also hasn’t reached an agreement, while Zimbabwe rejected the terms the US proposed. Massive potential to end HIV Peter Sands Sands said that the rollout of lenacapavir is “one of the most exciting things I’ve ever been involved with.” “What’s really exciting is when you meet frontline health workers, and they are buzzing, and saying: ‘When did you say we’re getting it? How quickly?’.” He described meeting mentors of mothers-to-be in Kabira, a large informal settlement in Nairobi in Kenya, who told him that lenacapavir would be a game-changer. The mentor mothers encourage pregnant women to test for HIV and, while the programme has not had a baby born with HIV in four years, “they have nothing to offer the mothers who test negative to protect them from HIV”. Many women are not in a position to control what happens to them sexually, he added, but the six-monthly injection is a discreet intervention that can protect them from infection. Protecting an adolescent woman from HIV also means saving 50 to 60 years of antiretroviral treatment and supporting services, said Sands. “The sheer economics of preventing infection are enormously compelling,” added Sands, who was a commercial banker. Implementing MOUs Meanwhile, Lewin said that by the end of the US fiscal year on 30 September, the US wants implementation agreements with all countries with bilateral compacts. By then, these countries “will all be onboarded onto new mechanisms that align with the commitments and focus on the America First Global Health Strategy,” said Lewin. “We’re trying to prioritise the work right now and get the plans right. It’s a lot of work to work with these countries on these plans, and it’s hard to do in the public eye. You’ve got to do that with a level of trust in the governments.” Lewin added that US President Donald Trump’s proposed 2027 budget aims to dispense with disease-specific funding to enable more flexibility. “In some places, we have more HIV money than we know what to do with, and we’d like to use it on global health security or on malaria,” said Lewin. “Giving more flexibility to policymakers to make those decisions doesn’t mean that we’re eliminating HIV funding or seeking to do that. It means that we want more flexibility, something we’re working with Congress on,” he said, adding that the new MOUs “include all the disease areas in the same agreement.” Image Credits: Karin Hatzold /PSI.. WHO Director General in Germany for Series of High Level Meetings – What’s At Stake? 14/04/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Editorial team WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus meets with members of the German Bundestag in a series of high-level meetings this week in Berlin. As WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus visits Germany, a high stakes week for Germany’s future role in the World Health Organization agency may be unfolding in Berlin. On Monday, Tedros began a two-day high-level visit to Germany at the invitation of the World Health Summit where he has served as a patron. The visit also reportedly includes meetings requested by Tedros with Minister of Foreign Affairs Johann Wadephul, Minister of Health Nina Warken, and Berlin Mayor Kai Wegner as well as members of Germany’s Bundestag, or Parliament. Germany’s Chancellor Friedrich Merz, meanwhile, declined a request from the Director-General to convene a meeting, Health Policy Watch learned. The question is this: what exactly is Tedros doing in Berlin, and why is he prioritizing bilaterals with German ministers a month before the World Health Assembly? According to a WHO spokesperson, the answer is simple: he is in Berlin “at the invitation” of the World Health Summit. “On Monday, 13 April, he attended the WHS-organized high-level dinner, ‘From Crisis to Resilience: Innovating for Health,’ which focused on the future of international organizations and the role of Germany and Europe in a changing global order. In addition, “the Director General is meeting with key German stakeholders, including the Federal Minister of Health and the Mayor of Berlin, to reaffirm Germany`s role as a strategic partner and champion of multilateral global health. “The visit aims to strengthen cooperation on pandemic preparedness, global health reform and sustainable financing, while highlighting the WHO Hub in Berlin as a global asset made possible through Germany`s support,” the WHO spokesperson added. However, diplomatic sources told Health Policy Watch that the meetings have less to do with the World Health Summit and more to do with the pending loss of German voluntary donations to WHO – as well as Germany’s positioning in the upcoming race for WHO Director General. German cuts to WHO funding WHO’s Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence team meeting with WHO’s DG Dr Tedros Monday in Berlin. Following the US withdrawal from the WHO, Germany has emerged as the Organization’s largest member state donor. But it is reportedly cutting back its voluntary contributions in both 2026 and 2027 and it is unclear whether it will come through with all of the $262.2 million in funding pledged at the World Health Summit in October 2024 for the years 2025-2028. Since that 2024 pledge, only about $84 million has so far been committed by the Health Ministry in the 2026 German national budget approved by the Bundestag. The remaining $180 million pledged remains in question. Germany’s plans to halve its annual funding for the Berlin-based WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence from €30 million to €15 million, were reported by Health Policy Watch in January. Meanwhile, despite dramatic budget cuts and layoffs of at least 25% of the workforce over the past 16 months, WHO still faces an estimated $640 million budget gap for the current 2026-2027 biennium, according to a Director General’s report at the February 2026 Executive Board meeting. WHO disclosed plans for a 25% staff cut in November 2025 with professional staff at low and mid-level hit hardest. But a budget gap of $640 million remains. Will Germany put forward a candidate for DG ? Another likely issue in bilateral discussions is the election campaign for the next WHO Director General. That is expected to kick off formally later this month or in early May when Tedros issues a call to WHO member states to nominate candidates. Former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach. Two influential German health policy actors have been eyeing the race, as reported in February by Health Policy Watch and German media outlets. Those include former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach and Paul Zubeil, deputy director general of European and International Health Politics in the German Ministry. Both bring distinct strengths along with potential trade-offs. While Lauterbach is widely known, his prominent role in the COVID-19 response made him a more polarizing figure domestically, which could affect how he is received on the global stage. Paul Zubeil, German Ministry of Health, at the World Health Summit in Berlin in 2025. Zubeil, who currently oversees all funding to WHO and UNAIDS on behalf of the German Federal Ministry of Health, is highly regarded in expert circles for his decades of experience in fragile and complex settings and his deep understanding of global health systems. The key question is whether he has the political backing to mobilize a German nomination. Deferring or not? Within German political circles, there is a debate underway, however, about how the country should position itself in the DG race. “German opinion on whether there should be a candidate [for WHO DG] is highly disputed inside and outside of ministries. German foreign policy might just have other problems right now than running a [WHO] campaign,” said one expert on the European arena. And recently, German Chancellor Merz’s fractious coalition of conservatives and the centre-left, has been further strained by the geopolitical challenges of the war in Iran and the consequent sharp hike in fuel prices. In what are likely to be Tedros’ final strategic engagements with Germany before the race begins, he is understood to be encouraging his counterparts in Berlin not to enter the contest and instead back allied candidates, according to WHO sources. Tedros’ own personal preferences in the race, while the subject of informal speculation, have yet to emerge. For Berlin, the implications of deferring any nomination of a German candidate is politically significant. Germany, despite being a major multilateral donor, does not have anyone serving in the top posts of the UN system. Its one remaining shot to secure a major global leadership role over the next five years is the WHO Director-General race, so it is not surprising that Germany had been considering nominating a candidate. But not putting forward a candidate may be the least favorable option of all, others argue. “To defer to the current WHO DG’s preference rather than put forward its own candidate would not just be a missed opportunity. It would raise serious questions about judgment and independence at a moment when leadership in global health is under intense scrutiny,” said one German diplomatic source. Germany in WHO’s Executive Board calculus WHO European Region Executive Board representation – the allocation of three-year terms is by three country groupings. While Berlin debates its position in the DG race, its near-term role in the Executive Board, WHO’s governing body, is also unclear. In late January or early February 2027, the EB will screen and select three candidates among the slate of DG nominees to be voted on by member states at the May 2027 World Health Assembly. That gives the 34-member WHO governing body with immense power to sway the final outcome of the race. See related story here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/exclusive-china-on-next-who-executive-board/ Currently, Germany does not have a seat on the Board so its say on the final three candidate slate will be shaped by broader European Union currents and Policies. It will have a chance to return to the EB at the May 2027 WHA, as member states elect a new DG. At that time, four European member states will rotate out of the eight EB seats allocated to European Region members. But the complex subregional grouping system that the European Region uses to select EB representatives will continue to represent a critical constraint for the success of a German EB candidate. That’s because Germany is a member of the European region’s Group A countries, where only one seat is available. It will be competing with Iceland and Luxembourg, which both expressed interest in the seat at an informal Regional consultation in late 2025, according to documents from the meeting seen by Health Policy Watch. France’s EB position is more secure The 158th WHO Executive Board meeting on 8 February, the final day of its last session. That means three countries would likely be competing directly for a single position, with two guaranteed to be eliminated. Former Health Minister and WHO Academy Executive Director Agnès Buzyn – potential French nominee? At the same time, France, which is also eyeing at least three nominees for the DG race – including Agnès Buzyn, Anne-Claire Amprou and Marisol Touraine – sits within the Region’s Group B where two Executive Board seats are available. As a Permanent Member of the United Nations Security Council, France benefits from extra privileges rotating into one of the available positions more frequently than other member states. This means France will almost definitely secure a Board seat in 2027, even if its DG candidate is unsuccessful, while Germany does not have the same privilege. Meanwhile, Group C, which includes the Russian Federation, Israel, and Turkey – as well as Balkan and Central Asian member states – will have one vacant seat in 2027 with Romania and Moldova already expressing interest. So, whether by design or by drift, Germany risks being edged out of both the WHO Executive Board and the broader WHO leadership conversation, critics say. Largest OECD donor with the lowest UN boardroom profile This comes at a time when Germany has also become the largest provider of official development assistance (ODA) for the first time, with total aid reaching $29.1 billion, according to the 2025 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development report released last week. Despite that historic financial weight, Germany has not managed to parry funding into multilateral power. Until 2025, Germany held one senior role through Achim Steiner, who served as Administrator of the United Nations Development Programme until his term concluded. However, he remained a relatively low-profile figure across the system, with limited recognition beyond core development circles. Berlin’s subsequent attempt to secure the top role at the UN High Commissioner for Refugees fell short, with its candidate Niels Annen, a former parliamentary State Secretary at the Federal Ministry of Economic Cooperation and Development, losing out to Barham Salih, the former President of Iraq. Even with the cutbacks in support to WHO, Germany is likely to continue ranking as one of the largest member state donors to the global health agency for the foreseeable future But here, too, critics argue that financial power as a donor to the UN system shouldn’t come with such explicit strings attached. “What’s the message? I pay and you vote for me or…? Sounds like the USA!” one observer told Health Policy Watch. Decisive moment in Berlin vis a vis Washington DC? Financial considerations aside, relations between Germany and Washington are at one of their lowest points in decades, with US President Donald Trump repeatedly attacking his European allies over defense, trade, and alignment with US priorities. At the same time, Merz has warned of a deep rift between Europe and the US, while still insisting that transatlantic cooperation must be preserved. That is exactly where the WHO race becomes more than a health decision. It becomes a diplomatic lever. At a time when Washington is increasingly transactional and relationship-driven, Berlin putting forward a credible nominee could signal alignment, rather than distance, some sources who spoke with Health Policy Watch, asserted. Said one, “It could demonstrate that Germany is willing to lead where it matters, to reset the course of WHO and do so in a way that keeps the US anchored in global institutions rather than drifting further away.” –Felix Sassmannshausen also contributed reporting to this story. Image Credits: X/DrTedros, X/Dr Tedros, WHO , Steffen Prößdorf, Health Policy Watch , Amélie Tsaag Valren. Delhi Has a New Plan to Fight Its Toxic Air, But Will it Deliver? 13/04/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak pollution days in mid-November. Delhi’s new action plan 2026 promises to double the bus fleet, deploy more smog guns, and impose pollution-linked curbs on fuel sales. But experts warn of missing enforcement muscle and dodging hard decisions. DELHI – The world’s most polluted capital has a new air quality action plan, but the Delhi state government is yet to release the details – more than a week after the Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced it. A press release with sketchy details on the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 has been welcomed by experts and civil society, but cautiously; a follow-up draft electric vehicle (EV) policy has more details on how to phase out certain categories of fossil-fueled vehicles over the next two to three years to improve air quality. How effective are smog guns? However, the government plans to double down on questionable measures such as anti-smog guns and water sprinklers on a “large scale”. According to an Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi finding, spraying water had a very small impact on the small particulate matter in the air, PM2.5, and this was limited to an area up to 200 metres from the machine. Last year, the government released the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Some of the policy proposals are the same, such as a curb on entry of old goods vehicles, the deadline for which has been postponed by a year. But the scale of other promises, such as a lot more buses and EV chargers, has grown significantly. Delhi Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 on 3 April. It follows the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Scepticism is understandable given that Delhi’s average PM2.5 pollution has hovered around 100 micrograms for the last seven years. Earlier this year, the government announced a target of a 15% reduction in the annual average PM2.5 level for 2026. The new plan doesn’t mention this, but the list of promises is long and ambitious. Details of Delhi’s Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan Vehicular and transport curbs Curbs on fuel sale: ‘No PUC, No Fuel’ – vehicles without a pollution-under-control (PUC) certificate will not be sold fuel at pumps. Cameras will use digital tracking to identify them. Curbs on old goods vehicles: Starting 1 November 2026, only the most recent emission standard BS-VI (Bharat Stage), CNG (compressed natural gas), or electric goods vehicles will be allowed into Delhi. Last year’s plan had promised the same thing by 1 November, 2025. Doubling the bus fleet: A target fleet of 13,760 buses by 2028-29, more than double the current 6,100, with a heavy focus on electric models. Last year’s plan promised 5,004 electric buses. Adding more than three times the current number of EV charging points: 32,000 charging points over the next four years, almost triple the current 8,800, and a new EV Policy 2026 targeting commercial fleets. Last year’s plan promised 18,000 EV chargers. Traffic and dust management Eliminating 62 traffic congestion Hotspots: Using an “Intelligent Traffic Management System”. Anti-smog guns for roads and large buildings: Large-scale deployment of mechanical sweepers and water spray systems to control dust. Paving & greening: 3,500 km of roads and the planting of 7 million trees and shrubs in a year. Incidentally, just weeks earlier, the chief minister had announced plans to recarpet 750 km of roads as a step to improve the air quality. Waste and construction monitoring Removing Delhi’s garbage mountains: South Delhi’s Okhla site by July 2026, North Delhi’s Bhalswa by December 2026, and East Delhi’s Ghazipur by December 2027. Past deadlines to rid the national capital of these towering landfills were missed. Seven months ago, the deadline set by Gupta for all three was December this year. AI Oversight: Rollout of portal for real-time, geo-tagged monitoring of construction sites to prevent dust leakages. Biomass ban: Complete ban on biomass burning with penalties for violators and the distribution of electric heaters as alternatives. “Clean air is not a luxury, it is a fundamental right, and we are committed to delivering it,” said Gupta at the launch, promising strict timelines, accountability, “new” solutions and engagement with the public and technical experts. Delhi’s air is dependent on the seasons. This view, after rain, shows its potential for clean air. However, experts and environmentalists point out measures in this list which need to change or are missing. The aim is to reduce pollution by reducing the sources of pollution. ‘Pollution-under-control’ system needs to change Delhi’s traffic contributes to some 18% to 24% or air pollution, depending on the season. There are almost 8.8 million vehicles on the road, up 7.9% from the previous year. Over two-thirds are two-wheelers, while an estimated 1.2 million vehicles visit daily from neighbouring cities. Vehicles also account for 60% of nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions in Delhi and neighbouring region, which can have devastating health effects, including higher risk of asthmatic attacks, coughing, wheezing, chronic lung disease, heart disease, strokes and lung cancer among others. NOx also contributes to the creation of other pollutants like ozone and fine particulate matter PM2.5, equally damaging to human health. Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Caption: Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Source: CMO Delhi’s account on Instagram. But the PUC certificate, which the government has vowed to police, doesn’t measure NOx or PM2.5, which is a critical gap according to Amit Bhatt, managing director for India at the International Council for Clean Transportation (ICCT), a research organisation. “The key limitation of the existing PUC system is that it is a stationary test and does not capture emissions under real-world driving conditions. However, the actual impact on human health occurs when vehicles are operating on the road. Therefore, it is important to reimagine vehicular emission testing to better reflect real-world conditions and align with public health priorities,” Bhatt told Health Policy Watch. Bhavreen Kandhari, a prominent environmentalist, warns of another danger of continuing with the old PUC regime. “Continued reliance on the PUC system, widely considered outdated/corrupt without scaling robust real-time emission monitoring, weakens enforcement,” says the founder of Warrior Moms, an air quality activist group. New EV plan announced However, the Delhi government has announced details for a new, draft EV policy, vehicles contributing up to almost a quarter of the megacity’s pollution and identified as the fastest growing pollution source. It promises a rapid push for EVs in all categories by providing incentives from subsidies for new EVs to incentives for scrapping fossil-fuel vehicles. Proposed subsidies range from a few hundred dollars for two-wheelers up to about $2,500 for cars, and about $1,000 for trucks in the first year of the policy. These incentives will be phased in, ending by 2030. Private EV four-wheelers don’t get any subsidies but are exempt from road tax and registration fees for vehicles costing up to about $32,000. The policy also provides a roadmap for phasing out fossil-fueled vehicles in certain categories. Petrol and diesel vehicles will no longer be added to delivery and ride aggregator fleets in Delhi from this year, while only electric auto-rickshaws will be registered from next year, and only electric two-wheelers will be registered in Delhi from 1 April, 2028. “The proposed Delhi EV Draft Policy 2026 is a significant step towards establishing a clean, accessible and sustainable transport system in the capital,” Chief Minister Gupta says. Break-up of Delhi’s vehicular pollution The draft provides no data on how much each category contributes to the 24% of vehicular pollution in Delhi. However, Health Policy Watch has learnt that a recent, yet-to-be-published study estimates that a quarter of vehicular pollution is from two-wheelers, which number over five million in Delhi. The share of three-wheelers for goods is even more than this. Trucks of various sizes are estimated to contribute about a fifth of the pollution, while the share from private cars is under 10%. Notably, buses, which are either CNG-fueled or electric, contribute the least, which is why the government’s move to more than double the fleet holds promise. Are ‘smog guns’ effective? A visible part of Delhi’s pollution control measures has been smog guns, atop trucks and buildings. These are essentially water-mist cannons and sprinklers. The new action plan persists with them to control dust and vehicular pollution. But a recent study by the Council on Energy, Environment and Water pointed out that putting these on top of large buildings would cover less that 0.5% of Delhi’s area, or about 3-7 square km. This assessment was based on last year’s Air Pollution Mitigation Plan. The new criteria details are yet to be released. The truck-borne versions cover more distance as they drive along the main roads, spraying water, but their effectiveness in reducing pollution is equally questionable. A study by the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi found that while smog guns reduce average PM2.5 greatly immediately after sprinkling, the benefit reduces sharply over the next 2-3 hours, and the overall effect after 24 hours was 8%. The range of efficacy is limited to just about 100 to 200 metres on either side of the machine, the research found. A smog gun on a Delhi road. An IIT-Delhi study has questioned the effectiveness in reducing air pollution. Measures like smog towers, cloud seeding and even smog towers have been called cosmetic changes and red herrings. While pollution control agencies have ditched smog towers, the Gupta government is planning to continue with cloud seeding trials this year again – despite last year’s fiasco and criticism – although the action plan doesn’t mention it. Action plan silent on firecrackers But while there are gaps, several commentators have welcomed the new plan. It offers “real hope”, says Jyoti Pande Lavakare, a clean air advocate and author of the memoir, “Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health”. But the critical missing piece, she says, is the Delhi government’s silence on banning firecrackers. “Without a complete ban, at least from October to March, Delhi’s winter pollution peaks are unlikely to see a significant fall,” she wrote in an opinion piece. That, however, is not likely, as the Rekha Gupta government had gone to court to lift the ban and got it overturned. Kandhari calls for deeper reforms. Regional sources, including industrial pollution in NCR (national capital region) and non-compliant thermal power plants within a 300 km radius, remain insufficiently addressed, she points out. Governance challenges, staff shortages, weak enforcement capacity and fragmented institutions compromise implementation. “Overall, the plan prioritises visible, technocratic solutions while neglecting deeper structural and institutional reforms needed for sustained air quality improvement,” says Kandhari. Old plan, but stiffer targets HPW reached out to pollution-control officials for comment but had not received this at time of publication. Meanwhile, the government has promised a hard line backed by budgetary allocation and measurable outcomes. During the peak pollution season, October to January, when PM2.5 levels can be 30-40 times above the WHO’s safe guidelines, the government may consider staggered office timings, work-from-home directives and additional restrictions on polluting vehicles for immediate relief, which is the same as previous years. It all boils down to implementation. If the chief minister drives her new action and holds officials accountable for reducing pollution, old wine in a new bottle may still work. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, CMO Delhi, CMO Delhi. Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Sexual and Reproductive Health Rights Include Access to Safe Abortion Services 20/04/2026 Maggie De Block Although the World Health Organization (WHO) recognises comprehensive abortion care as an essential health service, countries all over the world are tightening access, inspired by the United States. But all this means is worse outcomes for women’s health There is a persistent myth that restricting abortion stops it from happening. What restrictions really do – predictably and tragically – is make abortion unsafe. The WHO reports that around 73 million abortions occur worldwide each year, of which – remarkably – 45% are unsafe. The 2017 WHO–Guttmacher report found that 97% of unsafe abortions occurred in developing countries, particularly in Africa, Asia and Latin America, and WHO’s 2022 abortion care guideline notes that around seven million women in developing countries are treated for complications of unsafe abortion every year. Those are only the women who make it to care. Many do not. A preventable cause of maternal mortality The mortality gap between safe and unsafe abortion is stark. In settings where abortion is safe and legal, deaths are rare; where it is unsafe, the risks rise dramatically because the procedure is carried out by unskilled people or in environments that do not meet minimum medical standards, or both. Maternal deaths due to unsafe abortion are often misclassified and under-reported. A review encompassing the period 2009–20 found that 8% of maternal deaths globally were linked to abortion. In low- and middle-income countries, the impact of unsafe abortion is compounded by weak primary care systems, provider shortages, long travel distances, punitive laws, and stigma. The result is delay, secrecy, shame, and complications that could have been prevented. Put simply: when states fail to provide access to safe care, women do not stop seeking abortions. Rather, they are placed in unnecessary danger, with serious health, social and economic consequences. Safe abortion is a basic human right Access to safe abortion is grounded in international human rights law, including the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, and the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women. In Africa, the Maputo Protocol provides an especially important regional anchor for women’s reproductive rights. Many human rights bodies and mechanisms agree that lack of access to quality abortion care risks violating the rights of women and girls, including the right to life; the right to the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health; the right to benefit from scientific progress and its realisation; the right to decide freely and responsibly on the number, spacing and timing of children; rights to privacy and to freedom from discrimination, and the right to be free from torture, cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment and punishment. Human rights bodies have also noted that restrictions on access to abortion affect some women disproportionately. The UN Working Group on Discrimination Against Women in Law and in Practice has observed that “in countries where induced termination of pregnancy is restricted by law and/or otherwise unavailable, safe termination of pregnancy is a privilege of the rich, while women with limited resources have little choice but to resort to unsafe providers.” The Committee on the Elimination of Discrimination Against Women has expressed particular concern that “rural women are more likely to resort to unsafe abortion than their urban counterparts”. The same is true for adolescents, who frequently lack information and must, the Committee on the Rights of the Child has urged States “to decriminalise abortion to ensure that girls have access to safe abortion and postabortion services, review legislation with a view to guaranteeing the best interests of pregnant adolescents and ensure that their views are always heard and respected in abortion-related decisions.” Comprehensive abortion care is more than medicines The practical case for ensuring access to abortion services is also strong because the tools already exist. WHO’s 2023 clinical guidance and self-care recommendations recognise medical abortion with mifepristone and misoprostol as a safe and effective option, and these medicines are included on the WHO Essential Medicines List. The WHO guideline also states that medical abortion can be self-managed using mifepristone plus misoprostol or misoprostol alone where people have accurate information and access to a trained health worker if needed. In resource-constrained settings, that matters enormously. Medication abortion can reduce dependence on scarce specialist infrastructure, make earlier care more feasible, and expand access to rural and other underserved women. But medicines alone are not enough. Women also need quality-assured products, clear information, referral pathways, pain management, and emergency backup if needed. A tablet without a system to support its use is not access. Comprehensive abortion care also includes contraception, counselling and information, timely diagnosis, medical or surgical abortion where appropriate, and post-abortion care for complications after miscarriage or unsafe abortion. Post-abortion care is not an optional extra. Abortion access is shaped by many other policies and practices: access to contraception, laws on marital consent, approaches to gender-based violence, access to adoption services, affordability, provider bias, supply chains, transport, privacy and digital information, religious views, and whether women trust the health system enough to use it. If someone must travel for hours, pay out of pocket, or be shamed and harassed for seeking care, she does not have real access. What governments and donors must do: Reform laws and regulations that criminalise or unduly restrict abortion care. Criminalisation of abortion must end. Punitive laws on women and service providers drive delay, secrecy and unsafe methods. Make mifepristone and misoprostol reliably available and affordable. Registration, procurement, quality assurance and distribution are essential policy choices. Integrate abortion into primary health care and universal health coverage packages. Abortion should not be separate from routine sexual, reproductive and maternal health services. Expand provider training and task-sharing. WHO guidance supports community service models, which are crucial in workforce-constrained settings. Guarantee access to post-abortion care. Even in restrictive settings, treating complications is an absolute minimum standard. Invest in information, privacy and building trust. Women need accurate information and safe pathways into care, with compassion, and without stigma. The choice is political The impact of unsafe abortion on maternal mortality is indisputable. The medicines and standards of care for safe abortion are well established. The rights framework is clear. What remains is a political choice – whether governments, donors and multilateral institutions will treat safe abortion as basic health care or continue to support a hierarchy in which women suffer indignity and die of preventable causes while others pass judgement. Above all, let’s start from this simple premise: women and girls are not vessels for state or religious ideology. They are rights-holders. If governments are serious about realising the right to health and reducing maternal mortality, then safe abortion access must be part of the plan – explicitly, urgently, and at scale. Maggie De Block served as Belgium’s Minister of Social Affairs and Health from 2014 to 2020. She is a medical doctor and a member of the Belgian Chamber of Representatives. Image Credits: Center for Reproductive Rights. ‘A Unique Moment’: New Regional Air Pollution Plans Aim to Cut Health Burden Across Latin America 17/04/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Medellin, Colombia’s second largest city, is located in the northern Andes, where smog becomes trapped through meteorological temperature inversions. The Pan-American Health Organization (PAHO) will soon unveil a new Roadmap on Air Quality and Health, following on from a meeting with countries and other stakeholders in February in Mexico. The PAHO strategy dovetails with an ambitious new regional action plan by the UN Environment Programme – which supports the work of environment ministries. While the high mountains of the Andes might be associated in popular imagination with crystal clear air, in fact, these 4000+ meter high mountains also trap air pollution, smothering cities nestled in their towering ranges. It is visual testimony to the health impacts of an air pollution problem that kills some 370,000 people annually across Latin America and the Caribbean. But Latin American and Caribbean countries are at a “unique moment” in terms of opportunities to improve air quality, marking a critical pivot toward treating air pollution not merely as an environmental byproduct, but as a top-tier public health emergency, according to Juan J Castillo who leads the air quality team at PAHO, the World Health Organization’s (WHO) regional office for the Americas. “We see this action plan as an opportunity to send a strong message to the region, to the ministers of health and the environment, that there is a clear case for health in improving air quality,” said Juan Castillo. His team has been leading the plan’s development while also working to bolster collaboration across Latin America, connecting ministries of the environment and health, and closing the air pollution monitoring gap. Meeting the WHO goal to halve deaths from air pollution by 2040 Latin American cities are already taking climate adaptation measures, like Barranquilla, shown here. But air pollution experts highlight the health benefits of green urban desgin. The action plan comes a year after the World Health Organization’s second conference on Air pollution and health, hosted in Cartagena, Colombia. A core aim of the plan is to create a pathway for meeting the WHO target set out at the Cartagena meeting of halving deaths from air pollution by 2040. At the conference, some 20 countries, including many from the Latin American region, made related pledges. But the action plan aims to mainstream the goal into the plans of health ministries. Over 700 stakeholders gathered in Cartagena, Colombia, for the 2nd WHO Air Pollution and Health in 2025. “This is truly a pivotal point,” Castillo said. “Latin America requires solutions that respond to the specific needs of the region. This is why it is charting its own path towards cleaner air- and one that could inspire other lower- and middle-income nations, fostering further South-South cooperation.” Latin America and the Caribbean already have cleaner air, on average, than hot spots like South East Asia, there is still a long way to go to achieve the World Health Organization quality goals. Some cities in the region actually meet WHO air quality guidelines for particulate matter (PM2.5) and others exceed them “only” by one to two times. However, a number of cities in Chile, Brazil, Bolivia and Peru, have average annual PM2.5 concentrations reaching 3-5 times above WHO guidelines, according to the 2025 report of the Swiss-based monitoring firm, IQ-Air. Lima, Peru is one noteworthy example. The health argument for cleaner skies Local authorities in Lima, Peru promote cycling as part of a sustainable mobility effort. “The evidence shows that there is a huge burden of disease linked to air pollution in the region,” said Castillo. “Air pollution is one of the leading causes of non-communicable diseases and also for all kinds of morbidity, such as asthma attacks, respiratory infections and impaired cognitive development. So we’re focused on using the evidence to help countries make the best decision to achieve their public health goals.” Many countries in Latin America have implemented steps to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, but these climate policies often neglect to consider the health benefits of tackling climate pollutants. These health impact assessments of climate mitigation are crucial and are included in the Organization’s Air Quality and Health Plan for Latin America and the Caribbean, said Castillo. “We need to understand the health gains to bolster the argument for environmental policies and to help with the strategic importance of these policies.” Integrating air quality action on climate change “can be particularly beneficial, as it broadens access to funding and delivers greater public health benefits,” notes a December 2025 regional action strategy by the UNEP-hosted Climate and Clean Air Coalition. Action needed beyond the health sector An all-electric bus in Brasilia is one of many rolled out across Latin America. The CCAC strategy is targeted to ministries of the environment, while the PAHO roadmap focuses on ministries of health. But the two aim to work in tandem to build political will for systemic changes that reduce air pollution. Such changes typically require action on finance, transport, building and household energy systems, urban design and waste management – well beyond the traditional domain of health ministries. In terms of transport, a major air pollution factor, Latin America historically has had stronger public transport systems than many other developing regions, and cities such as Curitiba and Bogota became pioneers in developing Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) as well as cycle networks, which helped reduce emissions from private automobiles. Baranquilla has pioneered several clean transport initiatives, such as electric buses, as shown in a Transformative Urban Mobility Initiative brochure. But too often, BRT systems in the region have remained too dependent on dirty diesel – where cleaner electric systems are needed to really clean up the air further. Now, there is a move to electrify BRT systems in key Latin American cities such as Brasilia, Brazil and Barranquilla, Colombia, supported partly by German development assistance as well as local initiatives. Barranquilla, Colombia, has undergone a massive urban renewal effort with the aim of shifting to a 50% electric bus fleet by 2034. Public transport is being integrated with cycle networks and pedestrian-friendly streets – about 30% of travel is on foot – supporting healthier, more active, and low-emissions mobility. PAHO hopes that more cities can see the health benefits of urban design – and use climate funding for greener cities that foster public health. Closing the monitoring and data gap The new PAHO roadmap advocates for better air quality monitoring to better inform policymakers. Tracking air quality progress has been a challenge for the region. Less than 40% of countries have a government standard for chronic exposure to the most dangerous form of particulate pollution, PM2.5. Without these standards, governments cannot chart further regulation to clean up polluted skies. The region has also struggled with tracking air quality. Only a third of cities in the region have active reference monitoring stations- or local inventories of criteria pollutant emissions, active air management programs, or government-published health impact assessments, according to the most recent regional action plan. And only seven cities have air quality forecasting systems. The data that is available raises several concerns. Of the 58 cities with PM2.5 data, only one city complies with the WHO guideline values. The region of Latin America and the Caribbean has, on average, enjoys cleaner air than South Asia or the African continent. Much of the poorer air quality is in urban centers and the Andean region. “Many cities lack key tools, or those that exist are not operational, up to date, or in use, while their populations remain exposed to harmful pollution levels,” says CCAC in its 2025 regional strategy. A consortium of South American researchers echoed that, in a 2025 review that stated: “South America would greatly benefit from expanded monitoring networks, improved air quality modeling, and detailed health data to better understand exposure–health relationships and multipollutant interactions.” Grassroots organizers like Ana Badillo, a co-founder of the Ecuador-based advocacy group Pacha Ayllu, have also championed access to real-time air quality data through the expanded use by “citizen-scientists” of low-cost air pollution sensors in the capital city of Quito. “This citizen-led monitoring network is designed to empower individuals and communities to better understand the quality of the air they breathe and make informed decisions to protect their health and that of their loved ones,” said Badillo in a recent post. The democratization of data is also central to the new CCAC strategy, which is promoting its AQMx Platform, a digital hub designed to support air quality management exchange and integrate conventional air quality monitoring with low-cost sensor networks, relying more on civil society groups like Pacha Ayllu. Collaborating across sectors At COP30 in Belém in 2025, Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus signaled a historic shift by formalizing the Belém Health Action Plan, highlighting the urgency of climate action for health. With funding an “obvious” challenge for cleaning up Latin America’s air, PAHO and its partners have emphasized the health gains of environmental interventions to help governments understand the strategic importance of such changes. In relation to that, collaboration across the energy and environmental sectors is key, says Castillo, whose office is also working closely with the UNEP-hosted CCAC. Tapping into energy sector investments also means cleaner, more affordable, and reliable energy. The new CCAC strategy targets not only air pollution, but a “triple planetary crisis” – climate change, biodiversity loss, and pollution – by focusing on the reduction of “super pollutants” like black carbon and methane a precursor of ground level ozone (O3), as well as a powerful climate pollutant. But black carbon and methane do not remain long in the atmosphere, reductions can yield rapid gains for health as well as climate. By making air quality projects “bankable” for multilateral giants like the World Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB), the plan seeks to move beyond sporadic grants toward a flexible financing architecture that includes green bonds and blended finance. Mexico City: a story of success A combination of Mexico City’s high population, geography, and occasional wildfires have made clean air a challenge for decades. Castillo pointed to the example of Mexico City, which once had some of the most polluted air in the Americas, or even the world, as a story of success. It was grassroots organizations that agitated for clean air protections. “They demanded action,” Castillo said. “And many other places are following suit.” Mexico City has developed a robust air quality monitoring system, NowCast – and one of the most ambitious goals for reducing short-lived climate pollutants in the region. “It has helped enormously in terms of health protection, because we can now warn people much sooner, telling them not to go outside, not to exercise outdoors and to avoid inhaling highly polluted air,” said Sergio Zirath, Mexico’s director general of Industry, Clean Energy and Air Quality Management in an interview with the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). Mexico has now stepped in to provide technical advice to other countries across the region on clean air solutions. Although this is an effort being led by PAHO, an organization that also includes Canada and the United States, by definition as a strategy for Latin America and the Caribbean, neither are part of this new strategy. “PAHO respects every country’s decision on how they want to manage their policy. Our focus is based on evidence, action and available data,” said Castillo, when asked about the absence of the US from regional clean air activities since the Trump administration took over in January 2025. But in the end, Castillo hopes this strategic plan – an undertaking that still includes 21 countries, civil society, and PAHO – will be more than “just another document.” Instead, he hopes it will provide countries with an opportunity to capitalize on changes already happening in the region – ones that might even clean up the air in the region’s worst-polluted cities suffering from smog buffered by the high Andes. Image Credits: Municipality of Bethlehem, S. Samantaroy/HPW, Partnerships for Health Cities, TUMI, IQAir, IQAir, WHO/PAHO/Karina Zambrana . From Vaccines to Racism: RFK Faces Barrage of Questions in House Committee 16/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Representative Linda Sanchez (left) questioning Kennedy about the explosion of measles cases under his watch. Undermining vaccines, failing pregnant black women, threatening to remove black children with ADHD from their parents – these were some of the barrage of questions put to United States Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr when he appeared before the House Ways and Means Committee on Thursday. Kennedy was testifying about the Trump administration’s 2027 budget, which proposes to cut the HHS budget by 12,5% – including deep cuts for HIV programmes ($923 million less), maternal and child health ($561m), and mental health ($576m). The Trump 2027 budget also proposes to eliminate $4.3 billion from the US government’s global health budget, which falls under the US State Department. Massive measles increase There has been a 675% increase in measles cases since Kennedy was appointed in February last year, according to US Representative Linda Sanchez. “In 2024, under the Biden administration, there were 258 cases of measles. And in 2025, under your leadership at HHS, this ballooned to over 2,000 [cases]. That’s a 675% increase, and we are now on track to suppress to surpass that this year, with over 1,600 confirmed cases in just three and a half months,” said Sanchez. Pointing to the death last year of a six-year-old unvaccinated girl from measles, the first death of a US child from measles in a decade, Sanchez asked Kennedy whether a measles vaccine could have saved her life. “It’s possible,” Kennedy answered. Robert F Kennedy Jr testifying before the House Ways and Means Committee. Sanchez tore into Kennedy for orchestrating the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) decision to remove its “universal vaccine recommendations for children covering seven immunizations, including things like flu, covid, hepatitis A, hepatitis B and rotavirus.” She also quoted Kennedy’s claim on Fox News last year that the adverse effects from the measles vaccine “cause deaths every year… and causes all the illnesses that measles itself causes.” Sanchez said that “CDC data shows that about 80% of children who died from flu this season were not vaccinated, [and] the anti-vaccine rhetoric you ran on and the anti-vaccine actions you have taken over the last year clearly correlates with the dramatic increases in preventable diseases.” She asked Kennedy repeatedly whether Trump agreed with the CDC decision to “suspend public health messaging on vaccines last February” – but Kennedy dodged the question, claiming Sanchez has “a lot of misinformation”. Representative Mike Thompson said that Kennedy is “helping make diseases deadly again.” “Kids have died because measles is running rampant under your watch, in large part because President Trump allowed your conspiracy theories to run our public health,” said Thompson. Undermining health of black women “Black women are nearly three times more likely to die from pregnancy-related causes than white women, yet the Trump administration is undermining black maternal health from all sides,” said Representative Danny Davis, a leader of the Congressional Black Caucus. He cited the Trump administration’s decision to cut $1 trillion from Medicaid, “which pays for 40% of births”, the proposed cuts to maternal and child care for 2027, and cuts to research. “DOGE [Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency] cancelled funds for several research projects that could save countless black mothers, like the Morehouse School of Medicine research on improving the health of black pregnant and postpartum women,” said Davis. “How can we lower black maternal health experiences if we’re cutting funds for these critical programmes, and the administration is saying that you can’t consider race or ethnicity in healthcare?” In response, Kennedy claimed that there had been “tremendous duplication” in programmes and “we are investing huge amounts of money in maternal health.” The US has the highest maternal mortality rate in the developed world. ‘Reparenting’ black children? Representative Terri Sewell (centre) raised Kennedy’s comments that black children on ADHD medication should be “reparented” Describing various comments made by Kennedy as “outlandish and frankly disturbing”, Representative Terri Sewell took issue with his stating during a podcast interview that black children on ADHD medication should be “reparented”. “You said every black kid is now just standardly put on Adderall, SSRIs, benzos, which are known to induce violence, and that those children are going to have to go somewhere to get reparented,” said Sewell, reminding Kennedy that there was a long history of black children being removed from their parents, dating back to slavery. Despite Kennedy’s comments being recorded, he denied making them and said he “doesn’t even know what reparenting means”. Budget chief under pressure Meanwhile, health activists interrupted the testimony of Russell Vought, head of the US Office of Management and Budget (OMB), before the House Budget Committee on Wednesday. Minutes after Vought began his opening statement on the 2027 budget proposal, protesters tood up, holding up posters and shouting slogans accusing the Trump administration of killing people with HIV, and urging the administration to spend the funds Congress has allocated to the US President’s Emergency Plan for Aids Relief (PEPFAR). ”Russell Vought is directly responsible for illegally withholding Congressionally appropriated funds for PEPFAR and related global health initiatives. These funding disruptions have already contributed to preventable deaths and threaten to reverse decades of progress in the fight against HIV worldwide,” said Charles King, CEO of Housing Works, in a statement from the protestors issued by Health Gap. They accuse Vought of “blatant defiance of the will of Congress, which has fully funded PEPFAR programs for FY25 and FY26 over Vought’s objections, including by rejecting $400 million in rescission of PEPFAR funding in 2025.” “The FY27 President’s budget request for HIV and global health would eliminate HIV-specific and all disease-specific programming, while slashing overall global health funding by 46% compared with FY26 levels ($9.4 billion in FY26; $5.4 billion proposed in FY27 the President’s budget request),” according to the statement. “In addition to proposing deadly funding cuts, the FY27 budget request also disparages scientific evidence in global health, particularly regarding highly effective methods of HIV prevention, suggesting elimination of funding for condoms and programs for LGBTQ+ people, who face disproportionately high HIV risk of HIV infection due to criminalization and stigma,” according to the statement. Vought also recently diverted $15 million in USAID funding aimed at lifesaving humanitarian assistance to pay for his personal security, according to Reuters. Vought, former vice-president of the right-wing think tank Heritage Foundation, co-authored Project 2025, the conservative blueprint for governance being followed by the Trump administration. Africa’s Clean Cooking Gap Leaves One Billion Without Access 16/04/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Lack of access to clean cooking fuel and technologies has extensive impacts on health, environment, economy, and women’s equality, say experts at the World Bank Group Spring Meeting. People gather at a clean cooking exhibition in Kampala, Uganda, administered by the Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking. WASHINGTON– Nearly a billion people lack access to clean cooking on the African continent. A heavy reliance on charcoal, firewood, and kerosene pollutes homes with toxic particulate matter and carbon monoxide, disproportionately impacting women and children. Roughly four in five households in Sub-Saharan Africa have no access to clean cooking technology. High fuel prices, driven by the current conflict in the Middle East, complicate efforts to expand the access crisis: more than half of African countries are net energy importers, making high energy dependence an additional hurdle. “This is truly a reality for millions,” said Karabo Mokgonyana who campaigns for energy access at Power Shift Africa. “It’s something that I experience, my mother experiences, my grandmother experiences.” Since a pivotal 2024 summit, $2.2 billion has been mobilised for clean cooking in Africa. Thirty countries have joined the initiative through national energy compacts in a push to alleviate the one billion Africans who still lack access. With ministers of energy from around the world in attendance, a World Bank Group (WBG) civil society event at the yearly Spring Meetings highlighted the urgent matter of a transition to clean cooking – placing the economic, health, environmental, and gender implications of unhealthy fuels and stoves on full display. Mission 300 lays out ambitious goal for continent’s electrification Sub-Saharan Africa accounts for the vast majority of people without access to clean cooking. Toxic cooking methods have for decades been documented as a life-threatening practice, with millions of lives at risk in sub-Saharan Africa. The World Bank Group, African Development Bank and the Rockefeller Foundation are spearheading an initiative to provide 300 million people on the African continent with access to energy by 2030 – half the continent’s electrification needs. Since July 2023, 43 million people have been connected to electricity by the WBG and five million by the Africa Development Bank. “Mission 300 should be about transformation,” said Dean Bhekumuzi Bhebhe, director of the Africa Change Lab, a charity targeted at lifting African people out of poverty. “If Mission 300 is the grounding for our energy access, then clean cooking is not adjacent, it’s central.” The World Bank’s spring meetings heavily discussed job creation and economic growth while mostly shying away from perceived controversial topics like climate investments, and featuring warnings of recessions triggered by the conflict in the Middle East. Leaders at an African Union World Bank Group side event in Washington. From left: Bright Simmons, Hannah Ryder, Hassatou Diop N’Sele, Dr Patrick Olomo, and Dr Ndidi Nwuneli. WBG representatives said its investments work to mainstream clean cooking into its energy access portfolio. “Clean cooking is happening side by side with electricity access,” said Johanna Christine Galan, the World Bank’s Mission 300 coordinator and a senior energy specialist. Yet regulatory uncertainties and perceived risks on the African continent have impeded investments in clean energy and the cost of capital, which African Union leaders have lamented. “Many African countries go to the International Monetary Fund (IMF). But on average, we achieve $200 million in comparison to other countries who achieve over $800 million each time,” said Hannah Ryder, CEO of Development Reimagined and a member of the G20 Africa Expert Panel. “We do need to [use] the multilaterals,” Ryder said. “But we need to start thinking beyond that, creating new instruments, encouraging the growth of African multilateral financial institutions.” Indeed, aid cuts and fuel shortages have driven more African countries to the IMF. The International Energy Agency points to a shortage of bankable projects, the high cost of capital, which can be double or triple the amount for renewable energy projects in Africa compared to advanced economies. “Overlapping crises have also raised the bar for attracting new capital to Africa. Currently, 21 African countries are in or are at high risk of being in debt distress, weighing heavily on public balance sheets and those of state-owned enterprises,” said the IEA. Health and environmental benefits of clean cooking Staff with the Clean Cooking project in Uganda display cleaner cookstove alternatives, which emit less toxic particles, at a market. Cooking with solid fuels is linked to 815,000 premature deaths globally. The smoke from partial combustion of firewood, charcoal, and kerosene in poorly ventilated homes or open fires exposes millions to particulate matter and carbon monoxide, both of which drive severe respiratory conditions and cardiovascular disease. In some countries on the African continent, the percentage of those with access to clean cooking is still in the single digits. Yet for the 30 countries with national energy compacts, access has been steadily improving. These compacts serve as voluntary commitments to expand energy access under Mission 300. “When we say ‘clean’ cooking, it’s from a health angle,” said Dr Yabei Zhang, a WBG senior energy specialist. “We see that by promoting clean cooking, there are multiple benefits, including health and climate benefits.” Emissions from traditional cooking methods are equivalent to global CO2 emissions from international aviation and shipping, or 1.2 gigatons of CO2, according to the International Energy Agency. Black carbon is an especially significant short-lived climate pollutant emitted during cooking, causing warming and health issues. Traditional cooking methods, especially those that use charcoal, have also led to massive deforestation, the United Nations Framework on Climate Change has found. “Over 275 million people live in woodfuel “hotspots,” which are areas where over 50% of woodfuel harvesting is unsustainable,” the UN-funded Clean Cooking Alliance found. “Clean cooking is a proven and critical part of the climate solution. Today’s highly efficient stoves can reduce fuel use by 30–60%, resulting in fewer GHG and black carbon emissions.” The ‘cost of inaction’ vs energy independence Butane canisters, a form of LPG, lined in front of a clean cooking exhibition in Kampala. When pushed on whether the World Bank Group is prioritising investments in renewables over the more widely used liquified petroleum gas (LPG) like butane and propane, its representatives skirted questions about fuel sources. Instead, the WBG spokespeople emphasised expanding access against waiting around “for the perfect solution.” “There is a real cost of inaction,” Zhang said. “Waiting means people are going to suffer. Universal access [comes] first, then we worry about decarbonizing.” Pushing decarbonization to a later date comes with its own issues, Rajneesh Bhuee, who leads efforts to divert international development away from fossil fuels at Recourse, an international non-profit watchdog. “Right now, the World Bank and the International Energy Agency (IEA) are including LPG, biogas, and ethanol as clean cooking,” Bhuee said. “The IEA projects that 45% of clean cooking access will come from LPG.” “But the question we always keep asking is: LPG and LNG will lock countries in fossil [fuels] for decades,” Bhuee added. In countries like Kenya, Bhuee’s home nation, estimates of access to clean cooking remain under than 40%. “We’re calling it a transition solution, but is there a timeline for when LPG phase-out will happen? We want to invest into something that can actually be able to provide that access right now.” In the past five years, around 12 million Africans gained clean cooking access through LPG. One million gained access through other clean cooking solutions, according to IEA figures. ‘A tax’ on women and children Panelists at a World Bank Group Spring Meeting session on clean cooking: from left, Catherine Vowles, Rajneesh Bhuee, Karabo Mokgonyana, Johanna Christine Galan, Yabei Zhang, and Dean Bhekumuzi Bhebhe (not pictured). The lack of clean cooking is also a massive burden on women. Investing in clean cooking unlocks not only climate and health benefits, but also economic gains, especially for women, Bhebhe explained. The time needed to gather wood and prepare meals over inefficient stoves or open fires itself represents a kind of “time poverty,” limiting a woman’s ability to invest time in education or business. “In Africa, we like our meals hot,” joked Mokgonyana,the campaign and energy advisor at Power Shift Africa. “That means a lot of time cooking for us women.” With clean cooking technologies, the time to prepare food is reduced by up to 70%, according to the Uganda alliance on clean cooking. Mokgonyana shared that the urgent need for clean cooking is personal: herself, her mother, grandmother, and sisters all experienced preparing food in unsafe environments. “My daughter knows that the firewood that was collected last week is still at home because this stove saves fuel,” Mercy, a mother in Kiambi County, Kenya told the Clean Cooking Alliance. “Cooking is something many of us take for granted: flick a switch and we immediately get heat with which to cook,” the UN Climate blog added. “For hundreds of millions around the world, cooking is a dangerous activity.” Image Credits: Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking, Tracking SDG7, S. Samantaroy/HPW, Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking. Call for US Congressional Oversight on Bilateral Health Agreements 15/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Mark Lagon of the Friends of the Global Fight against AIDS, TB and Malaria, The US Congress needs to exercise oversight over the bilateral global health agreements that the United States has reached with 30 low- and middle-income countries, relative to the 2025 congressional budget, as they represent a decrease of around a third in allocated spending. Mark Lagon of the Friends of the Global Fight against AIDS, TB and Malaria, told this to a meeting on financing health equity and security, organised by the AIDS Healthcare Foundation and UNITE Parliamentarians Network for Global Health in Washington DC on Tuesday. “In many countries, the US will no longer be doing core global health work on maternal and child health, family planning, and non-communicable diseases. They’re barely in the MOUs negotiated with African and other countries,” Lagon warned at the meeting held on the outskirts of the World Bank’s spring meeting. US funding for bilateral malaria and TB programmes has stopped, while funding for “social interventions and education are falling away in favour of commodities and services,” Lagon added. “Those countries that don’t have MOUs, or even have been bold in refusing them, face disasters – South Africa, Tanzania, Zimbabwe and Zambia. Finally, those countries that have agreed to the MOUs have co-financing targets that may not be feasible,” he said. Not just the US…. Lagon also said that, while there had been global focus on the US cuts to Official Development Assistance (ODA), several other advanced industrial countries had made similar cuts. “If you look at Global Fund’s Replenishment last November, the Trump administration pledged $4.6 billion, but Germany and Japan cut their contributions by 50%, and a co-host of the replenishment, the UK, with the Prime Minister announcing it without embarrassment, had a 30% cut.” Sven Clement, chair of the Board of the Parliamentary Network on the World Bank and IMF. Sven Clement, UNITE member and chair of the Board of the Parliamentary Network on the World Bank and IMF, said that the United Nations had reported two weeks ago that only four countries are on track to spend 0.7% of their Gross National Income (GNI) on ODA spending in their budgets. The UN General Assembly had accepted this 0,7% target back in 1970. However, Li Junhua, UN Under-Secretary-General for Economic and Social Affairs, reported recently that 25 countries had decreased their ODA last year, leading to a 23% drop in ODA from 2024 to 2025 – the largest annual contraction on record. “Only four countries met the 0.7% target – Denmark, Luxembourg, Norway, and Sweden,” said Li. “Based on preliminary data, ODA is expected to further decline by another 5.8% in 2026. Developing countries, especially the poorest, face mounting debt, with debt service burdens hitting 20-year highs.” Highest debt repayments in two decades Debt payments are at their highest level in two decades, according to the UN, particularly affecting investments in health, education and climate resilience. AHF’s Kemi Gbadamosi told the meeting that over 3.3 billion people live in countries that “spend more on servicing debt than on education and health combined”. While interest rates on debt had increased, many countries’ annual spending on health had stagnated at $17 per person – yet a basic health package cost $60, she said. Rosemary Mburu, executive director of WACI Health Rosemary Mburu, executive director of WACI Health, told the AHF meeting that, aside from debt, African countries faced “a high rate of access to capital,” accessing credit at an interest rate of about 10% while wealthier countries accessed the same credit at around 2% of interest rate. “More than half the world’s population – 4.5 billion – are without access to essential health services,” said Mburu. Crises exacerbate pandemic risk Priya Basu, executive director of the Pandemic Fund. “Scientists predict that there is more than a 50% chance of another COVID-like pandemic hitting us in the next 20 to 25 years,” warned Priya Basu, the Pandemic Fund’s executive director. “Pandemic risk is exacerbated by climate change, by changing land use patterns, by urbanisation, by changes in biodiversity,” she added. She urged countries and leaders not to neglect pandemic preparedness in the midst of “multiple crises and multiple challenges”. “Let’s not fall into a cycle of neglect followed by the panic of COVID-19,” said Basu. “If there’s one lesson that COVID taught us, it’s that the cost of being unprepared. “The cost of being unprepared is tremendous, in terms of lives lost, trillions of dollars in world GDP lost; hard-won gains in economic development being reversed. “After COVID, the smart calculus for any finance minister or leader to make is to invest in preparedness.” Clement said that NATO countries are now on track to spend 5% of GDP on defence, yet “spending for health is something that should fall under resilience spending, the 1.5% that we’re currently looking at NATO”. “If you don’t have a healthy population, you can’t be resilient against external shocks. So first of all, we don’t necessarily need to reprioritise. We just need to be very intelligent in how we account for different kinds of spending,” he added. Sudan’s Catastrophic Civil War Enters Fourth Year 15/04/2026 Stefan Anderson As donors gather in Berlin, tens of millions in Sudan face famine, genocide and displacement. The world’s darkest ongoing war – defined by sexual violence, extermination, famine and genocide – enters its fourth year today. With no end in sight, tens of millions of Sudanese people are facing a historic humanitarian crisis of “industrial proportions,” according to the United Nations (UN). Seven years after a new generation overthrew a three-decade dictator, two of his top lieutenants entrusted with shepherding the nation to democracy have become the commanders of its destruction. Sudan is torn in half, facing de facto partition in a land once hopeful of a democratic future. “For three years, we have warned that Sudan was on the brink of catastrophe, and those warnings have gone unanswered,” said Richard Data, the International Rescue Committee’s Sudan director. “This is not just a conflict, it is a collapse of an entire country and a crisis that is rapidly engulfing the region.” The civil war in Africa’s third-largest country has engulfed Sudan in the world’s largest displacement crisis and deepest quantifiable humanitarian emergency. Fourteen million people, a quarter of the population, have been forced to flee for their lives, including 4.3 million refugees who now find themselves in neighbouring nations unequipped to support them. Sudanese refugees receive critical medical care at an MSF-run health centre in the Adré refugee camp, Chad (2024). Thirty million of Sudan’s 50 million people required humanitarian aid last year. That number is expected to grow to 33.7 million in 2026, the World Food Programme (WFP) projects, as aid dwindles and the globe forgets about its most brutal conflict amid international focus on the Middle East War. At least tens of thousands, with some estimates reaching 150,000 people, are dead as a result of the violence. In El Fasher, the capital of Darfur, 6,000 killings by the Rapid Support Forces (RSF) have been confirmed by the UN Human Rights Office. The actual toll is “undoubtedly significantly higher,” the agency said, noting reports of mass graves and blood-soaked streets visible from space via satellite imagery. The RSF’s systematic violence against the non-Arab population of Darfur has led UN experts to quantify their actions as holding the “hallmarks of genocide.” Their detention facilities – “slaughterhouses.” Their violence – “amounting to the crime against humanity of extermination.” “During the siege of El Fasher and surrounding areas, [the RSF] committed myriad crimes against humanity, including murder, torture, enslavement, rape, sexual slavery, sexual violence, forced displacement and persecution on ethnic, gender and political grounds,” the Independent UN Fact Finding Mission in Sudan found. The incalculable violence, atrocities, and depth of the humanitarian crisis facing Sudan’s population continue to accelerate. “Three years of war have already cost Sudan immeasurably,” said Amande Bazerolle, Sudan lead for Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF). “Allowing this trajectory to continue risks condemning an entire generation.” Iran war butterfly effect endangers millions The war in Iran has paralysed the delivery of WHO supplies from Dubai’s international humanitarian hub, the world’s largest. As the world looks away from Sudan, the German government is holding an emergency meeting on the anniversary of the war in an attempt to marshal desperately needed funding. Neither warring party was invited to the meeting in Berlin, which aims to raise $1 billion in aid for Sudan out of a total of $3 billion in costs set out in the 2026 crisis plan developed by international humanitarian organisations. That number is down from $4.2 billion in the 2025 plan. Not due to falling needs, but falling ambition in acquiring aid from donor nations, particularly the US. Sudan aid summits in the previous two years, held in Paris and London, fell well short of their targets. Current funding is around 16% of the needed levels, according to the UN Development Programme. The 2025 plan received around $1 billion in aid, under a quarter of its goal. The war in the Middle East also poses a critical threat to Sudan’s agricultural system at a time of mass famine. Sudan is by far the most dependent nation globally on fertiliser passing through the Strait of Hormuz, accounting for 54% of its imports, UN Trade and Development (UNCTAD) figures show. In addition, fuel prices – critical to its agricultural system heavily dependent on oil-powered irrigation from the Nile River – are up 24% since the Middle East war began, leaving millions struggling to afford basic necessities and threatening crops needed for food and livelihoods. Nearly 70% of Sudanese households relied on farming and agriculture for their income before the civil war. As the war in Iran batters Sudan’s people, aid and agriculture, it is simultaneously contextualising the scale and achievability of its financial needs. The $3.2 billion funding gap in the Sudan humanitarian plan for 2025 – designed to keep 21 million people alive for an entire year – would be covered by three days of US military operations in the current war. The Iran War Cost Tracker, based on Pentagon briefings and official estimates, places the running cost of the US war at around $52 billion – enough to cover 15 years of fully funded humanitarian response in Sudan. Health supplies stranded, health system collapsed An MSF nurse attends to a patient amid the violence in North Darfur, April 2025. / MSF The war in Iran is also holding up lifesaving medical and humanitarian supplies as Sudan’s medical system collapses. Save the Children reported that medical shipments for at least 400,000 people in Sudan are currently stranded in Dubai due to the closure of the Strait of Hormuz. The lost antibiotics, antimalarials, deworming treatments, pain and fever medicines, vitamins and pediatric drugs put more than 90 primary health care facilities across the country “at risk of running out of essential medicines,” the agency said. The World Health Organization (WHO) also suspended operations from its global emergency logistics hub in Dubai due to the war, leaving Sudan without critical cholera supplies, among other medicines. Sudan’s health system, staff and facilities are equally under constant attack. In 2025, Sudan accounted for 82% of all global deaths from attacks on healthcare, according to WHO figures. Over 2,000 people were killed in the 213 confirmed attacks across the country since the start of the civil war. Both warring parties have attacked health facilities in the last two weeks, killing 80 people, including 15 children. Humanitarian supllies arriving in Sudan are faced with further challenges in the delivery stage. Vast swathes of the country remain inaccessible to international relief groups. “Hospitals have been looted, bombed, and occupied,” MSF said. “Medical staff have been threatened, detained, or forced to flee. Ambulances are blocked from reaching the wounded.” “Funding cuts are making an already dire situation even worse, with people once again paying the price: they are dying from preventable causes because Sudanese authorities and the world are failing to come to their aid.” Over 80% of hospitals and primary health facilities in conflict areas are closed. Across the country, 37% of health facilities are “non-functional,” according to WHO. Twenty million people require health assistance as outbreaks of malaria, dengue, measles, polio, hepatitis E, meningitis, and diphtheria continue to spread, the UN health agency estimates. “The health system has been crippled, leaving millions without essential care,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO’s director general. “Doctors and health workers can save lives, but they must have safe places to work and the medicines and supplies they need. Ultimately, the best medicine is peace.” ‘People are eating things that are not food’ Famine in Sudan has been declared in two states, with 20 more facing severe threats. Famine has already gripped several provinces, including El-Fasher and Kadugli, the world authority on food security, the Integrated Food Security Phase Classification (IPC) system, declared in November. The IPC identified further famine risk in more than 20 localities across North Darfur and South Kordofan, the current epicentres of the ongoing fighting. Beyond the famine zones, a total of 45% of the population experienced acute food insecurity in September last year. The international response plan assessing the humanitarian needs in Sudan reported that over half – 61.7% – of people are now acutely food insecure. Millions of families have access to one or fewer meals a day, with many turning to boiling leaves or eating animal feed to survive. Amid the crisis, WFP food assistance fell 14% since the start of the year due to a lack of financing. “People are eating things that are not food anymore. That is how bad it is,” one community leader in South Kordofan told Action Against Hunger (AAH). “We no longer ask what we will eat. We ask who will eat,” Ikhlas, a resident in North Darfur, added. Transporting food to Sudan’s besieged regions requires drivers to risk their life to deliver lifesaving nutrition, Action Against Hunger’s report found. Moving food has also become a life-threatening exercise. Armed soldiers exact bribes on major road routes, frequently attacking and killing those attempting to bring food into the most besieged areas. “Every road has checkpoints. At each one, they take money or food,” one trader in North Darfur told AAH. “By the time you arrive, nothing is left.” The independent UN Fact-Finding Mission in Sudan found that both sides have used starvation as a weapon of war. “The extent of hunger and displacement we see in Sudan today is unprecedented and never witnessed before,” the mission said. “Both the SAF and the RSF are using food as a weapon and starving civilians.” “The RSF and its allies used starvation as a method of warfare and deprived civilians of objects indispensable to their survival, including food, medicine and relief supplies which may amount to the crime against humanity of extermination,” the UN mission added. Sexual violence is defining warfare The vast majority of confirmed sexual assault cases are committed by military men. The total count so far is considered a vast undercount by experts due to broken reporting systems. Sexual violence, mass rape, gang rape, forced marriage, and sexual slavery are inseparable from the war. Thousands of cases, primarily committed by RSF fighters in Darfur, have been documented since the war began. The youngest case documented by UNICEF occurred against a girl who was just one year old. “They took us to an open area. The first man raped me twice, the second once, the third four times,” a survivor told MSF. “Apart from the rapes, they beat us with sticks and pointed guns at my head.” Gender-based violence has further compounded the food crisis for women and girls. The Action Against Hunger report, based on nearly 100 interviews with women in Sudan, found “simply being female has become a key predictor of hunger,” with female-led households three times more likely to experience food insecurity. Routine activities to reach food – going to the farm, market, or waiting in water or food lines – put women at risk of rape and sexual violence. “These gendered threats are inseparable from the hunger crisis,” the report found. “Food scarcity both heightens exposure to violence and amplifies its consequences.” “Sexual violence is a defining feature of this conflict – not confined to frontlines, but pervasive across communities,” said Ruth Kauffman, emergency health manager at MSF. “This war is being fought on the backs and bodies of women and girls.” Disabled people have not been spared in the RSF’s assault. Human Rights Watch has confirmed deliberate targeting of disabled civilians amid the siege of El Fasher, adding to the interminable depths of violence in the world’s darkest war. “The Rapid Support Forces treated people with disabilities as suspects, burdens, or expendable,” said Emina Ćerimović, associate disability rights director at Human Rights Watch. “We heard how they accused some victims, particularly those missing a limb, of being injured fighters and summarily executed them.” “Others were beaten, abused, or harassed because of their disability, with fighters mocking them as “insane” or for not being a “complete person,”” Ćerimović added. Foreign money and arms continue to fuel the war engine North Darfur capital of El-Fasher from above. Hopes of ending the violence are stymied by continued foreign military and financial assistance to the warring parties. The United Arab Emirates, in particular, has been accused of being the primary backer of the genocidal RSF, with little diplomatic consequence on the world stage. Drone attacks critical to RSF advances operate from bases claimed by the UAE as humanitarian posts, which a New York Times investigation found also serve as weapons smuggling hubs. Turkey, Egypt and Saudi Arabia are the key backers of the Sudanese army. All governments deny accusations of involvement in the war. “There are many external actors involved in this war,” Luca Renda, the UN Development Programme’s Sudan representative, said at the Berlin aid summit. “And as long as this continues, unfortunately, the chances of peace are very slim.” No reliable estimates exist for the total value of foreign military assistance flowing to either side. What is known is that the weapons keep arriving — routed through intermediaries, in violation of a UN arms embargo — while the humanitarian funding that could keep Sudan’s people alive does not. “The UAE, Iran, Turkey, Pakistan and others must stop supplying arms and support immediately,” Mo Ibrahim, Sudanese-British billionaire and founder of the Mo Ibrahim Foundation, wrote in the Financial Times on Tuesday. “All those countries profess love for the Sudanese people. We welcome your affection but not your bullets and drones.” “You are enabling the bloodshed and famine and causing the displacement of innocent civilians. Instead, you should put pressure on both sides to stop this madness.” Image Credits: UNICEF, WHO/Nicolò Filippo Rosso, Dubai Humanitarian , MSF, UN Sudan Envoy. One Million More People to Get HIV ‘Miracle’ Drug Lenacapavir as US, Global Fund Expand Access 14/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Eswatini officials, including Prime Minister Russell Dlamini (right) and Minister of Health Mduduzi Matsebula (centre), during the lenacapavir introduction ceremony at Hhukwini Clinic near Mbabane last November. The United States and the Global Fund will support three million people to get lenacapavir, the twice-a-year HIV injection that is almost 100% successful in preventing transmission of the virus – a million more than their previous commitment. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department, made this announcement at an event in Washington DC on Tuesday. In 2024, the US and the Global Fund announced that they would distribute up to two million doses of lenacapvir to HIV high-burden countries over the next three years. But the two groups are “upping our financial commitment” to reach three million people, Lewin told an event convened by the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) on the sidelines of the World Bank spring meeting. Global Fund executive director Peter Sands added that “the experience we’ve got so far suggests that, if we really want to make the most of this, we have to go bigger and we have to go faster”. Meanwhile, Lewin said that the US would “be willing to fund additional doses as we get that manufacturing capacity ramped up,” adding that “we’d like to see countries fund doses.” He praised Gilead Sciences, the US company that developed lenacapvir, as “an example of American excellence in biomedical innovation”. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department Nine countries get deliveries Since last November, some 135,000 doses of lenacapavir have been delivered to nine African countries: Eswatini, Kenya, Lesotho, Mozambique, Nigeria, South Africa, Uganda, Zambia and Zimbabwe. Last November, Eswatini became the first country to get the medicine, only five months after the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) had approved lenacapavir for pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Twelve additional countries – Benin, Botswana, Dominican Republic, Fiji, Georgia, Haiti, Honduras, Indonesia, Morocco, Papua New Guinea, Rwanda and Thailand – will also receive the medicine soon, according to a Global Fund statement on Tuesday. “We’ve taken a deliberate decision to focus on the places where it can have the most impact,” said Sands, adding that the aim is to reach 24 countries by the end of 2027 Countries also needed to have programmes to test people for HIV, enrol HIV negative people for lenacapavir and ensure that they will return after six months for their second injection, and put those who test HIV positive on treatment, Sands added. He hopes that the promise of lenacapavir will provide an incentive for people to test for HIV, which would also enable health systems to reach the estimated nine million people with HIV not on treatment. Fast-tracking generics Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day. Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day told the meeting that, within two weeks of getting the clinical trial results for lenacapavir, his company had “signed voluntary licences with six generic manufacturers, royalty-free with no obligation to us” and completed all the technology transfer in two weeks. “We have 1.3 million new cases of HIV every year, the vast majority in sub-Saharan Africa, and 41 million people are living with HIV,” said O’Day. “We have to bend the arc of those 1.3 million [new cases] to get to a stage where this disease is now under control.” The first generics are due to become available from mid-2027. The Global Fund, Gilead and the US have been working to “reduce the risk” for generic manufacturers by “making sure [they] already have a market as they roll their product out the door,” said O’Day. Last week, the Global Fund launched a global call for Expressions of Interest (EOI) from manufacturers to submit their generic products for review by its Expert Review Panel to “accelerate the availability of quality-assured generic products and expand global supply capacity over the coming months”. O’Day added that it had taken Gilead 17 years to develop lenacapavir: “My scientists call this a unicorn of a molecule. The fact that you could get a molecule that is nearly 100% effective at preventing HIV, given every six months, is quite extraordinary.” Delivery via US bilateral agreements? US official Brad Smith (right) at a meeting to discuss a bilateral agreement with Kenya. Lewin said that the bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) the US had signed with various countries enabled the US to work directly with health ministries in those countries to prepare for lenacapavir. However, Sands said that getting lenacapavir to those most at risk of HIV involved both community organisations and governments: “We are very much engaged with community-led organisations, and this is an important part of how we maximise the impact of lenacapavir. “We have to follow the epidemiology. We have to ensure that the communities most at risk get access to the most powerful tools. Some governments are quite good at that. Some governments are less good at that, and where they’re less good at that, the answer is to work through community-based organisations.” The HIV sector has identified “key populations” where the virus is flourishing – including sex workers, men who have sex with men, people who inject drugs and adolescent women – as groups that need particular attention to end HIV. However, the Trump administration has stopped funding most of these groups and is focusing narrowly on pregnant women and children in its HIV response. Trump wants to end mother-to-child transmission of HIV by the end of his second term in office, according to Lewin. A Global Fund statement released on Tuesday names “priority populations” for lenacapavir as “including pregnant and breastfeeding women, adolescent girls and young women, and people accessing PrEP for the first time.” However, at a briefing last September Lewin said that there is “no formal restriction” on who the recipient countries choose to give the medicine to, although the “strong recommendation” of the US is to focus on eliminating mother-child HIV transmission. “We’re working with the countries to meet their needs in their high-risk populations. And the Global Fund, of course, is targeting their doses in their own manner as well,” Lewin told the briefing. Key African countries excluded from MOUs The US has signed 30 bilateral MOUs so far and, while it might sign a further 10 or so, 85% of the budget has already been allocated, said Lewin. “I think the $21 billion in co-investment commitments from the countries is the largest mobilisation of African domestic resources for health ever,” he added. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) focused on 20 high-burden countries, and Lewin said that the US had signed MOUs with all of these, bar “one or two exceptions, that have unique circumstances.” However, the US has not offered a bilateral agreement with South Africa, the country with the biggest HIV positive population in the world, as the two countries have several political disagreements. Despite this, a statement from the US Embassy in South Africa described the arrival of lenacapavir last week as exemplifying “commercial diplomacy between the United States and South Africa.” Historic moment for HIV prevention! 🎉 South Africa receives first Lenacapavir shipment through @GlobalFund & @GileadSciences collaboration. The U.S. is proud to support this life-saving innovation. 🇺🇸🇿🇦 https://t.co/g8axF0whV2#EndHIV #GlobalHealth pic.twitter.com/lqxMyjLabw — US Embassy SA (@USEmbassySA) April 10, 2026 The Global Fund is providing South Africa with the medicine, but the US can take some credit as it is the fund’s largest donor, pledging $4.6 billion to the Fund for its next budget cycle. Zambia has been unable to secure an agreement as there has reportedly been a dispute over US access to its resources. Tanzania also hasn’t reached an agreement, while Zimbabwe rejected the terms the US proposed. Massive potential to end HIV Peter Sands Sands said that the rollout of lenacapavir is “one of the most exciting things I’ve ever been involved with.” “What’s really exciting is when you meet frontline health workers, and they are buzzing, and saying: ‘When did you say we’re getting it? How quickly?’.” He described meeting mentors of mothers-to-be in Kabira, a large informal settlement in Nairobi in Kenya, who told him that lenacapavir would be a game-changer. The mentor mothers encourage pregnant women to test for HIV and, while the programme has not had a baby born with HIV in four years, “they have nothing to offer the mothers who test negative to protect them from HIV”. Many women are not in a position to control what happens to them sexually, he added, but the six-monthly injection is a discreet intervention that can protect them from infection. Protecting an adolescent woman from HIV also means saving 50 to 60 years of antiretroviral treatment and supporting services, said Sands. “The sheer economics of preventing infection are enormously compelling,” added Sands, who was a commercial banker. Implementing MOUs Meanwhile, Lewin said that by the end of the US fiscal year on 30 September, the US wants implementation agreements with all countries with bilateral compacts. By then, these countries “will all be onboarded onto new mechanisms that align with the commitments and focus on the America First Global Health Strategy,” said Lewin. “We’re trying to prioritise the work right now and get the plans right. It’s a lot of work to work with these countries on these plans, and it’s hard to do in the public eye. You’ve got to do that with a level of trust in the governments.” Lewin added that US President Donald Trump’s proposed 2027 budget aims to dispense with disease-specific funding to enable more flexibility. “In some places, we have more HIV money than we know what to do with, and we’d like to use it on global health security or on malaria,” said Lewin. “Giving more flexibility to policymakers to make those decisions doesn’t mean that we’re eliminating HIV funding or seeking to do that. It means that we want more flexibility, something we’re working with Congress on,” he said, adding that the new MOUs “include all the disease areas in the same agreement.” Image Credits: Karin Hatzold /PSI.. WHO Director General in Germany for Series of High Level Meetings – What’s At Stake? 14/04/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Editorial team WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus meets with members of the German Bundestag in a series of high-level meetings this week in Berlin. As WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus visits Germany, a high stakes week for Germany’s future role in the World Health Organization agency may be unfolding in Berlin. On Monday, Tedros began a two-day high-level visit to Germany at the invitation of the World Health Summit where he has served as a patron. The visit also reportedly includes meetings requested by Tedros with Minister of Foreign Affairs Johann Wadephul, Minister of Health Nina Warken, and Berlin Mayor Kai Wegner as well as members of Germany’s Bundestag, or Parliament. Germany’s Chancellor Friedrich Merz, meanwhile, declined a request from the Director-General to convene a meeting, Health Policy Watch learned. The question is this: what exactly is Tedros doing in Berlin, and why is he prioritizing bilaterals with German ministers a month before the World Health Assembly? According to a WHO spokesperson, the answer is simple: he is in Berlin “at the invitation” of the World Health Summit. “On Monday, 13 April, he attended the WHS-organized high-level dinner, ‘From Crisis to Resilience: Innovating for Health,’ which focused on the future of international organizations and the role of Germany and Europe in a changing global order. In addition, “the Director General is meeting with key German stakeholders, including the Federal Minister of Health and the Mayor of Berlin, to reaffirm Germany`s role as a strategic partner and champion of multilateral global health. “The visit aims to strengthen cooperation on pandemic preparedness, global health reform and sustainable financing, while highlighting the WHO Hub in Berlin as a global asset made possible through Germany`s support,” the WHO spokesperson added. However, diplomatic sources told Health Policy Watch that the meetings have less to do with the World Health Summit and more to do with the pending loss of German voluntary donations to WHO – as well as Germany’s positioning in the upcoming race for WHO Director General. German cuts to WHO funding WHO’s Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence team meeting with WHO’s DG Dr Tedros Monday in Berlin. Following the US withdrawal from the WHO, Germany has emerged as the Organization’s largest member state donor. But it is reportedly cutting back its voluntary contributions in both 2026 and 2027 and it is unclear whether it will come through with all of the $262.2 million in funding pledged at the World Health Summit in October 2024 for the years 2025-2028. Since that 2024 pledge, only about $84 million has so far been committed by the Health Ministry in the 2026 German national budget approved by the Bundestag. The remaining $180 million pledged remains in question. Germany’s plans to halve its annual funding for the Berlin-based WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence from €30 million to €15 million, were reported by Health Policy Watch in January. Meanwhile, despite dramatic budget cuts and layoffs of at least 25% of the workforce over the past 16 months, WHO still faces an estimated $640 million budget gap for the current 2026-2027 biennium, according to a Director General’s report at the February 2026 Executive Board meeting. WHO disclosed plans for a 25% staff cut in November 2025 with professional staff at low and mid-level hit hardest. But a budget gap of $640 million remains. Will Germany put forward a candidate for DG ? Another likely issue in bilateral discussions is the election campaign for the next WHO Director General. That is expected to kick off formally later this month or in early May when Tedros issues a call to WHO member states to nominate candidates. Former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach. Two influential German health policy actors have been eyeing the race, as reported in February by Health Policy Watch and German media outlets. Those include former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach and Paul Zubeil, deputy director general of European and International Health Politics in the German Ministry. Both bring distinct strengths along with potential trade-offs. While Lauterbach is widely known, his prominent role in the COVID-19 response made him a more polarizing figure domestically, which could affect how he is received on the global stage. Paul Zubeil, German Ministry of Health, at the World Health Summit in Berlin in 2025. Zubeil, who currently oversees all funding to WHO and UNAIDS on behalf of the German Federal Ministry of Health, is highly regarded in expert circles for his decades of experience in fragile and complex settings and his deep understanding of global health systems. The key question is whether he has the political backing to mobilize a German nomination. Deferring or not? Within German political circles, there is a debate underway, however, about how the country should position itself in the DG race. “German opinion on whether there should be a candidate [for WHO DG] is highly disputed inside and outside of ministries. German foreign policy might just have other problems right now than running a [WHO] campaign,” said one expert on the European arena. And recently, German Chancellor Merz’s fractious coalition of conservatives and the centre-left, has been further strained by the geopolitical challenges of the war in Iran and the consequent sharp hike in fuel prices. In what are likely to be Tedros’ final strategic engagements with Germany before the race begins, he is understood to be encouraging his counterparts in Berlin not to enter the contest and instead back allied candidates, according to WHO sources. Tedros’ own personal preferences in the race, while the subject of informal speculation, have yet to emerge. For Berlin, the implications of deferring any nomination of a German candidate is politically significant. Germany, despite being a major multilateral donor, does not have anyone serving in the top posts of the UN system. Its one remaining shot to secure a major global leadership role over the next five years is the WHO Director-General race, so it is not surprising that Germany had been considering nominating a candidate. But not putting forward a candidate may be the least favorable option of all, others argue. “To defer to the current WHO DG’s preference rather than put forward its own candidate would not just be a missed opportunity. It would raise serious questions about judgment and independence at a moment when leadership in global health is under intense scrutiny,” said one German diplomatic source. Germany in WHO’s Executive Board calculus WHO European Region Executive Board representation – the allocation of three-year terms is by three country groupings. While Berlin debates its position in the DG race, its near-term role in the Executive Board, WHO’s governing body, is also unclear. In late January or early February 2027, the EB will screen and select three candidates among the slate of DG nominees to be voted on by member states at the May 2027 World Health Assembly. That gives the 34-member WHO governing body with immense power to sway the final outcome of the race. See related story here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/exclusive-china-on-next-who-executive-board/ Currently, Germany does not have a seat on the Board so its say on the final three candidate slate will be shaped by broader European Union currents and Policies. It will have a chance to return to the EB at the May 2027 WHA, as member states elect a new DG. At that time, four European member states will rotate out of the eight EB seats allocated to European Region members. But the complex subregional grouping system that the European Region uses to select EB representatives will continue to represent a critical constraint for the success of a German EB candidate. That’s because Germany is a member of the European region’s Group A countries, where only one seat is available. It will be competing with Iceland and Luxembourg, which both expressed interest in the seat at an informal Regional consultation in late 2025, according to documents from the meeting seen by Health Policy Watch. France’s EB position is more secure The 158th WHO Executive Board meeting on 8 February, the final day of its last session. That means three countries would likely be competing directly for a single position, with two guaranteed to be eliminated. Former Health Minister and WHO Academy Executive Director Agnès Buzyn – potential French nominee? At the same time, France, which is also eyeing at least three nominees for the DG race – including Agnès Buzyn, Anne-Claire Amprou and Marisol Touraine – sits within the Region’s Group B where two Executive Board seats are available. As a Permanent Member of the United Nations Security Council, France benefits from extra privileges rotating into one of the available positions more frequently than other member states. This means France will almost definitely secure a Board seat in 2027, even if its DG candidate is unsuccessful, while Germany does not have the same privilege. Meanwhile, Group C, which includes the Russian Federation, Israel, and Turkey – as well as Balkan and Central Asian member states – will have one vacant seat in 2027 with Romania and Moldova already expressing interest. So, whether by design or by drift, Germany risks being edged out of both the WHO Executive Board and the broader WHO leadership conversation, critics say. Largest OECD donor with the lowest UN boardroom profile This comes at a time when Germany has also become the largest provider of official development assistance (ODA) for the first time, with total aid reaching $29.1 billion, according to the 2025 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development report released last week. Despite that historic financial weight, Germany has not managed to parry funding into multilateral power. Until 2025, Germany held one senior role through Achim Steiner, who served as Administrator of the United Nations Development Programme until his term concluded. However, he remained a relatively low-profile figure across the system, with limited recognition beyond core development circles. Berlin’s subsequent attempt to secure the top role at the UN High Commissioner for Refugees fell short, with its candidate Niels Annen, a former parliamentary State Secretary at the Federal Ministry of Economic Cooperation and Development, losing out to Barham Salih, the former President of Iraq. Even with the cutbacks in support to WHO, Germany is likely to continue ranking as one of the largest member state donors to the global health agency for the foreseeable future But here, too, critics argue that financial power as a donor to the UN system shouldn’t come with such explicit strings attached. “What’s the message? I pay and you vote for me or…? Sounds like the USA!” one observer told Health Policy Watch. Decisive moment in Berlin vis a vis Washington DC? Financial considerations aside, relations between Germany and Washington are at one of their lowest points in decades, with US President Donald Trump repeatedly attacking his European allies over defense, trade, and alignment with US priorities. At the same time, Merz has warned of a deep rift between Europe and the US, while still insisting that transatlantic cooperation must be preserved. That is exactly where the WHO race becomes more than a health decision. It becomes a diplomatic lever. At a time when Washington is increasingly transactional and relationship-driven, Berlin putting forward a credible nominee could signal alignment, rather than distance, some sources who spoke with Health Policy Watch, asserted. Said one, “It could demonstrate that Germany is willing to lead where it matters, to reset the course of WHO and do so in a way that keeps the US anchored in global institutions rather than drifting further away.” –Felix Sassmannshausen also contributed reporting to this story. Image Credits: X/DrTedros, X/Dr Tedros, WHO , Steffen Prößdorf, Health Policy Watch , Amélie Tsaag Valren. Delhi Has a New Plan to Fight Its Toxic Air, But Will it Deliver? 13/04/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak pollution days in mid-November. Delhi’s new action plan 2026 promises to double the bus fleet, deploy more smog guns, and impose pollution-linked curbs on fuel sales. But experts warn of missing enforcement muscle and dodging hard decisions. DELHI – The world’s most polluted capital has a new air quality action plan, but the Delhi state government is yet to release the details – more than a week after the Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced it. A press release with sketchy details on the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 has been welcomed by experts and civil society, but cautiously; a follow-up draft electric vehicle (EV) policy has more details on how to phase out certain categories of fossil-fueled vehicles over the next two to three years to improve air quality. How effective are smog guns? However, the government plans to double down on questionable measures such as anti-smog guns and water sprinklers on a “large scale”. According to an Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi finding, spraying water had a very small impact on the small particulate matter in the air, PM2.5, and this was limited to an area up to 200 metres from the machine. Last year, the government released the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Some of the policy proposals are the same, such as a curb on entry of old goods vehicles, the deadline for which has been postponed by a year. But the scale of other promises, such as a lot more buses and EV chargers, has grown significantly. Delhi Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 on 3 April. It follows the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Scepticism is understandable given that Delhi’s average PM2.5 pollution has hovered around 100 micrograms for the last seven years. Earlier this year, the government announced a target of a 15% reduction in the annual average PM2.5 level for 2026. The new plan doesn’t mention this, but the list of promises is long and ambitious. Details of Delhi’s Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan Vehicular and transport curbs Curbs on fuel sale: ‘No PUC, No Fuel’ – vehicles without a pollution-under-control (PUC) certificate will not be sold fuel at pumps. Cameras will use digital tracking to identify them. Curbs on old goods vehicles: Starting 1 November 2026, only the most recent emission standard BS-VI (Bharat Stage), CNG (compressed natural gas), or electric goods vehicles will be allowed into Delhi. Last year’s plan had promised the same thing by 1 November, 2025. Doubling the bus fleet: A target fleet of 13,760 buses by 2028-29, more than double the current 6,100, with a heavy focus on electric models. Last year’s plan promised 5,004 electric buses. Adding more than three times the current number of EV charging points: 32,000 charging points over the next four years, almost triple the current 8,800, and a new EV Policy 2026 targeting commercial fleets. Last year’s plan promised 18,000 EV chargers. Traffic and dust management Eliminating 62 traffic congestion Hotspots: Using an “Intelligent Traffic Management System”. Anti-smog guns for roads and large buildings: Large-scale deployment of mechanical sweepers and water spray systems to control dust. Paving & greening: 3,500 km of roads and the planting of 7 million trees and shrubs in a year. Incidentally, just weeks earlier, the chief minister had announced plans to recarpet 750 km of roads as a step to improve the air quality. Waste and construction monitoring Removing Delhi’s garbage mountains: South Delhi’s Okhla site by July 2026, North Delhi’s Bhalswa by December 2026, and East Delhi’s Ghazipur by December 2027. Past deadlines to rid the national capital of these towering landfills were missed. Seven months ago, the deadline set by Gupta for all three was December this year. AI Oversight: Rollout of portal for real-time, geo-tagged monitoring of construction sites to prevent dust leakages. Biomass ban: Complete ban on biomass burning with penalties for violators and the distribution of electric heaters as alternatives. “Clean air is not a luxury, it is a fundamental right, and we are committed to delivering it,” said Gupta at the launch, promising strict timelines, accountability, “new” solutions and engagement with the public and technical experts. Delhi’s air is dependent on the seasons. This view, after rain, shows its potential for clean air. However, experts and environmentalists point out measures in this list which need to change or are missing. The aim is to reduce pollution by reducing the sources of pollution. ‘Pollution-under-control’ system needs to change Delhi’s traffic contributes to some 18% to 24% or air pollution, depending on the season. There are almost 8.8 million vehicles on the road, up 7.9% from the previous year. Over two-thirds are two-wheelers, while an estimated 1.2 million vehicles visit daily from neighbouring cities. Vehicles also account for 60% of nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions in Delhi and neighbouring region, which can have devastating health effects, including higher risk of asthmatic attacks, coughing, wheezing, chronic lung disease, heart disease, strokes and lung cancer among others. NOx also contributes to the creation of other pollutants like ozone and fine particulate matter PM2.5, equally damaging to human health. Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Caption: Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Source: CMO Delhi’s account on Instagram. But the PUC certificate, which the government has vowed to police, doesn’t measure NOx or PM2.5, which is a critical gap according to Amit Bhatt, managing director for India at the International Council for Clean Transportation (ICCT), a research organisation. “The key limitation of the existing PUC system is that it is a stationary test and does not capture emissions under real-world driving conditions. However, the actual impact on human health occurs when vehicles are operating on the road. Therefore, it is important to reimagine vehicular emission testing to better reflect real-world conditions and align with public health priorities,” Bhatt told Health Policy Watch. Bhavreen Kandhari, a prominent environmentalist, warns of another danger of continuing with the old PUC regime. “Continued reliance on the PUC system, widely considered outdated/corrupt without scaling robust real-time emission monitoring, weakens enforcement,” says the founder of Warrior Moms, an air quality activist group. New EV plan announced However, the Delhi government has announced details for a new, draft EV policy, vehicles contributing up to almost a quarter of the megacity’s pollution and identified as the fastest growing pollution source. It promises a rapid push for EVs in all categories by providing incentives from subsidies for new EVs to incentives for scrapping fossil-fuel vehicles. Proposed subsidies range from a few hundred dollars for two-wheelers up to about $2,500 for cars, and about $1,000 for trucks in the first year of the policy. These incentives will be phased in, ending by 2030. Private EV four-wheelers don’t get any subsidies but are exempt from road tax and registration fees for vehicles costing up to about $32,000. The policy also provides a roadmap for phasing out fossil-fueled vehicles in certain categories. Petrol and diesel vehicles will no longer be added to delivery and ride aggregator fleets in Delhi from this year, while only electric auto-rickshaws will be registered from next year, and only electric two-wheelers will be registered in Delhi from 1 April, 2028. “The proposed Delhi EV Draft Policy 2026 is a significant step towards establishing a clean, accessible and sustainable transport system in the capital,” Chief Minister Gupta says. Break-up of Delhi’s vehicular pollution The draft provides no data on how much each category contributes to the 24% of vehicular pollution in Delhi. However, Health Policy Watch has learnt that a recent, yet-to-be-published study estimates that a quarter of vehicular pollution is from two-wheelers, which number over five million in Delhi. The share of three-wheelers for goods is even more than this. Trucks of various sizes are estimated to contribute about a fifth of the pollution, while the share from private cars is under 10%. Notably, buses, which are either CNG-fueled or electric, contribute the least, which is why the government’s move to more than double the fleet holds promise. Are ‘smog guns’ effective? A visible part of Delhi’s pollution control measures has been smog guns, atop trucks and buildings. These are essentially water-mist cannons and sprinklers. The new action plan persists with them to control dust and vehicular pollution. But a recent study by the Council on Energy, Environment and Water pointed out that putting these on top of large buildings would cover less that 0.5% of Delhi’s area, or about 3-7 square km. This assessment was based on last year’s Air Pollution Mitigation Plan. The new criteria details are yet to be released. The truck-borne versions cover more distance as they drive along the main roads, spraying water, but their effectiveness in reducing pollution is equally questionable. A study by the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi found that while smog guns reduce average PM2.5 greatly immediately after sprinkling, the benefit reduces sharply over the next 2-3 hours, and the overall effect after 24 hours was 8%. The range of efficacy is limited to just about 100 to 200 metres on either side of the machine, the research found. A smog gun on a Delhi road. An IIT-Delhi study has questioned the effectiveness in reducing air pollution. Measures like smog towers, cloud seeding and even smog towers have been called cosmetic changes and red herrings. While pollution control agencies have ditched smog towers, the Gupta government is planning to continue with cloud seeding trials this year again – despite last year’s fiasco and criticism – although the action plan doesn’t mention it. Action plan silent on firecrackers But while there are gaps, several commentators have welcomed the new plan. It offers “real hope”, says Jyoti Pande Lavakare, a clean air advocate and author of the memoir, “Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health”. But the critical missing piece, she says, is the Delhi government’s silence on banning firecrackers. “Without a complete ban, at least from October to March, Delhi’s winter pollution peaks are unlikely to see a significant fall,” she wrote in an opinion piece. That, however, is not likely, as the Rekha Gupta government had gone to court to lift the ban and got it overturned. Kandhari calls for deeper reforms. Regional sources, including industrial pollution in NCR (national capital region) and non-compliant thermal power plants within a 300 km radius, remain insufficiently addressed, she points out. Governance challenges, staff shortages, weak enforcement capacity and fragmented institutions compromise implementation. “Overall, the plan prioritises visible, technocratic solutions while neglecting deeper structural and institutional reforms needed for sustained air quality improvement,” says Kandhari. Old plan, but stiffer targets HPW reached out to pollution-control officials for comment but had not received this at time of publication. Meanwhile, the government has promised a hard line backed by budgetary allocation and measurable outcomes. During the peak pollution season, October to January, when PM2.5 levels can be 30-40 times above the WHO’s safe guidelines, the government may consider staggered office timings, work-from-home directives and additional restrictions on polluting vehicles for immediate relief, which is the same as previous years. It all boils down to implementation. If the chief minister drives her new action and holds officials accountable for reducing pollution, old wine in a new bottle may still work. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, CMO Delhi, CMO Delhi. Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
‘A Unique Moment’: New Regional Air Pollution Plans Aim to Cut Health Burden Across Latin America 17/04/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Medellin, Colombia’s second largest city, is located in the northern Andes, where smog becomes trapped through meteorological temperature inversions. The Pan-American Health Organization (PAHO) will soon unveil a new Roadmap on Air Quality and Health, following on from a meeting with countries and other stakeholders in February in Mexico. The PAHO strategy dovetails with an ambitious new regional action plan by the UN Environment Programme – which supports the work of environment ministries. While the high mountains of the Andes might be associated in popular imagination with crystal clear air, in fact, these 4000+ meter high mountains also trap air pollution, smothering cities nestled in their towering ranges. It is visual testimony to the health impacts of an air pollution problem that kills some 370,000 people annually across Latin America and the Caribbean. But Latin American and Caribbean countries are at a “unique moment” in terms of opportunities to improve air quality, marking a critical pivot toward treating air pollution not merely as an environmental byproduct, but as a top-tier public health emergency, according to Juan J Castillo who leads the air quality team at PAHO, the World Health Organization’s (WHO) regional office for the Americas. “We see this action plan as an opportunity to send a strong message to the region, to the ministers of health and the environment, that there is a clear case for health in improving air quality,” said Juan Castillo. His team has been leading the plan’s development while also working to bolster collaboration across Latin America, connecting ministries of the environment and health, and closing the air pollution monitoring gap. Meeting the WHO goal to halve deaths from air pollution by 2040 Latin American cities are already taking climate adaptation measures, like Barranquilla, shown here. But air pollution experts highlight the health benefits of green urban desgin. The action plan comes a year after the World Health Organization’s second conference on Air pollution and health, hosted in Cartagena, Colombia. A core aim of the plan is to create a pathway for meeting the WHO target set out at the Cartagena meeting of halving deaths from air pollution by 2040. At the conference, some 20 countries, including many from the Latin American region, made related pledges. But the action plan aims to mainstream the goal into the plans of health ministries. Over 700 stakeholders gathered in Cartagena, Colombia, for the 2nd WHO Air Pollution and Health in 2025. “This is truly a pivotal point,” Castillo said. “Latin America requires solutions that respond to the specific needs of the region. This is why it is charting its own path towards cleaner air- and one that could inspire other lower- and middle-income nations, fostering further South-South cooperation.” Latin America and the Caribbean already have cleaner air, on average, than hot spots like South East Asia, there is still a long way to go to achieve the World Health Organization quality goals. Some cities in the region actually meet WHO air quality guidelines for particulate matter (PM2.5) and others exceed them “only” by one to two times. However, a number of cities in Chile, Brazil, Bolivia and Peru, have average annual PM2.5 concentrations reaching 3-5 times above WHO guidelines, according to the 2025 report of the Swiss-based monitoring firm, IQ-Air. Lima, Peru is one noteworthy example. The health argument for cleaner skies Local authorities in Lima, Peru promote cycling as part of a sustainable mobility effort. “The evidence shows that there is a huge burden of disease linked to air pollution in the region,” said Castillo. “Air pollution is one of the leading causes of non-communicable diseases and also for all kinds of morbidity, such as asthma attacks, respiratory infections and impaired cognitive development. So we’re focused on using the evidence to help countries make the best decision to achieve their public health goals.” Many countries in Latin America have implemented steps to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, but these climate policies often neglect to consider the health benefits of tackling climate pollutants. These health impact assessments of climate mitigation are crucial and are included in the Organization’s Air Quality and Health Plan for Latin America and the Caribbean, said Castillo. “We need to understand the health gains to bolster the argument for environmental policies and to help with the strategic importance of these policies.” Integrating air quality action on climate change “can be particularly beneficial, as it broadens access to funding and delivers greater public health benefits,” notes a December 2025 regional action strategy by the UNEP-hosted Climate and Clean Air Coalition. Action needed beyond the health sector An all-electric bus in Brasilia is one of many rolled out across Latin America. The CCAC strategy is targeted to ministries of the environment, while the PAHO roadmap focuses on ministries of health. But the two aim to work in tandem to build political will for systemic changes that reduce air pollution. Such changes typically require action on finance, transport, building and household energy systems, urban design and waste management – well beyond the traditional domain of health ministries. In terms of transport, a major air pollution factor, Latin America historically has had stronger public transport systems than many other developing regions, and cities such as Curitiba and Bogota became pioneers in developing Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) as well as cycle networks, which helped reduce emissions from private automobiles. Baranquilla has pioneered several clean transport initiatives, such as electric buses, as shown in a Transformative Urban Mobility Initiative brochure. But too often, BRT systems in the region have remained too dependent on dirty diesel – where cleaner electric systems are needed to really clean up the air further. Now, there is a move to electrify BRT systems in key Latin American cities such as Brasilia, Brazil and Barranquilla, Colombia, supported partly by German development assistance as well as local initiatives. Barranquilla, Colombia, has undergone a massive urban renewal effort with the aim of shifting to a 50% electric bus fleet by 2034. Public transport is being integrated with cycle networks and pedestrian-friendly streets – about 30% of travel is on foot – supporting healthier, more active, and low-emissions mobility. PAHO hopes that more cities can see the health benefits of urban design – and use climate funding for greener cities that foster public health. Closing the monitoring and data gap The new PAHO roadmap advocates for better air quality monitoring to better inform policymakers. Tracking air quality progress has been a challenge for the region. Less than 40% of countries have a government standard for chronic exposure to the most dangerous form of particulate pollution, PM2.5. Without these standards, governments cannot chart further regulation to clean up polluted skies. The region has also struggled with tracking air quality. Only a third of cities in the region have active reference monitoring stations- or local inventories of criteria pollutant emissions, active air management programs, or government-published health impact assessments, according to the most recent regional action plan. And only seven cities have air quality forecasting systems. The data that is available raises several concerns. Of the 58 cities with PM2.5 data, only one city complies with the WHO guideline values. The region of Latin America and the Caribbean has, on average, enjoys cleaner air than South Asia or the African continent. Much of the poorer air quality is in urban centers and the Andean region. “Many cities lack key tools, or those that exist are not operational, up to date, or in use, while their populations remain exposed to harmful pollution levels,” says CCAC in its 2025 regional strategy. A consortium of South American researchers echoed that, in a 2025 review that stated: “South America would greatly benefit from expanded monitoring networks, improved air quality modeling, and detailed health data to better understand exposure–health relationships and multipollutant interactions.” Grassroots organizers like Ana Badillo, a co-founder of the Ecuador-based advocacy group Pacha Ayllu, have also championed access to real-time air quality data through the expanded use by “citizen-scientists” of low-cost air pollution sensors in the capital city of Quito. “This citizen-led monitoring network is designed to empower individuals and communities to better understand the quality of the air they breathe and make informed decisions to protect their health and that of their loved ones,” said Badillo in a recent post. The democratization of data is also central to the new CCAC strategy, which is promoting its AQMx Platform, a digital hub designed to support air quality management exchange and integrate conventional air quality monitoring with low-cost sensor networks, relying more on civil society groups like Pacha Ayllu. Collaborating across sectors At COP30 in Belém in 2025, Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus signaled a historic shift by formalizing the Belém Health Action Plan, highlighting the urgency of climate action for health. With funding an “obvious” challenge for cleaning up Latin America’s air, PAHO and its partners have emphasized the health gains of environmental interventions to help governments understand the strategic importance of such changes. In relation to that, collaboration across the energy and environmental sectors is key, says Castillo, whose office is also working closely with the UNEP-hosted CCAC. Tapping into energy sector investments also means cleaner, more affordable, and reliable energy. The new CCAC strategy targets not only air pollution, but a “triple planetary crisis” – climate change, biodiversity loss, and pollution – by focusing on the reduction of “super pollutants” like black carbon and methane a precursor of ground level ozone (O3), as well as a powerful climate pollutant. But black carbon and methane do not remain long in the atmosphere, reductions can yield rapid gains for health as well as climate. By making air quality projects “bankable” for multilateral giants like the World Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB), the plan seeks to move beyond sporadic grants toward a flexible financing architecture that includes green bonds and blended finance. Mexico City: a story of success A combination of Mexico City’s high population, geography, and occasional wildfires have made clean air a challenge for decades. Castillo pointed to the example of Mexico City, which once had some of the most polluted air in the Americas, or even the world, as a story of success. It was grassroots organizations that agitated for clean air protections. “They demanded action,” Castillo said. “And many other places are following suit.” Mexico City has developed a robust air quality monitoring system, NowCast – and one of the most ambitious goals for reducing short-lived climate pollutants in the region. “It has helped enormously in terms of health protection, because we can now warn people much sooner, telling them not to go outside, not to exercise outdoors and to avoid inhaling highly polluted air,” said Sergio Zirath, Mexico’s director general of Industry, Clean Energy and Air Quality Management in an interview with the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). Mexico has now stepped in to provide technical advice to other countries across the region on clean air solutions. Although this is an effort being led by PAHO, an organization that also includes Canada and the United States, by definition as a strategy for Latin America and the Caribbean, neither are part of this new strategy. “PAHO respects every country’s decision on how they want to manage their policy. Our focus is based on evidence, action and available data,” said Castillo, when asked about the absence of the US from regional clean air activities since the Trump administration took over in January 2025. But in the end, Castillo hopes this strategic plan – an undertaking that still includes 21 countries, civil society, and PAHO – will be more than “just another document.” Instead, he hopes it will provide countries with an opportunity to capitalize on changes already happening in the region – ones that might even clean up the air in the region’s worst-polluted cities suffering from smog buffered by the high Andes. Image Credits: Municipality of Bethlehem, S. Samantaroy/HPW, Partnerships for Health Cities, TUMI, IQAir, IQAir, WHO/PAHO/Karina Zambrana . From Vaccines to Racism: RFK Faces Barrage of Questions in House Committee 16/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Representative Linda Sanchez (left) questioning Kennedy about the explosion of measles cases under his watch. Undermining vaccines, failing pregnant black women, threatening to remove black children with ADHD from their parents – these were some of the barrage of questions put to United States Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr when he appeared before the House Ways and Means Committee on Thursday. Kennedy was testifying about the Trump administration’s 2027 budget, which proposes to cut the HHS budget by 12,5% – including deep cuts for HIV programmes ($923 million less), maternal and child health ($561m), and mental health ($576m). The Trump 2027 budget also proposes to eliminate $4.3 billion from the US government’s global health budget, which falls under the US State Department. Massive measles increase There has been a 675% increase in measles cases since Kennedy was appointed in February last year, according to US Representative Linda Sanchez. “In 2024, under the Biden administration, there were 258 cases of measles. And in 2025, under your leadership at HHS, this ballooned to over 2,000 [cases]. That’s a 675% increase, and we are now on track to suppress to surpass that this year, with over 1,600 confirmed cases in just three and a half months,” said Sanchez. Pointing to the death last year of a six-year-old unvaccinated girl from measles, the first death of a US child from measles in a decade, Sanchez asked Kennedy whether a measles vaccine could have saved her life. “It’s possible,” Kennedy answered. Robert F Kennedy Jr testifying before the House Ways and Means Committee. Sanchez tore into Kennedy for orchestrating the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) decision to remove its “universal vaccine recommendations for children covering seven immunizations, including things like flu, covid, hepatitis A, hepatitis B and rotavirus.” She also quoted Kennedy’s claim on Fox News last year that the adverse effects from the measles vaccine “cause deaths every year… and causes all the illnesses that measles itself causes.” Sanchez said that “CDC data shows that about 80% of children who died from flu this season were not vaccinated, [and] the anti-vaccine rhetoric you ran on and the anti-vaccine actions you have taken over the last year clearly correlates with the dramatic increases in preventable diseases.” She asked Kennedy repeatedly whether Trump agreed with the CDC decision to “suspend public health messaging on vaccines last February” – but Kennedy dodged the question, claiming Sanchez has “a lot of misinformation”. Representative Mike Thompson said that Kennedy is “helping make diseases deadly again.” “Kids have died because measles is running rampant under your watch, in large part because President Trump allowed your conspiracy theories to run our public health,” said Thompson. Undermining health of black women “Black women are nearly three times more likely to die from pregnancy-related causes than white women, yet the Trump administration is undermining black maternal health from all sides,” said Representative Danny Davis, a leader of the Congressional Black Caucus. He cited the Trump administration’s decision to cut $1 trillion from Medicaid, “which pays for 40% of births”, the proposed cuts to maternal and child care for 2027, and cuts to research. “DOGE [Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency] cancelled funds for several research projects that could save countless black mothers, like the Morehouse School of Medicine research on improving the health of black pregnant and postpartum women,” said Davis. “How can we lower black maternal health experiences if we’re cutting funds for these critical programmes, and the administration is saying that you can’t consider race or ethnicity in healthcare?” In response, Kennedy claimed that there had been “tremendous duplication” in programmes and “we are investing huge amounts of money in maternal health.” The US has the highest maternal mortality rate in the developed world. ‘Reparenting’ black children? Representative Terri Sewell (centre) raised Kennedy’s comments that black children on ADHD medication should be “reparented” Describing various comments made by Kennedy as “outlandish and frankly disturbing”, Representative Terri Sewell took issue with his stating during a podcast interview that black children on ADHD medication should be “reparented”. “You said every black kid is now just standardly put on Adderall, SSRIs, benzos, which are known to induce violence, and that those children are going to have to go somewhere to get reparented,” said Sewell, reminding Kennedy that there was a long history of black children being removed from their parents, dating back to slavery. Despite Kennedy’s comments being recorded, he denied making them and said he “doesn’t even know what reparenting means”. Budget chief under pressure Meanwhile, health activists interrupted the testimony of Russell Vought, head of the US Office of Management and Budget (OMB), before the House Budget Committee on Wednesday. Minutes after Vought began his opening statement on the 2027 budget proposal, protesters tood up, holding up posters and shouting slogans accusing the Trump administration of killing people with HIV, and urging the administration to spend the funds Congress has allocated to the US President’s Emergency Plan for Aids Relief (PEPFAR). ”Russell Vought is directly responsible for illegally withholding Congressionally appropriated funds for PEPFAR and related global health initiatives. These funding disruptions have already contributed to preventable deaths and threaten to reverse decades of progress in the fight against HIV worldwide,” said Charles King, CEO of Housing Works, in a statement from the protestors issued by Health Gap. They accuse Vought of “blatant defiance of the will of Congress, which has fully funded PEPFAR programs for FY25 and FY26 over Vought’s objections, including by rejecting $400 million in rescission of PEPFAR funding in 2025.” “The FY27 President’s budget request for HIV and global health would eliminate HIV-specific and all disease-specific programming, while slashing overall global health funding by 46% compared with FY26 levels ($9.4 billion in FY26; $5.4 billion proposed in FY27 the President’s budget request),” according to the statement. “In addition to proposing deadly funding cuts, the FY27 budget request also disparages scientific evidence in global health, particularly regarding highly effective methods of HIV prevention, suggesting elimination of funding for condoms and programs for LGBTQ+ people, who face disproportionately high HIV risk of HIV infection due to criminalization and stigma,” according to the statement. Vought also recently diverted $15 million in USAID funding aimed at lifesaving humanitarian assistance to pay for his personal security, according to Reuters. Vought, former vice-president of the right-wing think tank Heritage Foundation, co-authored Project 2025, the conservative blueprint for governance being followed by the Trump administration. Africa’s Clean Cooking Gap Leaves One Billion Without Access 16/04/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Lack of access to clean cooking fuel and technologies has extensive impacts on health, environment, economy, and women’s equality, say experts at the World Bank Group Spring Meeting. People gather at a clean cooking exhibition in Kampala, Uganda, administered by the Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking. WASHINGTON– Nearly a billion people lack access to clean cooking on the African continent. A heavy reliance on charcoal, firewood, and kerosene pollutes homes with toxic particulate matter and carbon monoxide, disproportionately impacting women and children. Roughly four in five households in Sub-Saharan Africa have no access to clean cooking technology. High fuel prices, driven by the current conflict in the Middle East, complicate efforts to expand the access crisis: more than half of African countries are net energy importers, making high energy dependence an additional hurdle. “This is truly a reality for millions,” said Karabo Mokgonyana who campaigns for energy access at Power Shift Africa. “It’s something that I experience, my mother experiences, my grandmother experiences.” Since a pivotal 2024 summit, $2.2 billion has been mobilised for clean cooking in Africa. Thirty countries have joined the initiative through national energy compacts in a push to alleviate the one billion Africans who still lack access. With ministers of energy from around the world in attendance, a World Bank Group (WBG) civil society event at the yearly Spring Meetings highlighted the urgent matter of a transition to clean cooking – placing the economic, health, environmental, and gender implications of unhealthy fuels and stoves on full display. Mission 300 lays out ambitious goal for continent’s electrification Sub-Saharan Africa accounts for the vast majority of people without access to clean cooking. Toxic cooking methods have for decades been documented as a life-threatening practice, with millions of lives at risk in sub-Saharan Africa. The World Bank Group, African Development Bank and the Rockefeller Foundation are spearheading an initiative to provide 300 million people on the African continent with access to energy by 2030 – half the continent’s electrification needs. Since July 2023, 43 million people have been connected to electricity by the WBG and five million by the Africa Development Bank. “Mission 300 should be about transformation,” said Dean Bhekumuzi Bhebhe, director of the Africa Change Lab, a charity targeted at lifting African people out of poverty. “If Mission 300 is the grounding for our energy access, then clean cooking is not adjacent, it’s central.” The World Bank’s spring meetings heavily discussed job creation and economic growth while mostly shying away from perceived controversial topics like climate investments, and featuring warnings of recessions triggered by the conflict in the Middle East. Leaders at an African Union World Bank Group side event in Washington. From left: Bright Simmons, Hannah Ryder, Hassatou Diop N’Sele, Dr Patrick Olomo, and Dr Ndidi Nwuneli. WBG representatives said its investments work to mainstream clean cooking into its energy access portfolio. “Clean cooking is happening side by side with electricity access,” said Johanna Christine Galan, the World Bank’s Mission 300 coordinator and a senior energy specialist. Yet regulatory uncertainties and perceived risks on the African continent have impeded investments in clean energy and the cost of capital, which African Union leaders have lamented. “Many African countries go to the International Monetary Fund (IMF). But on average, we achieve $200 million in comparison to other countries who achieve over $800 million each time,” said Hannah Ryder, CEO of Development Reimagined and a member of the G20 Africa Expert Panel. “We do need to [use] the multilaterals,” Ryder said. “But we need to start thinking beyond that, creating new instruments, encouraging the growth of African multilateral financial institutions.” Indeed, aid cuts and fuel shortages have driven more African countries to the IMF. The International Energy Agency points to a shortage of bankable projects, the high cost of capital, which can be double or triple the amount for renewable energy projects in Africa compared to advanced economies. “Overlapping crises have also raised the bar for attracting new capital to Africa. Currently, 21 African countries are in or are at high risk of being in debt distress, weighing heavily on public balance sheets and those of state-owned enterprises,” said the IEA. Health and environmental benefits of clean cooking Staff with the Clean Cooking project in Uganda display cleaner cookstove alternatives, which emit less toxic particles, at a market. Cooking with solid fuels is linked to 815,000 premature deaths globally. The smoke from partial combustion of firewood, charcoal, and kerosene in poorly ventilated homes or open fires exposes millions to particulate matter and carbon monoxide, both of which drive severe respiratory conditions and cardiovascular disease. In some countries on the African continent, the percentage of those with access to clean cooking is still in the single digits. Yet for the 30 countries with national energy compacts, access has been steadily improving. These compacts serve as voluntary commitments to expand energy access under Mission 300. “When we say ‘clean’ cooking, it’s from a health angle,” said Dr Yabei Zhang, a WBG senior energy specialist. “We see that by promoting clean cooking, there are multiple benefits, including health and climate benefits.” Emissions from traditional cooking methods are equivalent to global CO2 emissions from international aviation and shipping, or 1.2 gigatons of CO2, according to the International Energy Agency. Black carbon is an especially significant short-lived climate pollutant emitted during cooking, causing warming and health issues. Traditional cooking methods, especially those that use charcoal, have also led to massive deforestation, the United Nations Framework on Climate Change has found. “Over 275 million people live in woodfuel “hotspots,” which are areas where over 50% of woodfuel harvesting is unsustainable,” the UN-funded Clean Cooking Alliance found. “Clean cooking is a proven and critical part of the climate solution. Today’s highly efficient stoves can reduce fuel use by 30–60%, resulting in fewer GHG and black carbon emissions.” The ‘cost of inaction’ vs energy independence Butane canisters, a form of LPG, lined in front of a clean cooking exhibition in Kampala. When pushed on whether the World Bank Group is prioritising investments in renewables over the more widely used liquified petroleum gas (LPG) like butane and propane, its representatives skirted questions about fuel sources. Instead, the WBG spokespeople emphasised expanding access against waiting around “for the perfect solution.” “There is a real cost of inaction,” Zhang said. “Waiting means people are going to suffer. Universal access [comes] first, then we worry about decarbonizing.” Pushing decarbonization to a later date comes with its own issues, Rajneesh Bhuee, who leads efforts to divert international development away from fossil fuels at Recourse, an international non-profit watchdog. “Right now, the World Bank and the International Energy Agency (IEA) are including LPG, biogas, and ethanol as clean cooking,” Bhuee said. “The IEA projects that 45% of clean cooking access will come from LPG.” “But the question we always keep asking is: LPG and LNG will lock countries in fossil [fuels] for decades,” Bhuee added. In countries like Kenya, Bhuee’s home nation, estimates of access to clean cooking remain under than 40%. “We’re calling it a transition solution, but is there a timeline for when LPG phase-out will happen? We want to invest into something that can actually be able to provide that access right now.” In the past five years, around 12 million Africans gained clean cooking access through LPG. One million gained access through other clean cooking solutions, according to IEA figures. ‘A tax’ on women and children Panelists at a World Bank Group Spring Meeting session on clean cooking: from left, Catherine Vowles, Rajneesh Bhuee, Karabo Mokgonyana, Johanna Christine Galan, Yabei Zhang, and Dean Bhekumuzi Bhebhe (not pictured). The lack of clean cooking is also a massive burden on women. Investing in clean cooking unlocks not only climate and health benefits, but also economic gains, especially for women, Bhebhe explained. The time needed to gather wood and prepare meals over inefficient stoves or open fires itself represents a kind of “time poverty,” limiting a woman’s ability to invest time in education or business. “In Africa, we like our meals hot,” joked Mokgonyana,the campaign and energy advisor at Power Shift Africa. “That means a lot of time cooking for us women.” With clean cooking technologies, the time to prepare food is reduced by up to 70%, according to the Uganda alliance on clean cooking. Mokgonyana shared that the urgent need for clean cooking is personal: herself, her mother, grandmother, and sisters all experienced preparing food in unsafe environments. “My daughter knows that the firewood that was collected last week is still at home because this stove saves fuel,” Mercy, a mother in Kiambi County, Kenya told the Clean Cooking Alliance. “Cooking is something many of us take for granted: flick a switch and we immediately get heat with which to cook,” the UN Climate blog added. “For hundreds of millions around the world, cooking is a dangerous activity.” Image Credits: Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking, Tracking SDG7, S. Samantaroy/HPW, Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking. Call for US Congressional Oversight on Bilateral Health Agreements 15/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Mark Lagon of the Friends of the Global Fight against AIDS, TB and Malaria, The US Congress needs to exercise oversight over the bilateral global health agreements that the United States has reached with 30 low- and middle-income countries, relative to the 2025 congressional budget, as they represent a decrease of around a third in allocated spending. Mark Lagon of the Friends of the Global Fight against AIDS, TB and Malaria, told this to a meeting on financing health equity and security, organised by the AIDS Healthcare Foundation and UNITE Parliamentarians Network for Global Health in Washington DC on Tuesday. “In many countries, the US will no longer be doing core global health work on maternal and child health, family planning, and non-communicable diseases. They’re barely in the MOUs negotiated with African and other countries,” Lagon warned at the meeting held on the outskirts of the World Bank’s spring meeting. US funding for bilateral malaria and TB programmes has stopped, while funding for “social interventions and education are falling away in favour of commodities and services,” Lagon added. “Those countries that don’t have MOUs, or even have been bold in refusing them, face disasters – South Africa, Tanzania, Zimbabwe and Zambia. Finally, those countries that have agreed to the MOUs have co-financing targets that may not be feasible,” he said. Not just the US…. Lagon also said that, while there had been global focus on the US cuts to Official Development Assistance (ODA), several other advanced industrial countries had made similar cuts. “If you look at Global Fund’s Replenishment last November, the Trump administration pledged $4.6 billion, but Germany and Japan cut their contributions by 50%, and a co-host of the replenishment, the UK, with the Prime Minister announcing it without embarrassment, had a 30% cut.” Sven Clement, chair of the Board of the Parliamentary Network on the World Bank and IMF. Sven Clement, UNITE member and chair of the Board of the Parliamentary Network on the World Bank and IMF, said that the United Nations had reported two weeks ago that only four countries are on track to spend 0.7% of their Gross National Income (GNI) on ODA spending in their budgets. The UN General Assembly had accepted this 0,7% target back in 1970. However, Li Junhua, UN Under-Secretary-General for Economic and Social Affairs, reported recently that 25 countries had decreased their ODA last year, leading to a 23% drop in ODA from 2024 to 2025 – the largest annual contraction on record. “Only four countries met the 0.7% target – Denmark, Luxembourg, Norway, and Sweden,” said Li. “Based on preliminary data, ODA is expected to further decline by another 5.8% in 2026. Developing countries, especially the poorest, face mounting debt, with debt service burdens hitting 20-year highs.” Highest debt repayments in two decades Debt payments are at their highest level in two decades, according to the UN, particularly affecting investments in health, education and climate resilience. AHF’s Kemi Gbadamosi told the meeting that over 3.3 billion people live in countries that “spend more on servicing debt than on education and health combined”. While interest rates on debt had increased, many countries’ annual spending on health had stagnated at $17 per person – yet a basic health package cost $60, she said. Rosemary Mburu, executive director of WACI Health Rosemary Mburu, executive director of WACI Health, told the AHF meeting that, aside from debt, African countries faced “a high rate of access to capital,” accessing credit at an interest rate of about 10% while wealthier countries accessed the same credit at around 2% of interest rate. “More than half the world’s population – 4.5 billion – are without access to essential health services,” said Mburu. Crises exacerbate pandemic risk Priya Basu, executive director of the Pandemic Fund. “Scientists predict that there is more than a 50% chance of another COVID-like pandemic hitting us in the next 20 to 25 years,” warned Priya Basu, the Pandemic Fund’s executive director. “Pandemic risk is exacerbated by climate change, by changing land use patterns, by urbanisation, by changes in biodiversity,” she added. She urged countries and leaders not to neglect pandemic preparedness in the midst of “multiple crises and multiple challenges”. “Let’s not fall into a cycle of neglect followed by the panic of COVID-19,” said Basu. “If there’s one lesson that COVID taught us, it’s that the cost of being unprepared. “The cost of being unprepared is tremendous, in terms of lives lost, trillions of dollars in world GDP lost; hard-won gains in economic development being reversed. “After COVID, the smart calculus for any finance minister or leader to make is to invest in preparedness.” Clement said that NATO countries are now on track to spend 5% of GDP on defence, yet “spending for health is something that should fall under resilience spending, the 1.5% that we’re currently looking at NATO”. “If you don’t have a healthy population, you can’t be resilient against external shocks. So first of all, we don’t necessarily need to reprioritise. We just need to be very intelligent in how we account for different kinds of spending,” he added. Sudan’s Catastrophic Civil War Enters Fourth Year 15/04/2026 Stefan Anderson As donors gather in Berlin, tens of millions in Sudan face famine, genocide and displacement. The world’s darkest ongoing war – defined by sexual violence, extermination, famine and genocide – enters its fourth year today. With no end in sight, tens of millions of Sudanese people are facing a historic humanitarian crisis of “industrial proportions,” according to the United Nations (UN). Seven years after a new generation overthrew a three-decade dictator, two of his top lieutenants entrusted with shepherding the nation to democracy have become the commanders of its destruction. Sudan is torn in half, facing de facto partition in a land once hopeful of a democratic future. “For three years, we have warned that Sudan was on the brink of catastrophe, and those warnings have gone unanswered,” said Richard Data, the International Rescue Committee’s Sudan director. “This is not just a conflict, it is a collapse of an entire country and a crisis that is rapidly engulfing the region.” The civil war in Africa’s third-largest country has engulfed Sudan in the world’s largest displacement crisis and deepest quantifiable humanitarian emergency. Fourteen million people, a quarter of the population, have been forced to flee for their lives, including 4.3 million refugees who now find themselves in neighbouring nations unequipped to support them. Sudanese refugees receive critical medical care at an MSF-run health centre in the Adré refugee camp, Chad (2024). Thirty million of Sudan’s 50 million people required humanitarian aid last year. That number is expected to grow to 33.7 million in 2026, the World Food Programme (WFP) projects, as aid dwindles and the globe forgets about its most brutal conflict amid international focus on the Middle East War. At least tens of thousands, with some estimates reaching 150,000 people, are dead as a result of the violence. In El Fasher, the capital of Darfur, 6,000 killings by the Rapid Support Forces (RSF) have been confirmed by the UN Human Rights Office. The actual toll is “undoubtedly significantly higher,” the agency said, noting reports of mass graves and blood-soaked streets visible from space via satellite imagery. The RSF’s systematic violence against the non-Arab population of Darfur has led UN experts to quantify their actions as holding the “hallmarks of genocide.” Their detention facilities – “slaughterhouses.” Their violence – “amounting to the crime against humanity of extermination.” “During the siege of El Fasher and surrounding areas, [the RSF] committed myriad crimes against humanity, including murder, torture, enslavement, rape, sexual slavery, sexual violence, forced displacement and persecution on ethnic, gender and political grounds,” the Independent UN Fact Finding Mission in Sudan found. The incalculable violence, atrocities, and depth of the humanitarian crisis facing Sudan’s population continue to accelerate. “Three years of war have already cost Sudan immeasurably,” said Amande Bazerolle, Sudan lead for Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF). “Allowing this trajectory to continue risks condemning an entire generation.” Iran war butterfly effect endangers millions The war in Iran has paralysed the delivery of WHO supplies from Dubai’s international humanitarian hub, the world’s largest. As the world looks away from Sudan, the German government is holding an emergency meeting on the anniversary of the war in an attempt to marshal desperately needed funding. Neither warring party was invited to the meeting in Berlin, which aims to raise $1 billion in aid for Sudan out of a total of $3 billion in costs set out in the 2026 crisis plan developed by international humanitarian organisations. That number is down from $4.2 billion in the 2025 plan. Not due to falling needs, but falling ambition in acquiring aid from donor nations, particularly the US. Sudan aid summits in the previous two years, held in Paris and London, fell well short of their targets. Current funding is around 16% of the needed levels, according to the UN Development Programme. The 2025 plan received around $1 billion in aid, under a quarter of its goal. The war in the Middle East also poses a critical threat to Sudan’s agricultural system at a time of mass famine. Sudan is by far the most dependent nation globally on fertiliser passing through the Strait of Hormuz, accounting for 54% of its imports, UN Trade and Development (UNCTAD) figures show. In addition, fuel prices – critical to its agricultural system heavily dependent on oil-powered irrigation from the Nile River – are up 24% since the Middle East war began, leaving millions struggling to afford basic necessities and threatening crops needed for food and livelihoods. Nearly 70% of Sudanese households relied on farming and agriculture for their income before the civil war. As the war in Iran batters Sudan’s people, aid and agriculture, it is simultaneously contextualising the scale and achievability of its financial needs. The $3.2 billion funding gap in the Sudan humanitarian plan for 2025 – designed to keep 21 million people alive for an entire year – would be covered by three days of US military operations in the current war. The Iran War Cost Tracker, based on Pentagon briefings and official estimates, places the running cost of the US war at around $52 billion – enough to cover 15 years of fully funded humanitarian response in Sudan. Health supplies stranded, health system collapsed An MSF nurse attends to a patient amid the violence in North Darfur, April 2025. / MSF The war in Iran is also holding up lifesaving medical and humanitarian supplies as Sudan’s medical system collapses. Save the Children reported that medical shipments for at least 400,000 people in Sudan are currently stranded in Dubai due to the closure of the Strait of Hormuz. The lost antibiotics, antimalarials, deworming treatments, pain and fever medicines, vitamins and pediatric drugs put more than 90 primary health care facilities across the country “at risk of running out of essential medicines,” the agency said. The World Health Organization (WHO) also suspended operations from its global emergency logistics hub in Dubai due to the war, leaving Sudan without critical cholera supplies, among other medicines. Sudan’s health system, staff and facilities are equally under constant attack. In 2025, Sudan accounted for 82% of all global deaths from attacks on healthcare, according to WHO figures. Over 2,000 people were killed in the 213 confirmed attacks across the country since the start of the civil war. Both warring parties have attacked health facilities in the last two weeks, killing 80 people, including 15 children. Humanitarian supllies arriving in Sudan are faced with further challenges in the delivery stage. Vast swathes of the country remain inaccessible to international relief groups. “Hospitals have been looted, bombed, and occupied,” MSF said. “Medical staff have been threatened, detained, or forced to flee. Ambulances are blocked from reaching the wounded.” “Funding cuts are making an already dire situation even worse, with people once again paying the price: they are dying from preventable causes because Sudanese authorities and the world are failing to come to their aid.” Over 80% of hospitals and primary health facilities in conflict areas are closed. Across the country, 37% of health facilities are “non-functional,” according to WHO. Twenty million people require health assistance as outbreaks of malaria, dengue, measles, polio, hepatitis E, meningitis, and diphtheria continue to spread, the UN health agency estimates. “The health system has been crippled, leaving millions without essential care,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO’s director general. “Doctors and health workers can save lives, but they must have safe places to work and the medicines and supplies they need. Ultimately, the best medicine is peace.” ‘People are eating things that are not food’ Famine in Sudan has been declared in two states, with 20 more facing severe threats. Famine has already gripped several provinces, including El-Fasher and Kadugli, the world authority on food security, the Integrated Food Security Phase Classification (IPC) system, declared in November. The IPC identified further famine risk in more than 20 localities across North Darfur and South Kordofan, the current epicentres of the ongoing fighting. Beyond the famine zones, a total of 45% of the population experienced acute food insecurity in September last year. The international response plan assessing the humanitarian needs in Sudan reported that over half – 61.7% – of people are now acutely food insecure. Millions of families have access to one or fewer meals a day, with many turning to boiling leaves or eating animal feed to survive. Amid the crisis, WFP food assistance fell 14% since the start of the year due to a lack of financing. “People are eating things that are not food anymore. That is how bad it is,” one community leader in South Kordofan told Action Against Hunger (AAH). “We no longer ask what we will eat. We ask who will eat,” Ikhlas, a resident in North Darfur, added. Transporting food to Sudan’s besieged regions requires drivers to risk their life to deliver lifesaving nutrition, Action Against Hunger’s report found. Moving food has also become a life-threatening exercise. Armed soldiers exact bribes on major road routes, frequently attacking and killing those attempting to bring food into the most besieged areas. “Every road has checkpoints. At each one, they take money or food,” one trader in North Darfur told AAH. “By the time you arrive, nothing is left.” The independent UN Fact-Finding Mission in Sudan found that both sides have used starvation as a weapon of war. “The extent of hunger and displacement we see in Sudan today is unprecedented and never witnessed before,” the mission said. “Both the SAF and the RSF are using food as a weapon and starving civilians.” “The RSF and its allies used starvation as a method of warfare and deprived civilians of objects indispensable to their survival, including food, medicine and relief supplies which may amount to the crime against humanity of extermination,” the UN mission added. Sexual violence is defining warfare The vast majority of confirmed sexual assault cases are committed by military men. The total count so far is considered a vast undercount by experts due to broken reporting systems. Sexual violence, mass rape, gang rape, forced marriage, and sexual slavery are inseparable from the war. Thousands of cases, primarily committed by RSF fighters in Darfur, have been documented since the war began. The youngest case documented by UNICEF occurred against a girl who was just one year old. “They took us to an open area. The first man raped me twice, the second once, the third four times,” a survivor told MSF. “Apart from the rapes, they beat us with sticks and pointed guns at my head.” Gender-based violence has further compounded the food crisis for women and girls. The Action Against Hunger report, based on nearly 100 interviews with women in Sudan, found “simply being female has become a key predictor of hunger,” with female-led households three times more likely to experience food insecurity. Routine activities to reach food – going to the farm, market, or waiting in water or food lines – put women at risk of rape and sexual violence. “These gendered threats are inseparable from the hunger crisis,” the report found. “Food scarcity both heightens exposure to violence and amplifies its consequences.” “Sexual violence is a defining feature of this conflict – not confined to frontlines, but pervasive across communities,” said Ruth Kauffman, emergency health manager at MSF. “This war is being fought on the backs and bodies of women and girls.” Disabled people have not been spared in the RSF’s assault. Human Rights Watch has confirmed deliberate targeting of disabled civilians amid the siege of El Fasher, adding to the interminable depths of violence in the world’s darkest war. “The Rapid Support Forces treated people with disabilities as suspects, burdens, or expendable,” said Emina Ćerimović, associate disability rights director at Human Rights Watch. “We heard how they accused some victims, particularly those missing a limb, of being injured fighters and summarily executed them.” “Others were beaten, abused, or harassed because of their disability, with fighters mocking them as “insane” or for not being a “complete person,”” Ćerimović added. Foreign money and arms continue to fuel the war engine North Darfur capital of El-Fasher from above. Hopes of ending the violence are stymied by continued foreign military and financial assistance to the warring parties. The United Arab Emirates, in particular, has been accused of being the primary backer of the genocidal RSF, with little diplomatic consequence on the world stage. Drone attacks critical to RSF advances operate from bases claimed by the UAE as humanitarian posts, which a New York Times investigation found also serve as weapons smuggling hubs. Turkey, Egypt and Saudi Arabia are the key backers of the Sudanese army. All governments deny accusations of involvement in the war. “There are many external actors involved in this war,” Luca Renda, the UN Development Programme’s Sudan representative, said at the Berlin aid summit. “And as long as this continues, unfortunately, the chances of peace are very slim.” No reliable estimates exist for the total value of foreign military assistance flowing to either side. What is known is that the weapons keep arriving — routed through intermediaries, in violation of a UN arms embargo — while the humanitarian funding that could keep Sudan’s people alive does not. “The UAE, Iran, Turkey, Pakistan and others must stop supplying arms and support immediately,” Mo Ibrahim, Sudanese-British billionaire and founder of the Mo Ibrahim Foundation, wrote in the Financial Times on Tuesday. “All those countries profess love for the Sudanese people. We welcome your affection but not your bullets and drones.” “You are enabling the bloodshed and famine and causing the displacement of innocent civilians. Instead, you should put pressure on both sides to stop this madness.” Image Credits: UNICEF, WHO/Nicolò Filippo Rosso, Dubai Humanitarian , MSF, UN Sudan Envoy. One Million More People to Get HIV ‘Miracle’ Drug Lenacapavir as US, Global Fund Expand Access 14/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Eswatini officials, including Prime Minister Russell Dlamini (right) and Minister of Health Mduduzi Matsebula (centre), during the lenacapavir introduction ceremony at Hhukwini Clinic near Mbabane last November. The United States and the Global Fund will support three million people to get lenacapavir, the twice-a-year HIV injection that is almost 100% successful in preventing transmission of the virus – a million more than their previous commitment. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department, made this announcement at an event in Washington DC on Tuesday. In 2024, the US and the Global Fund announced that they would distribute up to two million doses of lenacapvir to HIV high-burden countries over the next three years. But the two groups are “upping our financial commitment” to reach three million people, Lewin told an event convened by the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) on the sidelines of the World Bank spring meeting. Global Fund executive director Peter Sands added that “the experience we’ve got so far suggests that, if we really want to make the most of this, we have to go bigger and we have to go faster”. Meanwhile, Lewin said that the US would “be willing to fund additional doses as we get that manufacturing capacity ramped up,” adding that “we’d like to see countries fund doses.” He praised Gilead Sciences, the US company that developed lenacapvir, as “an example of American excellence in biomedical innovation”. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department Nine countries get deliveries Since last November, some 135,000 doses of lenacapavir have been delivered to nine African countries: Eswatini, Kenya, Lesotho, Mozambique, Nigeria, South Africa, Uganda, Zambia and Zimbabwe. Last November, Eswatini became the first country to get the medicine, only five months after the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) had approved lenacapavir for pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Twelve additional countries – Benin, Botswana, Dominican Republic, Fiji, Georgia, Haiti, Honduras, Indonesia, Morocco, Papua New Guinea, Rwanda and Thailand – will also receive the medicine soon, according to a Global Fund statement on Tuesday. “We’ve taken a deliberate decision to focus on the places where it can have the most impact,” said Sands, adding that the aim is to reach 24 countries by the end of 2027 Countries also needed to have programmes to test people for HIV, enrol HIV negative people for lenacapavir and ensure that they will return after six months for their second injection, and put those who test HIV positive on treatment, Sands added. He hopes that the promise of lenacapavir will provide an incentive for people to test for HIV, which would also enable health systems to reach the estimated nine million people with HIV not on treatment. Fast-tracking generics Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day. Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day told the meeting that, within two weeks of getting the clinical trial results for lenacapavir, his company had “signed voluntary licences with six generic manufacturers, royalty-free with no obligation to us” and completed all the technology transfer in two weeks. “We have 1.3 million new cases of HIV every year, the vast majority in sub-Saharan Africa, and 41 million people are living with HIV,” said O’Day. “We have to bend the arc of those 1.3 million [new cases] to get to a stage where this disease is now under control.” The first generics are due to become available from mid-2027. The Global Fund, Gilead and the US have been working to “reduce the risk” for generic manufacturers by “making sure [they] already have a market as they roll their product out the door,” said O’Day. Last week, the Global Fund launched a global call for Expressions of Interest (EOI) from manufacturers to submit their generic products for review by its Expert Review Panel to “accelerate the availability of quality-assured generic products and expand global supply capacity over the coming months”. O’Day added that it had taken Gilead 17 years to develop lenacapavir: “My scientists call this a unicorn of a molecule. The fact that you could get a molecule that is nearly 100% effective at preventing HIV, given every six months, is quite extraordinary.” Delivery via US bilateral agreements? US official Brad Smith (right) at a meeting to discuss a bilateral agreement with Kenya. Lewin said that the bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) the US had signed with various countries enabled the US to work directly with health ministries in those countries to prepare for lenacapavir. However, Sands said that getting lenacapavir to those most at risk of HIV involved both community organisations and governments: “We are very much engaged with community-led organisations, and this is an important part of how we maximise the impact of lenacapavir. “We have to follow the epidemiology. We have to ensure that the communities most at risk get access to the most powerful tools. Some governments are quite good at that. Some governments are less good at that, and where they’re less good at that, the answer is to work through community-based organisations.” The HIV sector has identified “key populations” where the virus is flourishing – including sex workers, men who have sex with men, people who inject drugs and adolescent women – as groups that need particular attention to end HIV. However, the Trump administration has stopped funding most of these groups and is focusing narrowly on pregnant women and children in its HIV response. Trump wants to end mother-to-child transmission of HIV by the end of his second term in office, according to Lewin. A Global Fund statement released on Tuesday names “priority populations” for lenacapavir as “including pregnant and breastfeeding women, adolescent girls and young women, and people accessing PrEP for the first time.” However, at a briefing last September Lewin said that there is “no formal restriction” on who the recipient countries choose to give the medicine to, although the “strong recommendation” of the US is to focus on eliminating mother-child HIV transmission. “We’re working with the countries to meet their needs in their high-risk populations. And the Global Fund, of course, is targeting their doses in their own manner as well,” Lewin told the briefing. Key African countries excluded from MOUs The US has signed 30 bilateral MOUs so far and, while it might sign a further 10 or so, 85% of the budget has already been allocated, said Lewin. “I think the $21 billion in co-investment commitments from the countries is the largest mobilisation of African domestic resources for health ever,” he added. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) focused on 20 high-burden countries, and Lewin said that the US had signed MOUs with all of these, bar “one or two exceptions, that have unique circumstances.” However, the US has not offered a bilateral agreement with South Africa, the country with the biggest HIV positive population in the world, as the two countries have several political disagreements. Despite this, a statement from the US Embassy in South Africa described the arrival of lenacapavir last week as exemplifying “commercial diplomacy between the United States and South Africa.” Historic moment for HIV prevention! 🎉 South Africa receives first Lenacapavir shipment through @GlobalFund & @GileadSciences collaboration. The U.S. is proud to support this life-saving innovation. 🇺🇸🇿🇦 https://t.co/g8axF0whV2#EndHIV #GlobalHealth pic.twitter.com/lqxMyjLabw — US Embassy SA (@USEmbassySA) April 10, 2026 The Global Fund is providing South Africa with the medicine, but the US can take some credit as it is the fund’s largest donor, pledging $4.6 billion to the Fund for its next budget cycle. Zambia has been unable to secure an agreement as there has reportedly been a dispute over US access to its resources. Tanzania also hasn’t reached an agreement, while Zimbabwe rejected the terms the US proposed. Massive potential to end HIV Peter Sands Sands said that the rollout of lenacapavir is “one of the most exciting things I’ve ever been involved with.” “What’s really exciting is when you meet frontline health workers, and they are buzzing, and saying: ‘When did you say we’re getting it? How quickly?’.” He described meeting mentors of mothers-to-be in Kabira, a large informal settlement in Nairobi in Kenya, who told him that lenacapavir would be a game-changer. The mentor mothers encourage pregnant women to test for HIV and, while the programme has not had a baby born with HIV in four years, “they have nothing to offer the mothers who test negative to protect them from HIV”. Many women are not in a position to control what happens to them sexually, he added, but the six-monthly injection is a discreet intervention that can protect them from infection. Protecting an adolescent woman from HIV also means saving 50 to 60 years of antiretroviral treatment and supporting services, said Sands. “The sheer economics of preventing infection are enormously compelling,” added Sands, who was a commercial banker. Implementing MOUs Meanwhile, Lewin said that by the end of the US fiscal year on 30 September, the US wants implementation agreements with all countries with bilateral compacts. By then, these countries “will all be onboarded onto new mechanisms that align with the commitments and focus on the America First Global Health Strategy,” said Lewin. “We’re trying to prioritise the work right now and get the plans right. It’s a lot of work to work with these countries on these plans, and it’s hard to do in the public eye. You’ve got to do that with a level of trust in the governments.” Lewin added that US President Donald Trump’s proposed 2027 budget aims to dispense with disease-specific funding to enable more flexibility. “In some places, we have more HIV money than we know what to do with, and we’d like to use it on global health security or on malaria,” said Lewin. “Giving more flexibility to policymakers to make those decisions doesn’t mean that we’re eliminating HIV funding or seeking to do that. It means that we want more flexibility, something we’re working with Congress on,” he said, adding that the new MOUs “include all the disease areas in the same agreement.” Image Credits: Karin Hatzold /PSI.. WHO Director General in Germany for Series of High Level Meetings – What’s At Stake? 14/04/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Editorial team WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus meets with members of the German Bundestag in a series of high-level meetings this week in Berlin. As WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus visits Germany, a high stakes week for Germany’s future role in the World Health Organization agency may be unfolding in Berlin. On Monday, Tedros began a two-day high-level visit to Germany at the invitation of the World Health Summit where he has served as a patron. The visit also reportedly includes meetings requested by Tedros with Minister of Foreign Affairs Johann Wadephul, Minister of Health Nina Warken, and Berlin Mayor Kai Wegner as well as members of Germany’s Bundestag, or Parliament. Germany’s Chancellor Friedrich Merz, meanwhile, declined a request from the Director-General to convene a meeting, Health Policy Watch learned. The question is this: what exactly is Tedros doing in Berlin, and why is he prioritizing bilaterals with German ministers a month before the World Health Assembly? According to a WHO spokesperson, the answer is simple: he is in Berlin “at the invitation” of the World Health Summit. “On Monday, 13 April, he attended the WHS-organized high-level dinner, ‘From Crisis to Resilience: Innovating for Health,’ which focused on the future of international organizations and the role of Germany and Europe in a changing global order. In addition, “the Director General is meeting with key German stakeholders, including the Federal Minister of Health and the Mayor of Berlin, to reaffirm Germany`s role as a strategic partner and champion of multilateral global health. “The visit aims to strengthen cooperation on pandemic preparedness, global health reform and sustainable financing, while highlighting the WHO Hub in Berlin as a global asset made possible through Germany`s support,” the WHO spokesperson added. However, diplomatic sources told Health Policy Watch that the meetings have less to do with the World Health Summit and more to do with the pending loss of German voluntary donations to WHO – as well as Germany’s positioning in the upcoming race for WHO Director General. German cuts to WHO funding WHO’s Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence team meeting with WHO’s DG Dr Tedros Monday in Berlin. Following the US withdrawal from the WHO, Germany has emerged as the Organization’s largest member state donor. But it is reportedly cutting back its voluntary contributions in both 2026 and 2027 and it is unclear whether it will come through with all of the $262.2 million in funding pledged at the World Health Summit in October 2024 for the years 2025-2028. Since that 2024 pledge, only about $84 million has so far been committed by the Health Ministry in the 2026 German national budget approved by the Bundestag. The remaining $180 million pledged remains in question. Germany’s plans to halve its annual funding for the Berlin-based WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence from €30 million to €15 million, were reported by Health Policy Watch in January. Meanwhile, despite dramatic budget cuts and layoffs of at least 25% of the workforce over the past 16 months, WHO still faces an estimated $640 million budget gap for the current 2026-2027 biennium, according to a Director General’s report at the February 2026 Executive Board meeting. WHO disclosed plans for a 25% staff cut in November 2025 with professional staff at low and mid-level hit hardest. But a budget gap of $640 million remains. Will Germany put forward a candidate for DG ? Another likely issue in bilateral discussions is the election campaign for the next WHO Director General. That is expected to kick off formally later this month or in early May when Tedros issues a call to WHO member states to nominate candidates. Former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach. Two influential German health policy actors have been eyeing the race, as reported in February by Health Policy Watch and German media outlets. Those include former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach and Paul Zubeil, deputy director general of European and International Health Politics in the German Ministry. Both bring distinct strengths along with potential trade-offs. While Lauterbach is widely known, his prominent role in the COVID-19 response made him a more polarizing figure domestically, which could affect how he is received on the global stage. Paul Zubeil, German Ministry of Health, at the World Health Summit in Berlin in 2025. Zubeil, who currently oversees all funding to WHO and UNAIDS on behalf of the German Federal Ministry of Health, is highly regarded in expert circles for his decades of experience in fragile and complex settings and his deep understanding of global health systems. The key question is whether he has the political backing to mobilize a German nomination. Deferring or not? Within German political circles, there is a debate underway, however, about how the country should position itself in the DG race. “German opinion on whether there should be a candidate [for WHO DG] is highly disputed inside and outside of ministries. German foreign policy might just have other problems right now than running a [WHO] campaign,” said one expert on the European arena. And recently, German Chancellor Merz’s fractious coalition of conservatives and the centre-left, has been further strained by the geopolitical challenges of the war in Iran and the consequent sharp hike in fuel prices. In what are likely to be Tedros’ final strategic engagements with Germany before the race begins, he is understood to be encouraging his counterparts in Berlin not to enter the contest and instead back allied candidates, according to WHO sources. Tedros’ own personal preferences in the race, while the subject of informal speculation, have yet to emerge. For Berlin, the implications of deferring any nomination of a German candidate is politically significant. Germany, despite being a major multilateral donor, does not have anyone serving in the top posts of the UN system. Its one remaining shot to secure a major global leadership role over the next five years is the WHO Director-General race, so it is not surprising that Germany had been considering nominating a candidate. But not putting forward a candidate may be the least favorable option of all, others argue. “To defer to the current WHO DG’s preference rather than put forward its own candidate would not just be a missed opportunity. It would raise serious questions about judgment and independence at a moment when leadership in global health is under intense scrutiny,” said one German diplomatic source. Germany in WHO’s Executive Board calculus WHO European Region Executive Board representation – the allocation of three-year terms is by three country groupings. While Berlin debates its position in the DG race, its near-term role in the Executive Board, WHO’s governing body, is also unclear. In late January or early February 2027, the EB will screen and select three candidates among the slate of DG nominees to be voted on by member states at the May 2027 World Health Assembly. That gives the 34-member WHO governing body with immense power to sway the final outcome of the race. See related story here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/exclusive-china-on-next-who-executive-board/ Currently, Germany does not have a seat on the Board so its say on the final three candidate slate will be shaped by broader European Union currents and Policies. It will have a chance to return to the EB at the May 2027 WHA, as member states elect a new DG. At that time, four European member states will rotate out of the eight EB seats allocated to European Region members. But the complex subregional grouping system that the European Region uses to select EB representatives will continue to represent a critical constraint for the success of a German EB candidate. That’s because Germany is a member of the European region’s Group A countries, where only one seat is available. It will be competing with Iceland and Luxembourg, which both expressed interest in the seat at an informal Regional consultation in late 2025, according to documents from the meeting seen by Health Policy Watch. France’s EB position is more secure The 158th WHO Executive Board meeting on 8 February, the final day of its last session. That means three countries would likely be competing directly for a single position, with two guaranteed to be eliminated. Former Health Minister and WHO Academy Executive Director Agnès Buzyn – potential French nominee? At the same time, France, which is also eyeing at least three nominees for the DG race – including Agnès Buzyn, Anne-Claire Amprou and Marisol Touraine – sits within the Region’s Group B where two Executive Board seats are available. As a Permanent Member of the United Nations Security Council, France benefits from extra privileges rotating into one of the available positions more frequently than other member states. This means France will almost definitely secure a Board seat in 2027, even if its DG candidate is unsuccessful, while Germany does not have the same privilege. Meanwhile, Group C, which includes the Russian Federation, Israel, and Turkey – as well as Balkan and Central Asian member states – will have one vacant seat in 2027 with Romania and Moldova already expressing interest. So, whether by design or by drift, Germany risks being edged out of both the WHO Executive Board and the broader WHO leadership conversation, critics say. Largest OECD donor with the lowest UN boardroom profile This comes at a time when Germany has also become the largest provider of official development assistance (ODA) for the first time, with total aid reaching $29.1 billion, according to the 2025 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development report released last week. Despite that historic financial weight, Germany has not managed to parry funding into multilateral power. Until 2025, Germany held one senior role through Achim Steiner, who served as Administrator of the United Nations Development Programme until his term concluded. However, he remained a relatively low-profile figure across the system, with limited recognition beyond core development circles. Berlin’s subsequent attempt to secure the top role at the UN High Commissioner for Refugees fell short, with its candidate Niels Annen, a former parliamentary State Secretary at the Federal Ministry of Economic Cooperation and Development, losing out to Barham Salih, the former President of Iraq. Even with the cutbacks in support to WHO, Germany is likely to continue ranking as one of the largest member state donors to the global health agency for the foreseeable future But here, too, critics argue that financial power as a donor to the UN system shouldn’t come with such explicit strings attached. “What’s the message? I pay and you vote for me or…? Sounds like the USA!” one observer told Health Policy Watch. Decisive moment in Berlin vis a vis Washington DC? Financial considerations aside, relations between Germany and Washington are at one of their lowest points in decades, with US President Donald Trump repeatedly attacking his European allies over defense, trade, and alignment with US priorities. At the same time, Merz has warned of a deep rift between Europe and the US, while still insisting that transatlantic cooperation must be preserved. That is exactly where the WHO race becomes more than a health decision. It becomes a diplomatic lever. At a time when Washington is increasingly transactional and relationship-driven, Berlin putting forward a credible nominee could signal alignment, rather than distance, some sources who spoke with Health Policy Watch, asserted. Said one, “It could demonstrate that Germany is willing to lead where it matters, to reset the course of WHO and do so in a way that keeps the US anchored in global institutions rather than drifting further away.” –Felix Sassmannshausen also contributed reporting to this story. Image Credits: X/DrTedros, X/Dr Tedros, WHO , Steffen Prößdorf, Health Policy Watch , Amélie Tsaag Valren. Delhi Has a New Plan to Fight Its Toxic Air, But Will it Deliver? 13/04/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak pollution days in mid-November. Delhi’s new action plan 2026 promises to double the bus fleet, deploy more smog guns, and impose pollution-linked curbs on fuel sales. But experts warn of missing enforcement muscle and dodging hard decisions. DELHI – The world’s most polluted capital has a new air quality action plan, but the Delhi state government is yet to release the details – more than a week after the Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced it. A press release with sketchy details on the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 has been welcomed by experts and civil society, but cautiously; a follow-up draft electric vehicle (EV) policy has more details on how to phase out certain categories of fossil-fueled vehicles over the next two to three years to improve air quality. How effective are smog guns? However, the government plans to double down on questionable measures such as anti-smog guns and water sprinklers on a “large scale”. According to an Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi finding, spraying water had a very small impact on the small particulate matter in the air, PM2.5, and this was limited to an area up to 200 metres from the machine. Last year, the government released the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Some of the policy proposals are the same, such as a curb on entry of old goods vehicles, the deadline for which has been postponed by a year. But the scale of other promises, such as a lot more buses and EV chargers, has grown significantly. Delhi Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 on 3 April. It follows the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Scepticism is understandable given that Delhi’s average PM2.5 pollution has hovered around 100 micrograms for the last seven years. Earlier this year, the government announced a target of a 15% reduction in the annual average PM2.5 level for 2026. The new plan doesn’t mention this, but the list of promises is long and ambitious. Details of Delhi’s Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan Vehicular and transport curbs Curbs on fuel sale: ‘No PUC, No Fuel’ – vehicles without a pollution-under-control (PUC) certificate will not be sold fuel at pumps. Cameras will use digital tracking to identify them. Curbs on old goods vehicles: Starting 1 November 2026, only the most recent emission standard BS-VI (Bharat Stage), CNG (compressed natural gas), or electric goods vehicles will be allowed into Delhi. Last year’s plan had promised the same thing by 1 November, 2025. Doubling the bus fleet: A target fleet of 13,760 buses by 2028-29, more than double the current 6,100, with a heavy focus on electric models. Last year’s plan promised 5,004 electric buses. Adding more than three times the current number of EV charging points: 32,000 charging points over the next four years, almost triple the current 8,800, and a new EV Policy 2026 targeting commercial fleets. Last year’s plan promised 18,000 EV chargers. Traffic and dust management Eliminating 62 traffic congestion Hotspots: Using an “Intelligent Traffic Management System”. Anti-smog guns for roads and large buildings: Large-scale deployment of mechanical sweepers and water spray systems to control dust. Paving & greening: 3,500 km of roads and the planting of 7 million trees and shrubs in a year. Incidentally, just weeks earlier, the chief minister had announced plans to recarpet 750 km of roads as a step to improve the air quality. Waste and construction monitoring Removing Delhi’s garbage mountains: South Delhi’s Okhla site by July 2026, North Delhi’s Bhalswa by December 2026, and East Delhi’s Ghazipur by December 2027. Past deadlines to rid the national capital of these towering landfills were missed. Seven months ago, the deadline set by Gupta for all three was December this year. AI Oversight: Rollout of portal for real-time, geo-tagged monitoring of construction sites to prevent dust leakages. Biomass ban: Complete ban on biomass burning with penalties for violators and the distribution of electric heaters as alternatives. “Clean air is not a luxury, it is a fundamental right, and we are committed to delivering it,” said Gupta at the launch, promising strict timelines, accountability, “new” solutions and engagement with the public and technical experts. Delhi’s air is dependent on the seasons. This view, after rain, shows its potential for clean air. However, experts and environmentalists point out measures in this list which need to change or are missing. The aim is to reduce pollution by reducing the sources of pollution. ‘Pollution-under-control’ system needs to change Delhi’s traffic contributes to some 18% to 24% or air pollution, depending on the season. There are almost 8.8 million vehicles on the road, up 7.9% from the previous year. Over two-thirds are two-wheelers, while an estimated 1.2 million vehicles visit daily from neighbouring cities. Vehicles also account for 60% of nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions in Delhi and neighbouring region, which can have devastating health effects, including higher risk of asthmatic attacks, coughing, wheezing, chronic lung disease, heart disease, strokes and lung cancer among others. NOx also contributes to the creation of other pollutants like ozone and fine particulate matter PM2.5, equally damaging to human health. Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Caption: Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Source: CMO Delhi’s account on Instagram. But the PUC certificate, which the government has vowed to police, doesn’t measure NOx or PM2.5, which is a critical gap according to Amit Bhatt, managing director for India at the International Council for Clean Transportation (ICCT), a research organisation. “The key limitation of the existing PUC system is that it is a stationary test and does not capture emissions under real-world driving conditions. However, the actual impact on human health occurs when vehicles are operating on the road. Therefore, it is important to reimagine vehicular emission testing to better reflect real-world conditions and align with public health priorities,” Bhatt told Health Policy Watch. Bhavreen Kandhari, a prominent environmentalist, warns of another danger of continuing with the old PUC regime. “Continued reliance on the PUC system, widely considered outdated/corrupt without scaling robust real-time emission monitoring, weakens enforcement,” says the founder of Warrior Moms, an air quality activist group. New EV plan announced However, the Delhi government has announced details for a new, draft EV policy, vehicles contributing up to almost a quarter of the megacity’s pollution and identified as the fastest growing pollution source. It promises a rapid push for EVs in all categories by providing incentives from subsidies for new EVs to incentives for scrapping fossil-fuel vehicles. Proposed subsidies range from a few hundred dollars for two-wheelers up to about $2,500 for cars, and about $1,000 for trucks in the first year of the policy. These incentives will be phased in, ending by 2030. Private EV four-wheelers don’t get any subsidies but are exempt from road tax and registration fees for vehicles costing up to about $32,000. The policy also provides a roadmap for phasing out fossil-fueled vehicles in certain categories. Petrol and diesel vehicles will no longer be added to delivery and ride aggregator fleets in Delhi from this year, while only electric auto-rickshaws will be registered from next year, and only electric two-wheelers will be registered in Delhi from 1 April, 2028. “The proposed Delhi EV Draft Policy 2026 is a significant step towards establishing a clean, accessible and sustainable transport system in the capital,” Chief Minister Gupta says. Break-up of Delhi’s vehicular pollution The draft provides no data on how much each category contributes to the 24% of vehicular pollution in Delhi. However, Health Policy Watch has learnt that a recent, yet-to-be-published study estimates that a quarter of vehicular pollution is from two-wheelers, which number over five million in Delhi. The share of three-wheelers for goods is even more than this. Trucks of various sizes are estimated to contribute about a fifth of the pollution, while the share from private cars is under 10%. Notably, buses, which are either CNG-fueled or electric, contribute the least, which is why the government’s move to more than double the fleet holds promise. Are ‘smog guns’ effective? A visible part of Delhi’s pollution control measures has been smog guns, atop trucks and buildings. These are essentially water-mist cannons and sprinklers. The new action plan persists with them to control dust and vehicular pollution. But a recent study by the Council on Energy, Environment and Water pointed out that putting these on top of large buildings would cover less that 0.5% of Delhi’s area, or about 3-7 square km. This assessment was based on last year’s Air Pollution Mitigation Plan. The new criteria details are yet to be released. The truck-borne versions cover more distance as they drive along the main roads, spraying water, but their effectiveness in reducing pollution is equally questionable. A study by the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi found that while smog guns reduce average PM2.5 greatly immediately after sprinkling, the benefit reduces sharply over the next 2-3 hours, and the overall effect after 24 hours was 8%. The range of efficacy is limited to just about 100 to 200 metres on either side of the machine, the research found. A smog gun on a Delhi road. An IIT-Delhi study has questioned the effectiveness in reducing air pollution. Measures like smog towers, cloud seeding and even smog towers have been called cosmetic changes and red herrings. While pollution control agencies have ditched smog towers, the Gupta government is planning to continue with cloud seeding trials this year again – despite last year’s fiasco and criticism – although the action plan doesn’t mention it. Action plan silent on firecrackers But while there are gaps, several commentators have welcomed the new plan. It offers “real hope”, says Jyoti Pande Lavakare, a clean air advocate and author of the memoir, “Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health”. But the critical missing piece, she says, is the Delhi government’s silence on banning firecrackers. “Without a complete ban, at least from October to March, Delhi’s winter pollution peaks are unlikely to see a significant fall,” she wrote in an opinion piece. That, however, is not likely, as the Rekha Gupta government had gone to court to lift the ban and got it overturned. Kandhari calls for deeper reforms. Regional sources, including industrial pollution in NCR (national capital region) and non-compliant thermal power plants within a 300 km radius, remain insufficiently addressed, she points out. Governance challenges, staff shortages, weak enforcement capacity and fragmented institutions compromise implementation. “Overall, the plan prioritises visible, technocratic solutions while neglecting deeper structural and institutional reforms needed for sustained air quality improvement,” says Kandhari. Old plan, but stiffer targets HPW reached out to pollution-control officials for comment but had not received this at time of publication. Meanwhile, the government has promised a hard line backed by budgetary allocation and measurable outcomes. During the peak pollution season, October to January, when PM2.5 levels can be 30-40 times above the WHO’s safe guidelines, the government may consider staggered office timings, work-from-home directives and additional restrictions on polluting vehicles for immediate relief, which is the same as previous years. It all boils down to implementation. If the chief minister drives her new action and holds officials accountable for reducing pollution, old wine in a new bottle may still work. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, CMO Delhi, CMO Delhi. Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
From Vaccines to Racism: RFK Faces Barrage of Questions in House Committee 16/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Representative Linda Sanchez (left) questioning Kennedy about the explosion of measles cases under his watch. Undermining vaccines, failing pregnant black women, threatening to remove black children with ADHD from their parents – these were some of the barrage of questions put to United States Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr when he appeared before the House Ways and Means Committee on Thursday. Kennedy was testifying about the Trump administration’s 2027 budget, which proposes to cut the HHS budget by 12,5% – including deep cuts for HIV programmes ($923 million less), maternal and child health ($561m), and mental health ($576m). The Trump 2027 budget also proposes to eliminate $4.3 billion from the US government’s global health budget, which falls under the US State Department. Massive measles increase There has been a 675% increase in measles cases since Kennedy was appointed in February last year, according to US Representative Linda Sanchez. “In 2024, under the Biden administration, there were 258 cases of measles. And in 2025, under your leadership at HHS, this ballooned to over 2,000 [cases]. That’s a 675% increase, and we are now on track to suppress to surpass that this year, with over 1,600 confirmed cases in just three and a half months,” said Sanchez. Pointing to the death last year of a six-year-old unvaccinated girl from measles, the first death of a US child from measles in a decade, Sanchez asked Kennedy whether a measles vaccine could have saved her life. “It’s possible,” Kennedy answered. Robert F Kennedy Jr testifying before the House Ways and Means Committee. Sanchez tore into Kennedy for orchestrating the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) decision to remove its “universal vaccine recommendations for children covering seven immunizations, including things like flu, covid, hepatitis A, hepatitis B and rotavirus.” She also quoted Kennedy’s claim on Fox News last year that the adverse effects from the measles vaccine “cause deaths every year… and causes all the illnesses that measles itself causes.” Sanchez said that “CDC data shows that about 80% of children who died from flu this season were not vaccinated, [and] the anti-vaccine rhetoric you ran on and the anti-vaccine actions you have taken over the last year clearly correlates with the dramatic increases in preventable diseases.” She asked Kennedy repeatedly whether Trump agreed with the CDC decision to “suspend public health messaging on vaccines last February” – but Kennedy dodged the question, claiming Sanchez has “a lot of misinformation”. Representative Mike Thompson said that Kennedy is “helping make diseases deadly again.” “Kids have died because measles is running rampant under your watch, in large part because President Trump allowed your conspiracy theories to run our public health,” said Thompson. Undermining health of black women “Black women are nearly three times more likely to die from pregnancy-related causes than white women, yet the Trump administration is undermining black maternal health from all sides,” said Representative Danny Davis, a leader of the Congressional Black Caucus. He cited the Trump administration’s decision to cut $1 trillion from Medicaid, “which pays for 40% of births”, the proposed cuts to maternal and child care for 2027, and cuts to research. “DOGE [Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency] cancelled funds for several research projects that could save countless black mothers, like the Morehouse School of Medicine research on improving the health of black pregnant and postpartum women,” said Davis. “How can we lower black maternal health experiences if we’re cutting funds for these critical programmes, and the administration is saying that you can’t consider race or ethnicity in healthcare?” In response, Kennedy claimed that there had been “tremendous duplication” in programmes and “we are investing huge amounts of money in maternal health.” The US has the highest maternal mortality rate in the developed world. ‘Reparenting’ black children? Representative Terri Sewell (centre) raised Kennedy’s comments that black children on ADHD medication should be “reparented” Describing various comments made by Kennedy as “outlandish and frankly disturbing”, Representative Terri Sewell took issue with his stating during a podcast interview that black children on ADHD medication should be “reparented”. “You said every black kid is now just standardly put on Adderall, SSRIs, benzos, which are known to induce violence, and that those children are going to have to go somewhere to get reparented,” said Sewell, reminding Kennedy that there was a long history of black children being removed from their parents, dating back to slavery. Despite Kennedy’s comments being recorded, he denied making them and said he “doesn’t even know what reparenting means”. Budget chief under pressure Meanwhile, health activists interrupted the testimony of Russell Vought, head of the US Office of Management and Budget (OMB), before the House Budget Committee on Wednesday. Minutes after Vought began his opening statement on the 2027 budget proposal, protesters tood up, holding up posters and shouting slogans accusing the Trump administration of killing people with HIV, and urging the administration to spend the funds Congress has allocated to the US President’s Emergency Plan for Aids Relief (PEPFAR). ”Russell Vought is directly responsible for illegally withholding Congressionally appropriated funds for PEPFAR and related global health initiatives. These funding disruptions have already contributed to preventable deaths and threaten to reverse decades of progress in the fight against HIV worldwide,” said Charles King, CEO of Housing Works, in a statement from the protestors issued by Health Gap. They accuse Vought of “blatant defiance of the will of Congress, which has fully funded PEPFAR programs for FY25 and FY26 over Vought’s objections, including by rejecting $400 million in rescission of PEPFAR funding in 2025.” “The FY27 President’s budget request for HIV and global health would eliminate HIV-specific and all disease-specific programming, while slashing overall global health funding by 46% compared with FY26 levels ($9.4 billion in FY26; $5.4 billion proposed in FY27 the President’s budget request),” according to the statement. “In addition to proposing deadly funding cuts, the FY27 budget request also disparages scientific evidence in global health, particularly regarding highly effective methods of HIV prevention, suggesting elimination of funding for condoms and programs for LGBTQ+ people, who face disproportionately high HIV risk of HIV infection due to criminalization and stigma,” according to the statement. Vought also recently diverted $15 million in USAID funding aimed at lifesaving humanitarian assistance to pay for his personal security, according to Reuters. Vought, former vice-president of the right-wing think tank Heritage Foundation, co-authored Project 2025, the conservative blueprint for governance being followed by the Trump administration. Africa’s Clean Cooking Gap Leaves One Billion Without Access 16/04/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Lack of access to clean cooking fuel and technologies has extensive impacts on health, environment, economy, and women’s equality, say experts at the World Bank Group Spring Meeting. People gather at a clean cooking exhibition in Kampala, Uganda, administered by the Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking. WASHINGTON– Nearly a billion people lack access to clean cooking on the African continent. A heavy reliance on charcoal, firewood, and kerosene pollutes homes with toxic particulate matter and carbon monoxide, disproportionately impacting women and children. Roughly four in five households in Sub-Saharan Africa have no access to clean cooking technology. High fuel prices, driven by the current conflict in the Middle East, complicate efforts to expand the access crisis: more than half of African countries are net energy importers, making high energy dependence an additional hurdle. “This is truly a reality for millions,” said Karabo Mokgonyana who campaigns for energy access at Power Shift Africa. “It’s something that I experience, my mother experiences, my grandmother experiences.” Since a pivotal 2024 summit, $2.2 billion has been mobilised for clean cooking in Africa. Thirty countries have joined the initiative through national energy compacts in a push to alleviate the one billion Africans who still lack access. With ministers of energy from around the world in attendance, a World Bank Group (WBG) civil society event at the yearly Spring Meetings highlighted the urgent matter of a transition to clean cooking – placing the economic, health, environmental, and gender implications of unhealthy fuels and stoves on full display. Mission 300 lays out ambitious goal for continent’s electrification Sub-Saharan Africa accounts for the vast majority of people without access to clean cooking. Toxic cooking methods have for decades been documented as a life-threatening practice, with millions of lives at risk in sub-Saharan Africa. The World Bank Group, African Development Bank and the Rockefeller Foundation are spearheading an initiative to provide 300 million people on the African continent with access to energy by 2030 – half the continent’s electrification needs. Since July 2023, 43 million people have been connected to electricity by the WBG and five million by the Africa Development Bank. “Mission 300 should be about transformation,” said Dean Bhekumuzi Bhebhe, director of the Africa Change Lab, a charity targeted at lifting African people out of poverty. “If Mission 300 is the grounding for our energy access, then clean cooking is not adjacent, it’s central.” The World Bank’s spring meetings heavily discussed job creation and economic growth while mostly shying away from perceived controversial topics like climate investments, and featuring warnings of recessions triggered by the conflict in the Middle East. Leaders at an African Union World Bank Group side event in Washington. From left: Bright Simmons, Hannah Ryder, Hassatou Diop N’Sele, Dr Patrick Olomo, and Dr Ndidi Nwuneli. WBG representatives said its investments work to mainstream clean cooking into its energy access portfolio. “Clean cooking is happening side by side with electricity access,” said Johanna Christine Galan, the World Bank’s Mission 300 coordinator and a senior energy specialist. Yet regulatory uncertainties and perceived risks on the African continent have impeded investments in clean energy and the cost of capital, which African Union leaders have lamented. “Many African countries go to the International Monetary Fund (IMF). But on average, we achieve $200 million in comparison to other countries who achieve over $800 million each time,” said Hannah Ryder, CEO of Development Reimagined and a member of the G20 Africa Expert Panel. “We do need to [use] the multilaterals,” Ryder said. “But we need to start thinking beyond that, creating new instruments, encouraging the growth of African multilateral financial institutions.” Indeed, aid cuts and fuel shortages have driven more African countries to the IMF. The International Energy Agency points to a shortage of bankable projects, the high cost of capital, which can be double or triple the amount for renewable energy projects in Africa compared to advanced economies. “Overlapping crises have also raised the bar for attracting new capital to Africa. Currently, 21 African countries are in or are at high risk of being in debt distress, weighing heavily on public balance sheets and those of state-owned enterprises,” said the IEA. Health and environmental benefits of clean cooking Staff with the Clean Cooking project in Uganda display cleaner cookstove alternatives, which emit less toxic particles, at a market. Cooking with solid fuels is linked to 815,000 premature deaths globally. The smoke from partial combustion of firewood, charcoal, and kerosene in poorly ventilated homes or open fires exposes millions to particulate matter and carbon monoxide, both of which drive severe respiratory conditions and cardiovascular disease. In some countries on the African continent, the percentage of those with access to clean cooking is still in the single digits. Yet for the 30 countries with national energy compacts, access has been steadily improving. These compacts serve as voluntary commitments to expand energy access under Mission 300. “When we say ‘clean’ cooking, it’s from a health angle,” said Dr Yabei Zhang, a WBG senior energy specialist. “We see that by promoting clean cooking, there are multiple benefits, including health and climate benefits.” Emissions from traditional cooking methods are equivalent to global CO2 emissions from international aviation and shipping, or 1.2 gigatons of CO2, according to the International Energy Agency. Black carbon is an especially significant short-lived climate pollutant emitted during cooking, causing warming and health issues. Traditional cooking methods, especially those that use charcoal, have also led to massive deforestation, the United Nations Framework on Climate Change has found. “Over 275 million people live in woodfuel “hotspots,” which are areas where over 50% of woodfuel harvesting is unsustainable,” the UN-funded Clean Cooking Alliance found. “Clean cooking is a proven and critical part of the climate solution. Today’s highly efficient stoves can reduce fuel use by 30–60%, resulting in fewer GHG and black carbon emissions.” The ‘cost of inaction’ vs energy independence Butane canisters, a form of LPG, lined in front of a clean cooking exhibition in Kampala. When pushed on whether the World Bank Group is prioritising investments in renewables over the more widely used liquified petroleum gas (LPG) like butane and propane, its representatives skirted questions about fuel sources. Instead, the WBG spokespeople emphasised expanding access against waiting around “for the perfect solution.” “There is a real cost of inaction,” Zhang said. “Waiting means people are going to suffer. Universal access [comes] first, then we worry about decarbonizing.” Pushing decarbonization to a later date comes with its own issues, Rajneesh Bhuee, who leads efforts to divert international development away from fossil fuels at Recourse, an international non-profit watchdog. “Right now, the World Bank and the International Energy Agency (IEA) are including LPG, biogas, and ethanol as clean cooking,” Bhuee said. “The IEA projects that 45% of clean cooking access will come from LPG.” “But the question we always keep asking is: LPG and LNG will lock countries in fossil [fuels] for decades,” Bhuee added. In countries like Kenya, Bhuee’s home nation, estimates of access to clean cooking remain under than 40%. “We’re calling it a transition solution, but is there a timeline for when LPG phase-out will happen? We want to invest into something that can actually be able to provide that access right now.” In the past five years, around 12 million Africans gained clean cooking access through LPG. One million gained access through other clean cooking solutions, according to IEA figures. ‘A tax’ on women and children Panelists at a World Bank Group Spring Meeting session on clean cooking: from left, Catherine Vowles, Rajneesh Bhuee, Karabo Mokgonyana, Johanna Christine Galan, Yabei Zhang, and Dean Bhekumuzi Bhebhe (not pictured). The lack of clean cooking is also a massive burden on women. Investing in clean cooking unlocks not only climate and health benefits, but also economic gains, especially for women, Bhebhe explained. The time needed to gather wood and prepare meals over inefficient stoves or open fires itself represents a kind of “time poverty,” limiting a woman’s ability to invest time in education or business. “In Africa, we like our meals hot,” joked Mokgonyana,the campaign and energy advisor at Power Shift Africa. “That means a lot of time cooking for us women.” With clean cooking technologies, the time to prepare food is reduced by up to 70%, according to the Uganda alliance on clean cooking. Mokgonyana shared that the urgent need for clean cooking is personal: herself, her mother, grandmother, and sisters all experienced preparing food in unsafe environments. “My daughter knows that the firewood that was collected last week is still at home because this stove saves fuel,” Mercy, a mother in Kiambi County, Kenya told the Clean Cooking Alliance. “Cooking is something many of us take for granted: flick a switch and we immediately get heat with which to cook,” the UN Climate blog added. “For hundreds of millions around the world, cooking is a dangerous activity.” Image Credits: Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking, Tracking SDG7, S. Samantaroy/HPW, Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking. Call for US Congressional Oversight on Bilateral Health Agreements 15/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Mark Lagon of the Friends of the Global Fight against AIDS, TB and Malaria, The US Congress needs to exercise oversight over the bilateral global health agreements that the United States has reached with 30 low- and middle-income countries, relative to the 2025 congressional budget, as they represent a decrease of around a third in allocated spending. Mark Lagon of the Friends of the Global Fight against AIDS, TB and Malaria, told this to a meeting on financing health equity and security, organised by the AIDS Healthcare Foundation and UNITE Parliamentarians Network for Global Health in Washington DC on Tuesday. “In many countries, the US will no longer be doing core global health work on maternal and child health, family planning, and non-communicable diseases. They’re barely in the MOUs negotiated with African and other countries,” Lagon warned at the meeting held on the outskirts of the World Bank’s spring meeting. US funding for bilateral malaria and TB programmes has stopped, while funding for “social interventions and education are falling away in favour of commodities and services,” Lagon added. “Those countries that don’t have MOUs, or even have been bold in refusing them, face disasters – South Africa, Tanzania, Zimbabwe and Zambia. Finally, those countries that have agreed to the MOUs have co-financing targets that may not be feasible,” he said. Not just the US…. Lagon also said that, while there had been global focus on the US cuts to Official Development Assistance (ODA), several other advanced industrial countries had made similar cuts. “If you look at Global Fund’s Replenishment last November, the Trump administration pledged $4.6 billion, but Germany and Japan cut their contributions by 50%, and a co-host of the replenishment, the UK, with the Prime Minister announcing it without embarrassment, had a 30% cut.” Sven Clement, chair of the Board of the Parliamentary Network on the World Bank and IMF. Sven Clement, UNITE member and chair of the Board of the Parliamentary Network on the World Bank and IMF, said that the United Nations had reported two weeks ago that only four countries are on track to spend 0.7% of their Gross National Income (GNI) on ODA spending in their budgets. The UN General Assembly had accepted this 0,7% target back in 1970. However, Li Junhua, UN Under-Secretary-General for Economic and Social Affairs, reported recently that 25 countries had decreased their ODA last year, leading to a 23% drop in ODA from 2024 to 2025 – the largest annual contraction on record. “Only four countries met the 0.7% target – Denmark, Luxembourg, Norway, and Sweden,” said Li. “Based on preliminary data, ODA is expected to further decline by another 5.8% in 2026. Developing countries, especially the poorest, face mounting debt, with debt service burdens hitting 20-year highs.” Highest debt repayments in two decades Debt payments are at their highest level in two decades, according to the UN, particularly affecting investments in health, education and climate resilience. AHF’s Kemi Gbadamosi told the meeting that over 3.3 billion people live in countries that “spend more on servicing debt than on education and health combined”. While interest rates on debt had increased, many countries’ annual spending on health had stagnated at $17 per person – yet a basic health package cost $60, she said. Rosemary Mburu, executive director of WACI Health Rosemary Mburu, executive director of WACI Health, told the AHF meeting that, aside from debt, African countries faced “a high rate of access to capital,” accessing credit at an interest rate of about 10% while wealthier countries accessed the same credit at around 2% of interest rate. “More than half the world’s population – 4.5 billion – are without access to essential health services,” said Mburu. Crises exacerbate pandemic risk Priya Basu, executive director of the Pandemic Fund. “Scientists predict that there is more than a 50% chance of another COVID-like pandemic hitting us in the next 20 to 25 years,” warned Priya Basu, the Pandemic Fund’s executive director. “Pandemic risk is exacerbated by climate change, by changing land use patterns, by urbanisation, by changes in biodiversity,” she added. She urged countries and leaders not to neglect pandemic preparedness in the midst of “multiple crises and multiple challenges”. “Let’s not fall into a cycle of neglect followed by the panic of COVID-19,” said Basu. “If there’s one lesson that COVID taught us, it’s that the cost of being unprepared. “The cost of being unprepared is tremendous, in terms of lives lost, trillions of dollars in world GDP lost; hard-won gains in economic development being reversed. “After COVID, the smart calculus for any finance minister or leader to make is to invest in preparedness.” Clement said that NATO countries are now on track to spend 5% of GDP on defence, yet “spending for health is something that should fall under resilience spending, the 1.5% that we’re currently looking at NATO”. “If you don’t have a healthy population, you can’t be resilient against external shocks. So first of all, we don’t necessarily need to reprioritise. We just need to be very intelligent in how we account for different kinds of spending,” he added. Sudan’s Catastrophic Civil War Enters Fourth Year 15/04/2026 Stefan Anderson As donors gather in Berlin, tens of millions in Sudan face famine, genocide and displacement. The world’s darkest ongoing war – defined by sexual violence, extermination, famine and genocide – enters its fourth year today. With no end in sight, tens of millions of Sudanese people are facing a historic humanitarian crisis of “industrial proportions,” according to the United Nations (UN). Seven years after a new generation overthrew a three-decade dictator, two of his top lieutenants entrusted with shepherding the nation to democracy have become the commanders of its destruction. Sudan is torn in half, facing de facto partition in a land once hopeful of a democratic future. “For three years, we have warned that Sudan was on the brink of catastrophe, and those warnings have gone unanswered,” said Richard Data, the International Rescue Committee’s Sudan director. “This is not just a conflict, it is a collapse of an entire country and a crisis that is rapidly engulfing the region.” The civil war in Africa’s third-largest country has engulfed Sudan in the world’s largest displacement crisis and deepest quantifiable humanitarian emergency. Fourteen million people, a quarter of the population, have been forced to flee for their lives, including 4.3 million refugees who now find themselves in neighbouring nations unequipped to support them. Sudanese refugees receive critical medical care at an MSF-run health centre in the Adré refugee camp, Chad (2024). Thirty million of Sudan’s 50 million people required humanitarian aid last year. That number is expected to grow to 33.7 million in 2026, the World Food Programme (WFP) projects, as aid dwindles and the globe forgets about its most brutal conflict amid international focus on the Middle East War. At least tens of thousands, with some estimates reaching 150,000 people, are dead as a result of the violence. In El Fasher, the capital of Darfur, 6,000 killings by the Rapid Support Forces (RSF) have been confirmed by the UN Human Rights Office. The actual toll is “undoubtedly significantly higher,” the agency said, noting reports of mass graves and blood-soaked streets visible from space via satellite imagery. The RSF’s systematic violence against the non-Arab population of Darfur has led UN experts to quantify their actions as holding the “hallmarks of genocide.” Their detention facilities – “slaughterhouses.” Their violence – “amounting to the crime against humanity of extermination.” “During the siege of El Fasher and surrounding areas, [the RSF] committed myriad crimes against humanity, including murder, torture, enslavement, rape, sexual slavery, sexual violence, forced displacement and persecution on ethnic, gender and political grounds,” the Independent UN Fact Finding Mission in Sudan found. The incalculable violence, atrocities, and depth of the humanitarian crisis facing Sudan’s population continue to accelerate. “Three years of war have already cost Sudan immeasurably,” said Amande Bazerolle, Sudan lead for Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF). “Allowing this trajectory to continue risks condemning an entire generation.” Iran war butterfly effect endangers millions The war in Iran has paralysed the delivery of WHO supplies from Dubai’s international humanitarian hub, the world’s largest. As the world looks away from Sudan, the German government is holding an emergency meeting on the anniversary of the war in an attempt to marshal desperately needed funding. Neither warring party was invited to the meeting in Berlin, which aims to raise $1 billion in aid for Sudan out of a total of $3 billion in costs set out in the 2026 crisis plan developed by international humanitarian organisations. That number is down from $4.2 billion in the 2025 plan. Not due to falling needs, but falling ambition in acquiring aid from donor nations, particularly the US. Sudan aid summits in the previous two years, held in Paris and London, fell well short of their targets. Current funding is around 16% of the needed levels, according to the UN Development Programme. The 2025 plan received around $1 billion in aid, under a quarter of its goal. The war in the Middle East also poses a critical threat to Sudan’s agricultural system at a time of mass famine. Sudan is by far the most dependent nation globally on fertiliser passing through the Strait of Hormuz, accounting for 54% of its imports, UN Trade and Development (UNCTAD) figures show. In addition, fuel prices – critical to its agricultural system heavily dependent on oil-powered irrigation from the Nile River – are up 24% since the Middle East war began, leaving millions struggling to afford basic necessities and threatening crops needed for food and livelihoods. Nearly 70% of Sudanese households relied on farming and agriculture for their income before the civil war. As the war in Iran batters Sudan’s people, aid and agriculture, it is simultaneously contextualising the scale and achievability of its financial needs. The $3.2 billion funding gap in the Sudan humanitarian plan for 2025 – designed to keep 21 million people alive for an entire year – would be covered by three days of US military operations in the current war. The Iran War Cost Tracker, based on Pentagon briefings and official estimates, places the running cost of the US war at around $52 billion – enough to cover 15 years of fully funded humanitarian response in Sudan. Health supplies stranded, health system collapsed An MSF nurse attends to a patient amid the violence in North Darfur, April 2025. / MSF The war in Iran is also holding up lifesaving medical and humanitarian supplies as Sudan’s medical system collapses. Save the Children reported that medical shipments for at least 400,000 people in Sudan are currently stranded in Dubai due to the closure of the Strait of Hormuz. The lost antibiotics, antimalarials, deworming treatments, pain and fever medicines, vitamins and pediatric drugs put more than 90 primary health care facilities across the country “at risk of running out of essential medicines,” the agency said. The World Health Organization (WHO) also suspended operations from its global emergency logistics hub in Dubai due to the war, leaving Sudan without critical cholera supplies, among other medicines. Sudan’s health system, staff and facilities are equally under constant attack. In 2025, Sudan accounted for 82% of all global deaths from attacks on healthcare, according to WHO figures. Over 2,000 people were killed in the 213 confirmed attacks across the country since the start of the civil war. Both warring parties have attacked health facilities in the last two weeks, killing 80 people, including 15 children. Humanitarian supllies arriving in Sudan are faced with further challenges in the delivery stage. Vast swathes of the country remain inaccessible to international relief groups. “Hospitals have been looted, bombed, and occupied,” MSF said. “Medical staff have been threatened, detained, or forced to flee. Ambulances are blocked from reaching the wounded.” “Funding cuts are making an already dire situation even worse, with people once again paying the price: they are dying from preventable causes because Sudanese authorities and the world are failing to come to their aid.” Over 80% of hospitals and primary health facilities in conflict areas are closed. Across the country, 37% of health facilities are “non-functional,” according to WHO. Twenty million people require health assistance as outbreaks of malaria, dengue, measles, polio, hepatitis E, meningitis, and diphtheria continue to spread, the UN health agency estimates. “The health system has been crippled, leaving millions without essential care,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO’s director general. “Doctors and health workers can save lives, but they must have safe places to work and the medicines and supplies they need. Ultimately, the best medicine is peace.” ‘People are eating things that are not food’ Famine in Sudan has been declared in two states, with 20 more facing severe threats. Famine has already gripped several provinces, including El-Fasher and Kadugli, the world authority on food security, the Integrated Food Security Phase Classification (IPC) system, declared in November. The IPC identified further famine risk in more than 20 localities across North Darfur and South Kordofan, the current epicentres of the ongoing fighting. Beyond the famine zones, a total of 45% of the population experienced acute food insecurity in September last year. The international response plan assessing the humanitarian needs in Sudan reported that over half – 61.7% – of people are now acutely food insecure. Millions of families have access to one or fewer meals a day, with many turning to boiling leaves or eating animal feed to survive. Amid the crisis, WFP food assistance fell 14% since the start of the year due to a lack of financing. “People are eating things that are not food anymore. That is how bad it is,” one community leader in South Kordofan told Action Against Hunger (AAH). “We no longer ask what we will eat. We ask who will eat,” Ikhlas, a resident in North Darfur, added. Transporting food to Sudan’s besieged regions requires drivers to risk their life to deliver lifesaving nutrition, Action Against Hunger’s report found. Moving food has also become a life-threatening exercise. Armed soldiers exact bribes on major road routes, frequently attacking and killing those attempting to bring food into the most besieged areas. “Every road has checkpoints. At each one, they take money or food,” one trader in North Darfur told AAH. “By the time you arrive, nothing is left.” The independent UN Fact-Finding Mission in Sudan found that both sides have used starvation as a weapon of war. “The extent of hunger and displacement we see in Sudan today is unprecedented and never witnessed before,” the mission said. “Both the SAF and the RSF are using food as a weapon and starving civilians.” “The RSF and its allies used starvation as a method of warfare and deprived civilians of objects indispensable to their survival, including food, medicine and relief supplies which may amount to the crime against humanity of extermination,” the UN mission added. Sexual violence is defining warfare The vast majority of confirmed sexual assault cases are committed by military men. The total count so far is considered a vast undercount by experts due to broken reporting systems. Sexual violence, mass rape, gang rape, forced marriage, and sexual slavery are inseparable from the war. Thousands of cases, primarily committed by RSF fighters in Darfur, have been documented since the war began. The youngest case documented by UNICEF occurred against a girl who was just one year old. “They took us to an open area. The first man raped me twice, the second once, the third four times,” a survivor told MSF. “Apart from the rapes, they beat us with sticks and pointed guns at my head.” Gender-based violence has further compounded the food crisis for women and girls. The Action Against Hunger report, based on nearly 100 interviews with women in Sudan, found “simply being female has become a key predictor of hunger,” with female-led households three times more likely to experience food insecurity. Routine activities to reach food – going to the farm, market, or waiting in water or food lines – put women at risk of rape and sexual violence. “These gendered threats are inseparable from the hunger crisis,” the report found. “Food scarcity both heightens exposure to violence and amplifies its consequences.” “Sexual violence is a defining feature of this conflict – not confined to frontlines, but pervasive across communities,” said Ruth Kauffman, emergency health manager at MSF. “This war is being fought on the backs and bodies of women and girls.” Disabled people have not been spared in the RSF’s assault. Human Rights Watch has confirmed deliberate targeting of disabled civilians amid the siege of El Fasher, adding to the interminable depths of violence in the world’s darkest war. “The Rapid Support Forces treated people with disabilities as suspects, burdens, or expendable,” said Emina Ćerimović, associate disability rights director at Human Rights Watch. “We heard how they accused some victims, particularly those missing a limb, of being injured fighters and summarily executed them.” “Others were beaten, abused, or harassed because of their disability, with fighters mocking them as “insane” or for not being a “complete person,”” Ćerimović added. Foreign money and arms continue to fuel the war engine North Darfur capital of El-Fasher from above. Hopes of ending the violence are stymied by continued foreign military and financial assistance to the warring parties. The United Arab Emirates, in particular, has been accused of being the primary backer of the genocidal RSF, with little diplomatic consequence on the world stage. Drone attacks critical to RSF advances operate from bases claimed by the UAE as humanitarian posts, which a New York Times investigation found also serve as weapons smuggling hubs. Turkey, Egypt and Saudi Arabia are the key backers of the Sudanese army. All governments deny accusations of involvement in the war. “There are many external actors involved in this war,” Luca Renda, the UN Development Programme’s Sudan representative, said at the Berlin aid summit. “And as long as this continues, unfortunately, the chances of peace are very slim.” No reliable estimates exist for the total value of foreign military assistance flowing to either side. What is known is that the weapons keep arriving — routed through intermediaries, in violation of a UN arms embargo — while the humanitarian funding that could keep Sudan’s people alive does not. “The UAE, Iran, Turkey, Pakistan and others must stop supplying arms and support immediately,” Mo Ibrahim, Sudanese-British billionaire and founder of the Mo Ibrahim Foundation, wrote in the Financial Times on Tuesday. “All those countries profess love for the Sudanese people. We welcome your affection but not your bullets and drones.” “You are enabling the bloodshed and famine and causing the displacement of innocent civilians. Instead, you should put pressure on both sides to stop this madness.” Image Credits: UNICEF, WHO/Nicolò Filippo Rosso, Dubai Humanitarian , MSF, UN Sudan Envoy. One Million More People to Get HIV ‘Miracle’ Drug Lenacapavir as US, Global Fund Expand Access 14/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Eswatini officials, including Prime Minister Russell Dlamini (right) and Minister of Health Mduduzi Matsebula (centre), during the lenacapavir introduction ceremony at Hhukwini Clinic near Mbabane last November. The United States and the Global Fund will support three million people to get lenacapavir, the twice-a-year HIV injection that is almost 100% successful in preventing transmission of the virus – a million more than their previous commitment. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department, made this announcement at an event in Washington DC on Tuesday. In 2024, the US and the Global Fund announced that they would distribute up to two million doses of lenacapvir to HIV high-burden countries over the next three years. But the two groups are “upping our financial commitment” to reach three million people, Lewin told an event convened by the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) on the sidelines of the World Bank spring meeting. Global Fund executive director Peter Sands added that “the experience we’ve got so far suggests that, if we really want to make the most of this, we have to go bigger and we have to go faster”. Meanwhile, Lewin said that the US would “be willing to fund additional doses as we get that manufacturing capacity ramped up,” adding that “we’d like to see countries fund doses.” He praised Gilead Sciences, the US company that developed lenacapvir, as “an example of American excellence in biomedical innovation”. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department Nine countries get deliveries Since last November, some 135,000 doses of lenacapavir have been delivered to nine African countries: Eswatini, Kenya, Lesotho, Mozambique, Nigeria, South Africa, Uganda, Zambia and Zimbabwe. Last November, Eswatini became the first country to get the medicine, only five months after the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) had approved lenacapavir for pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Twelve additional countries – Benin, Botswana, Dominican Republic, Fiji, Georgia, Haiti, Honduras, Indonesia, Morocco, Papua New Guinea, Rwanda and Thailand – will also receive the medicine soon, according to a Global Fund statement on Tuesday. “We’ve taken a deliberate decision to focus on the places where it can have the most impact,” said Sands, adding that the aim is to reach 24 countries by the end of 2027 Countries also needed to have programmes to test people for HIV, enrol HIV negative people for lenacapavir and ensure that they will return after six months for their second injection, and put those who test HIV positive on treatment, Sands added. He hopes that the promise of lenacapavir will provide an incentive for people to test for HIV, which would also enable health systems to reach the estimated nine million people with HIV not on treatment. Fast-tracking generics Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day. Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day told the meeting that, within two weeks of getting the clinical trial results for lenacapavir, his company had “signed voluntary licences with six generic manufacturers, royalty-free with no obligation to us” and completed all the technology transfer in two weeks. “We have 1.3 million new cases of HIV every year, the vast majority in sub-Saharan Africa, and 41 million people are living with HIV,” said O’Day. “We have to bend the arc of those 1.3 million [new cases] to get to a stage where this disease is now under control.” The first generics are due to become available from mid-2027. The Global Fund, Gilead and the US have been working to “reduce the risk” for generic manufacturers by “making sure [they] already have a market as they roll their product out the door,” said O’Day. Last week, the Global Fund launched a global call for Expressions of Interest (EOI) from manufacturers to submit their generic products for review by its Expert Review Panel to “accelerate the availability of quality-assured generic products and expand global supply capacity over the coming months”. O’Day added that it had taken Gilead 17 years to develop lenacapavir: “My scientists call this a unicorn of a molecule. The fact that you could get a molecule that is nearly 100% effective at preventing HIV, given every six months, is quite extraordinary.” Delivery via US bilateral agreements? US official Brad Smith (right) at a meeting to discuss a bilateral agreement with Kenya. Lewin said that the bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) the US had signed with various countries enabled the US to work directly with health ministries in those countries to prepare for lenacapavir. However, Sands said that getting lenacapavir to those most at risk of HIV involved both community organisations and governments: “We are very much engaged with community-led organisations, and this is an important part of how we maximise the impact of lenacapavir. “We have to follow the epidemiology. We have to ensure that the communities most at risk get access to the most powerful tools. Some governments are quite good at that. Some governments are less good at that, and where they’re less good at that, the answer is to work through community-based organisations.” The HIV sector has identified “key populations” where the virus is flourishing – including sex workers, men who have sex with men, people who inject drugs and adolescent women – as groups that need particular attention to end HIV. However, the Trump administration has stopped funding most of these groups and is focusing narrowly on pregnant women and children in its HIV response. Trump wants to end mother-to-child transmission of HIV by the end of his second term in office, according to Lewin. A Global Fund statement released on Tuesday names “priority populations” for lenacapavir as “including pregnant and breastfeeding women, adolescent girls and young women, and people accessing PrEP for the first time.” However, at a briefing last September Lewin said that there is “no formal restriction” on who the recipient countries choose to give the medicine to, although the “strong recommendation” of the US is to focus on eliminating mother-child HIV transmission. “We’re working with the countries to meet their needs in their high-risk populations. And the Global Fund, of course, is targeting their doses in their own manner as well,” Lewin told the briefing. Key African countries excluded from MOUs The US has signed 30 bilateral MOUs so far and, while it might sign a further 10 or so, 85% of the budget has already been allocated, said Lewin. “I think the $21 billion in co-investment commitments from the countries is the largest mobilisation of African domestic resources for health ever,” he added. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) focused on 20 high-burden countries, and Lewin said that the US had signed MOUs with all of these, bar “one or two exceptions, that have unique circumstances.” However, the US has not offered a bilateral agreement with South Africa, the country with the biggest HIV positive population in the world, as the two countries have several political disagreements. Despite this, a statement from the US Embassy in South Africa described the arrival of lenacapavir last week as exemplifying “commercial diplomacy between the United States and South Africa.” Historic moment for HIV prevention! 🎉 South Africa receives first Lenacapavir shipment through @GlobalFund & @GileadSciences collaboration. The U.S. is proud to support this life-saving innovation. 🇺🇸🇿🇦 https://t.co/g8axF0whV2#EndHIV #GlobalHealth pic.twitter.com/lqxMyjLabw — US Embassy SA (@USEmbassySA) April 10, 2026 The Global Fund is providing South Africa with the medicine, but the US can take some credit as it is the fund’s largest donor, pledging $4.6 billion to the Fund for its next budget cycle. Zambia has been unable to secure an agreement as there has reportedly been a dispute over US access to its resources. Tanzania also hasn’t reached an agreement, while Zimbabwe rejected the terms the US proposed. Massive potential to end HIV Peter Sands Sands said that the rollout of lenacapavir is “one of the most exciting things I’ve ever been involved with.” “What’s really exciting is when you meet frontline health workers, and they are buzzing, and saying: ‘When did you say we’re getting it? How quickly?’.” He described meeting mentors of mothers-to-be in Kabira, a large informal settlement in Nairobi in Kenya, who told him that lenacapavir would be a game-changer. The mentor mothers encourage pregnant women to test for HIV and, while the programme has not had a baby born with HIV in four years, “they have nothing to offer the mothers who test negative to protect them from HIV”. Many women are not in a position to control what happens to them sexually, he added, but the six-monthly injection is a discreet intervention that can protect them from infection. Protecting an adolescent woman from HIV also means saving 50 to 60 years of antiretroviral treatment and supporting services, said Sands. “The sheer economics of preventing infection are enormously compelling,” added Sands, who was a commercial banker. Implementing MOUs Meanwhile, Lewin said that by the end of the US fiscal year on 30 September, the US wants implementation agreements with all countries with bilateral compacts. By then, these countries “will all be onboarded onto new mechanisms that align with the commitments and focus on the America First Global Health Strategy,” said Lewin. “We’re trying to prioritise the work right now and get the plans right. It’s a lot of work to work with these countries on these plans, and it’s hard to do in the public eye. You’ve got to do that with a level of trust in the governments.” Lewin added that US President Donald Trump’s proposed 2027 budget aims to dispense with disease-specific funding to enable more flexibility. “In some places, we have more HIV money than we know what to do with, and we’d like to use it on global health security or on malaria,” said Lewin. “Giving more flexibility to policymakers to make those decisions doesn’t mean that we’re eliminating HIV funding or seeking to do that. It means that we want more flexibility, something we’re working with Congress on,” he said, adding that the new MOUs “include all the disease areas in the same agreement.” Image Credits: Karin Hatzold /PSI.. WHO Director General in Germany for Series of High Level Meetings – What’s At Stake? 14/04/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Editorial team WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus meets with members of the German Bundestag in a series of high-level meetings this week in Berlin. As WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus visits Germany, a high stakes week for Germany’s future role in the World Health Organization agency may be unfolding in Berlin. On Monday, Tedros began a two-day high-level visit to Germany at the invitation of the World Health Summit where he has served as a patron. The visit also reportedly includes meetings requested by Tedros with Minister of Foreign Affairs Johann Wadephul, Minister of Health Nina Warken, and Berlin Mayor Kai Wegner as well as members of Germany’s Bundestag, or Parliament. Germany’s Chancellor Friedrich Merz, meanwhile, declined a request from the Director-General to convene a meeting, Health Policy Watch learned. The question is this: what exactly is Tedros doing in Berlin, and why is he prioritizing bilaterals with German ministers a month before the World Health Assembly? According to a WHO spokesperson, the answer is simple: he is in Berlin “at the invitation” of the World Health Summit. “On Monday, 13 April, he attended the WHS-organized high-level dinner, ‘From Crisis to Resilience: Innovating for Health,’ which focused on the future of international organizations and the role of Germany and Europe in a changing global order. In addition, “the Director General is meeting with key German stakeholders, including the Federal Minister of Health and the Mayor of Berlin, to reaffirm Germany`s role as a strategic partner and champion of multilateral global health. “The visit aims to strengthen cooperation on pandemic preparedness, global health reform and sustainable financing, while highlighting the WHO Hub in Berlin as a global asset made possible through Germany`s support,” the WHO spokesperson added. However, diplomatic sources told Health Policy Watch that the meetings have less to do with the World Health Summit and more to do with the pending loss of German voluntary donations to WHO – as well as Germany’s positioning in the upcoming race for WHO Director General. German cuts to WHO funding WHO’s Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence team meeting with WHO’s DG Dr Tedros Monday in Berlin. Following the US withdrawal from the WHO, Germany has emerged as the Organization’s largest member state donor. But it is reportedly cutting back its voluntary contributions in both 2026 and 2027 and it is unclear whether it will come through with all of the $262.2 million in funding pledged at the World Health Summit in October 2024 for the years 2025-2028. Since that 2024 pledge, only about $84 million has so far been committed by the Health Ministry in the 2026 German national budget approved by the Bundestag. The remaining $180 million pledged remains in question. Germany’s plans to halve its annual funding for the Berlin-based WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence from €30 million to €15 million, were reported by Health Policy Watch in January. Meanwhile, despite dramatic budget cuts and layoffs of at least 25% of the workforce over the past 16 months, WHO still faces an estimated $640 million budget gap for the current 2026-2027 biennium, according to a Director General’s report at the February 2026 Executive Board meeting. WHO disclosed plans for a 25% staff cut in November 2025 with professional staff at low and mid-level hit hardest. But a budget gap of $640 million remains. Will Germany put forward a candidate for DG ? Another likely issue in bilateral discussions is the election campaign for the next WHO Director General. That is expected to kick off formally later this month or in early May when Tedros issues a call to WHO member states to nominate candidates. Former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach. Two influential German health policy actors have been eyeing the race, as reported in February by Health Policy Watch and German media outlets. Those include former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach and Paul Zubeil, deputy director general of European and International Health Politics in the German Ministry. Both bring distinct strengths along with potential trade-offs. While Lauterbach is widely known, his prominent role in the COVID-19 response made him a more polarizing figure domestically, which could affect how he is received on the global stage. Paul Zubeil, German Ministry of Health, at the World Health Summit in Berlin in 2025. Zubeil, who currently oversees all funding to WHO and UNAIDS on behalf of the German Federal Ministry of Health, is highly regarded in expert circles for his decades of experience in fragile and complex settings and his deep understanding of global health systems. The key question is whether he has the political backing to mobilize a German nomination. Deferring or not? Within German political circles, there is a debate underway, however, about how the country should position itself in the DG race. “German opinion on whether there should be a candidate [for WHO DG] is highly disputed inside and outside of ministries. German foreign policy might just have other problems right now than running a [WHO] campaign,” said one expert on the European arena. And recently, German Chancellor Merz’s fractious coalition of conservatives and the centre-left, has been further strained by the geopolitical challenges of the war in Iran and the consequent sharp hike in fuel prices. In what are likely to be Tedros’ final strategic engagements with Germany before the race begins, he is understood to be encouraging his counterparts in Berlin not to enter the contest and instead back allied candidates, according to WHO sources. Tedros’ own personal preferences in the race, while the subject of informal speculation, have yet to emerge. For Berlin, the implications of deferring any nomination of a German candidate is politically significant. Germany, despite being a major multilateral donor, does not have anyone serving in the top posts of the UN system. Its one remaining shot to secure a major global leadership role over the next five years is the WHO Director-General race, so it is not surprising that Germany had been considering nominating a candidate. But not putting forward a candidate may be the least favorable option of all, others argue. “To defer to the current WHO DG’s preference rather than put forward its own candidate would not just be a missed opportunity. It would raise serious questions about judgment and independence at a moment when leadership in global health is under intense scrutiny,” said one German diplomatic source. Germany in WHO’s Executive Board calculus WHO European Region Executive Board representation – the allocation of three-year terms is by three country groupings. While Berlin debates its position in the DG race, its near-term role in the Executive Board, WHO’s governing body, is also unclear. In late January or early February 2027, the EB will screen and select three candidates among the slate of DG nominees to be voted on by member states at the May 2027 World Health Assembly. That gives the 34-member WHO governing body with immense power to sway the final outcome of the race. See related story here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/exclusive-china-on-next-who-executive-board/ Currently, Germany does not have a seat on the Board so its say on the final three candidate slate will be shaped by broader European Union currents and Policies. It will have a chance to return to the EB at the May 2027 WHA, as member states elect a new DG. At that time, four European member states will rotate out of the eight EB seats allocated to European Region members. But the complex subregional grouping system that the European Region uses to select EB representatives will continue to represent a critical constraint for the success of a German EB candidate. That’s because Germany is a member of the European region’s Group A countries, where only one seat is available. It will be competing with Iceland and Luxembourg, which both expressed interest in the seat at an informal Regional consultation in late 2025, according to documents from the meeting seen by Health Policy Watch. France’s EB position is more secure The 158th WHO Executive Board meeting on 8 February, the final day of its last session. That means three countries would likely be competing directly for a single position, with two guaranteed to be eliminated. Former Health Minister and WHO Academy Executive Director Agnès Buzyn – potential French nominee? At the same time, France, which is also eyeing at least three nominees for the DG race – including Agnès Buzyn, Anne-Claire Amprou and Marisol Touraine – sits within the Region’s Group B where two Executive Board seats are available. As a Permanent Member of the United Nations Security Council, France benefits from extra privileges rotating into one of the available positions more frequently than other member states. This means France will almost definitely secure a Board seat in 2027, even if its DG candidate is unsuccessful, while Germany does not have the same privilege. Meanwhile, Group C, which includes the Russian Federation, Israel, and Turkey – as well as Balkan and Central Asian member states – will have one vacant seat in 2027 with Romania and Moldova already expressing interest. So, whether by design or by drift, Germany risks being edged out of both the WHO Executive Board and the broader WHO leadership conversation, critics say. Largest OECD donor with the lowest UN boardroom profile This comes at a time when Germany has also become the largest provider of official development assistance (ODA) for the first time, with total aid reaching $29.1 billion, according to the 2025 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development report released last week. Despite that historic financial weight, Germany has not managed to parry funding into multilateral power. Until 2025, Germany held one senior role through Achim Steiner, who served as Administrator of the United Nations Development Programme until his term concluded. However, he remained a relatively low-profile figure across the system, with limited recognition beyond core development circles. Berlin’s subsequent attempt to secure the top role at the UN High Commissioner for Refugees fell short, with its candidate Niels Annen, a former parliamentary State Secretary at the Federal Ministry of Economic Cooperation and Development, losing out to Barham Salih, the former President of Iraq. Even with the cutbacks in support to WHO, Germany is likely to continue ranking as one of the largest member state donors to the global health agency for the foreseeable future But here, too, critics argue that financial power as a donor to the UN system shouldn’t come with such explicit strings attached. “What’s the message? I pay and you vote for me or…? Sounds like the USA!” one observer told Health Policy Watch. Decisive moment in Berlin vis a vis Washington DC? Financial considerations aside, relations between Germany and Washington are at one of their lowest points in decades, with US President Donald Trump repeatedly attacking his European allies over defense, trade, and alignment with US priorities. At the same time, Merz has warned of a deep rift between Europe and the US, while still insisting that transatlantic cooperation must be preserved. That is exactly where the WHO race becomes more than a health decision. It becomes a diplomatic lever. At a time when Washington is increasingly transactional and relationship-driven, Berlin putting forward a credible nominee could signal alignment, rather than distance, some sources who spoke with Health Policy Watch, asserted. Said one, “It could demonstrate that Germany is willing to lead where it matters, to reset the course of WHO and do so in a way that keeps the US anchored in global institutions rather than drifting further away.” –Felix Sassmannshausen also contributed reporting to this story. Image Credits: X/DrTedros, X/Dr Tedros, WHO , Steffen Prößdorf, Health Policy Watch , Amélie Tsaag Valren. Delhi Has a New Plan to Fight Its Toxic Air, But Will it Deliver? 13/04/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak pollution days in mid-November. Delhi’s new action plan 2026 promises to double the bus fleet, deploy more smog guns, and impose pollution-linked curbs on fuel sales. But experts warn of missing enforcement muscle and dodging hard decisions. DELHI – The world’s most polluted capital has a new air quality action plan, but the Delhi state government is yet to release the details – more than a week after the Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced it. A press release with sketchy details on the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 has been welcomed by experts and civil society, but cautiously; a follow-up draft electric vehicle (EV) policy has more details on how to phase out certain categories of fossil-fueled vehicles over the next two to three years to improve air quality. How effective are smog guns? However, the government plans to double down on questionable measures such as anti-smog guns and water sprinklers on a “large scale”. According to an Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi finding, spraying water had a very small impact on the small particulate matter in the air, PM2.5, and this was limited to an area up to 200 metres from the machine. Last year, the government released the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Some of the policy proposals are the same, such as a curb on entry of old goods vehicles, the deadline for which has been postponed by a year. But the scale of other promises, such as a lot more buses and EV chargers, has grown significantly. Delhi Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 on 3 April. It follows the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Scepticism is understandable given that Delhi’s average PM2.5 pollution has hovered around 100 micrograms for the last seven years. Earlier this year, the government announced a target of a 15% reduction in the annual average PM2.5 level for 2026. The new plan doesn’t mention this, but the list of promises is long and ambitious. Details of Delhi’s Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan Vehicular and transport curbs Curbs on fuel sale: ‘No PUC, No Fuel’ – vehicles without a pollution-under-control (PUC) certificate will not be sold fuel at pumps. Cameras will use digital tracking to identify them. Curbs on old goods vehicles: Starting 1 November 2026, only the most recent emission standard BS-VI (Bharat Stage), CNG (compressed natural gas), or electric goods vehicles will be allowed into Delhi. Last year’s plan had promised the same thing by 1 November, 2025. Doubling the bus fleet: A target fleet of 13,760 buses by 2028-29, more than double the current 6,100, with a heavy focus on electric models. Last year’s plan promised 5,004 electric buses. Adding more than three times the current number of EV charging points: 32,000 charging points over the next four years, almost triple the current 8,800, and a new EV Policy 2026 targeting commercial fleets. Last year’s plan promised 18,000 EV chargers. Traffic and dust management Eliminating 62 traffic congestion Hotspots: Using an “Intelligent Traffic Management System”. Anti-smog guns for roads and large buildings: Large-scale deployment of mechanical sweepers and water spray systems to control dust. Paving & greening: 3,500 km of roads and the planting of 7 million trees and shrubs in a year. Incidentally, just weeks earlier, the chief minister had announced plans to recarpet 750 km of roads as a step to improve the air quality. Waste and construction monitoring Removing Delhi’s garbage mountains: South Delhi’s Okhla site by July 2026, North Delhi’s Bhalswa by December 2026, and East Delhi’s Ghazipur by December 2027. Past deadlines to rid the national capital of these towering landfills were missed. Seven months ago, the deadline set by Gupta for all three was December this year. AI Oversight: Rollout of portal for real-time, geo-tagged monitoring of construction sites to prevent dust leakages. Biomass ban: Complete ban on biomass burning with penalties for violators and the distribution of electric heaters as alternatives. “Clean air is not a luxury, it is a fundamental right, and we are committed to delivering it,” said Gupta at the launch, promising strict timelines, accountability, “new” solutions and engagement with the public and technical experts. Delhi’s air is dependent on the seasons. This view, after rain, shows its potential for clean air. However, experts and environmentalists point out measures in this list which need to change or are missing. The aim is to reduce pollution by reducing the sources of pollution. ‘Pollution-under-control’ system needs to change Delhi’s traffic contributes to some 18% to 24% or air pollution, depending on the season. There are almost 8.8 million vehicles on the road, up 7.9% from the previous year. Over two-thirds are two-wheelers, while an estimated 1.2 million vehicles visit daily from neighbouring cities. Vehicles also account for 60% of nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions in Delhi and neighbouring region, which can have devastating health effects, including higher risk of asthmatic attacks, coughing, wheezing, chronic lung disease, heart disease, strokes and lung cancer among others. NOx also contributes to the creation of other pollutants like ozone and fine particulate matter PM2.5, equally damaging to human health. Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Caption: Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Source: CMO Delhi’s account on Instagram. But the PUC certificate, which the government has vowed to police, doesn’t measure NOx or PM2.5, which is a critical gap according to Amit Bhatt, managing director for India at the International Council for Clean Transportation (ICCT), a research organisation. “The key limitation of the existing PUC system is that it is a stationary test and does not capture emissions under real-world driving conditions. However, the actual impact on human health occurs when vehicles are operating on the road. Therefore, it is important to reimagine vehicular emission testing to better reflect real-world conditions and align with public health priorities,” Bhatt told Health Policy Watch. Bhavreen Kandhari, a prominent environmentalist, warns of another danger of continuing with the old PUC regime. “Continued reliance on the PUC system, widely considered outdated/corrupt without scaling robust real-time emission monitoring, weakens enforcement,” says the founder of Warrior Moms, an air quality activist group. New EV plan announced However, the Delhi government has announced details for a new, draft EV policy, vehicles contributing up to almost a quarter of the megacity’s pollution and identified as the fastest growing pollution source. It promises a rapid push for EVs in all categories by providing incentives from subsidies for new EVs to incentives for scrapping fossil-fuel vehicles. Proposed subsidies range from a few hundred dollars for two-wheelers up to about $2,500 for cars, and about $1,000 for trucks in the first year of the policy. These incentives will be phased in, ending by 2030. Private EV four-wheelers don’t get any subsidies but are exempt from road tax and registration fees for vehicles costing up to about $32,000. The policy also provides a roadmap for phasing out fossil-fueled vehicles in certain categories. Petrol and diesel vehicles will no longer be added to delivery and ride aggregator fleets in Delhi from this year, while only electric auto-rickshaws will be registered from next year, and only electric two-wheelers will be registered in Delhi from 1 April, 2028. “The proposed Delhi EV Draft Policy 2026 is a significant step towards establishing a clean, accessible and sustainable transport system in the capital,” Chief Minister Gupta says. Break-up of Delhi’s vehicular pollution The draft provides no data on how much each category contributes to the 24% of vehicular pollution in Delhi. However, Health Policy Watch has learnt that a recent, yet-to-be-published study estimates that a quarter of vehicular pollution is from two-wheelers, which number over five million in Delhi. The share of three-wheelers for goods is even more than this. Trucks of various sizes are estimated to contribute about a fifth of the pollution, while the share from private cars is under 10%. Notably, buses, which are either CNG-fueled or electric, contribute the least, which is why the government’s move to more than double the fleet holds promise. Are ‘smog guns’ effective? A visible part of Delhi’s pollution control measures has been smog guns, atop trucks and buildings. These are essentially water-mist cannons and sprinklers. The new action plan persists with them to control dust and vehicular pollution. But a recent study by the Council on Energy, Environment and Water pointed out that putting these on top of large buildings would cover less that 0.5% of Delhi’s area, or about 3-7 square km. This assessment was based on last year’s Air Pollution Mitigation Plan. The new criteria details are yet to be released. The truck-borne versions cover more distance as they drive along the main roads, spraying water, but their effectiveness in reducing pollution is equally questionable. A study by the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi found that while smog guns reduce average PM2.5 greatly immediately after sprinkling, the benefit reduces sharply over the next 2-3 hours, and the overall effect after 24 hours was 8%. The range of efficacy is limited to just about 100 to 200 metres on either side of the machine, the research found. A smog gun on a Delhi road. An IIT-Delhi study has questioned the effectiveness in reducing air pollution. Measures like smog towers, cloud seeding and even smog towers have been called cosmetic changes and red herrings. While pollution control agencies have ditched smog towers, the Gupta government is planning to continue with cloud seeding trials this year again – despite last year’s fiasco and criticism – although the action plan doesn’t mention it. Action plan silent on firecrackers But while there are gaps, several commentators have welcomed the new plan. It offers “real hope”, says Jyoti Pande Lavakare, a clean air advocate and author of the memoir, “Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health”. But the critical missing piece, she says, is the Delhi government’s silence on banning firecrackers. “Without a complete ban, at least from October to March, Delhi’s winter pollution peaks are unlikely to see a significant fall,” she wrote in an opinion piece. That, however, is not likely, as the Rekha Gupta government had gone to court to lift the ban and got it overturned. Kandhari calls for deeper reforms. Regional sources, including industrial pollution in NCR (national capital region) and non-compliant thermal power plants within a 300 km radius, remain insufficiently addressed, she points out. Governance challenges, staff shortages, weak enforcement capacity and fragmented institutions compromise implementation. “Overall, the plan prioritises visible, technocratic solutions while neglecting deeper structural and institutional reforms needed for sustained air quality improvement,” says Kandhari. Old plan, but stiffer targets HPW reached out to pollution-control officials for comment but had not received this at time of publication. Meanwhile, the government has promised a hard line backed by budgetary allocation and measurable outcomes. During the peak pollution season, October to January, when PM2.5 levels can be 30-40 times above the WHO’s safe guidelines, the government may consider staggered office timings, work-from-home directives and additional restrictions on polluting vehicles for immediate relief, which is the same as previous years. It all boils down to implementation. If the chief minister drives her new action and holds officials accountable for reducing pollution, old wine in a new bottle may still work. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, CMO Delhi, CMO Delhi. Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Africa’s Clean Cooking Gap Leaves One Billion Without Access 16/04/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Lack of access to clean cooking fuel and technologies has extensive impacts on health, environment, economy, and women’s equality, say experts at the World Bank Group Spring Meeting. People gather at a clean cooking exhibition in Kampala, Uganda, administered by the Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking. WASHINGTON– Nearly a billion people lack access to clean cooking on the African continent. A heavy reliance on charcoal, firewood, and kerosene pollutes homes with toxic particulate matter and carbon monoxide, disproportionately impacting women and children. Roughly four in five households in Sub-Saharan Africa have no access to clean cooking technology. High fuel prices, driven by the current conflict in the Middle East, complicate efforts to expand the access crisis: more than half of African countries are net energy importers, making high energy dependence an additional hurdle. “This is truly a reality for millions,” said Karabo Mokgonyana who campaigns for energy access at Power Shift Africa. “It’s something that I experience, my mother experiences, my grandmother experiences.” Since a pivotal 2024 summit, $2.2 billion has been mobilised for clean cooking in Africa. Thirty countries have joined the initiative through national energy compacts in a push to alleviate the one billion Africans who still lack access. With ministers of energy from around the world in attendance, a World Bank Group (WBG) civil society event at the yearly Spring Meetings highlighted the urgent matter of a transition to clean cooking – placing the economic, health, environmental, and gender implications of unhealthy fuels and stoves on full display. Mission 300 lays out ambitious goal for continent’s electrification Sub-Saharan Africa accounts for the vast majority of people without access to clean cooking. Toxic cooking methods have for decades been documented as a life-threatening practice, with millions of lives at risk in sub-Saharan Africa. The World Bank Group, African Development Bank and the Rockefeller Foundation are spearheading an initiative to provide 300 million people on the African continent with access to energy by 2030 – half the continent’s electrification needs. Since July 2023, 43 million people have been connected to electricity by the WBG and five million by the Africa Development Bank. “Mission 300 should be about transformation,” said Dean Bhekumuzi Bhebhe, director of the Africa Change Lab, a charity targeted at lifting African people out of poverty. “If Mission 300 is the grounding for our energy access, then clean cooking is not adjacent, it’s central.” The World Bank’s spring meetings heavily discussed job creation and economic growth while mostly shying away from perceived controversial topics like climate investments, and featuring warnings of recessions triggered by the conflict in the Middle East. Leaders at an African Union World Bank Group side event in Washington. From left: Bright Simmons, Hannah Ryder, Hassatou Diop N’Sele, Dr Patrick Olomo, and Dr Ndidi Nwuneli. WBG representatives said its investments work to mainstream clean cooking into its energy access portfolio. “Clean cooking is happening side by side with electricity access,” said Johanna Christine Galan, the World Bank’s Mission 300 coordinator and a senior energy specialist. Yet regulatory uncertainties and perceived risks on the African continent have impeded investments in clean energy and the cost of capital, which African Union leaders have lamented. “Many African countries go to the International Monetary Fund (IMF). But on average, we achieve $200 million in comparison to other countries who achieve over $800 million each time,” said Hannah Ryder, CEO of Development Reimagined and a member of the G20 Africa Expert Panel. “We do need to [use] the multilaterals,” Ryder said. “But we need to start thinking beyond that, creating new instruments, encouraging the growth of African multilateral financial institutions.” Indeed, aid cuts and fuel shortages have driven more African countries to the IMF. The International Energy Agency points to a shortage of bankable projects, the high cost of capital, which can be double or triple the amount for renewable energy projects in Africa compared to advanced economies. “Overlapping crises have also raised the bar for attracting new capital to Africa. Currently, 21 African countries are in or are at high risk of being in debt distress, weighing heavily on public balance sheets and those of state-owned enterprises,” said the IEA. Health and environmental benefits of clean cooking Staff with the Clean Cooking project in Uganda display cleaner cookstove alternatives, which emit less toxic particles, at a market. Cooking with solid fuels is linked to 815,000 premature deaths globally. The smoke from partial combustion of firewood, charcoal, and kerosene in poorly ventilated homes or open fires exposes millions to particulate matter and carbon monoxide, both of which drive severe respiratory conditions and cardiovascular disease. In some countries on the African continent, the percentage of those with access to clean cooking is still in the single digits. Yet for the 30 countries with national energy compacts, access has been steadily improving. These compacts serve as voluntary commitments to expand energy access under Mission 300. “When we say ‘clean’ cooking, it’s from a health angle,” said Dr Yabei Zhang, a WBG senior energy specialist. “We see that by promoting clean cooking, there are multiple benefits, including health and climate benefits.” Emissions from traditional cooking methods are equivalent to global CO2 emissions from international aviation and shipping, or 1.2 gigatons of CO2, according to the International Energy Agency. Black carbon is an especially significant short-lived climate pollutant emitted during cooking, causing warming and health issues. Traditional cooking methods, especially those that use charcoal, have also led to massive deforestation, the United Nations Framework on Climate Change has found. “Over 275 million people live in woodfuel “hotspots,” which are areas where over 50% of woodfuel harvesting is unsustainable,” the UN-funded Clean Cooking Alliance found. “Clean cooking is a proven and critical part of the climate solution. Today’s highly efficient stoves can reduce fuel use by 30–60%, resulting in fewer GHG and black carbon emissions.” The ‘cost of inaction’ vs energy independence Butane canisters, a form of LPG, lined in front of a clean cooking exhibition in Kampala. When pushed on whether the World Bank Group is prioritising investments in renewables over the more widely used liquified petroleum gas (LPG) like butane and propane, its representatives skirted questions about fuel sources. Instead, the WBG spokespeople emphasised expanding access against waiting around “for the perfect solution.” “There is a real cost of inaction,” Zhang said. “Waiting means people are going to suffer. Universal access [comes] first, then we worry about decarbonizing.” Pushing decarbonization to a later date comes with its own issues, Rajneesh Bhuee, who leads efforts to divert international development away from fossil fuels at Recourse, an international non-profit watchdog. “Right now, the World Bank and the International Energy Agency (IEA) are including LPG, biogas, and ethanol as clean cooking,” Bhuee said. “The IEA projects that 45% of clean cooking access will come from LPG.” “But the question we always keep asking is: LPG and LNG will lock countries in fossil [fuels] for decades,” Bhuee added. In countries like Kenya, Bhuee’s home nation, estimates of access to clean cooking remain under than 40%. “We’re calling it a transition solution, but is there a timeline for when LPG phase-out will happen? We want to invest into something that can actually be able to provide that access right now.” In the past five years, around 12 million Africans gained clean cooking access through LPG. One million gained access through other clean cooking solutions, according to IEA figures. ‘A tax’ on women and children Panelists at a World Bank Group Spring Meeting session on clean cooking: from left, Catherine Vowles, Rajneesh Bhuee, Karabo Mokgonyana, Johanna Christine Galan, Yabei Zhang, and Dean Bhekumuzi Bhebhe (not pictured). The lack of clean cooking is also a massive burden on women. Investing in clean cooking unlocks not only climate and health benefits, but also economic gains, especially for women, Bhebhe explained. The time needed to gather wood and prepare meals over inefficient stoves or open fires itself represents a kind of “time poverty,” limiting a woman’s ability to invest time in education or business. “In Africa, we like our meals hot,” joked Mokgonyana,the campaign and energy advisor at Power Shift Africa. “That means a lot of time cooking for us women.” With clean cooking technologies, the time to prepare food is reduced by up to 70%, according to the Uganda alliance on clean cooking. Mokgonyana shared that the urgent need for clean cooking is personal: herself, her mother, grandmother, and sisters all experienced preparing food in unsafe environments. “My daughter knows that the firewood that was collected last week is still at home because this stove saves fuel,” Mercy, a mother in Kiambi County, Kenya told the Clean Cooking Alliance. “Cooking is something many of us take for granted: flick a switch and we immediately get heat with which to cook,” the UN Climate blog added. “For hundreds of millions around the world, cooking is a dangerous activity.” Image Credits: Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking, Tracking SDG7, S. Samantaroy/HPW, Uganda National Alliance on Clean Cooking. Call for US Congressional Oversight on Bilateral Health Agreements 15/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Mark Lagon of the Friends of the Global Fight against AIDS, TB and Malaria, The US Congress needs to exercise oversight over the bilateral global health agreements that the United States has reached with 30 low- and middle-income countries, relative to the 2025 congressional budget, as they represent a decrease of around a third in allocated spending. Mark Lagon of the Friends of the Global Fight against AIDS, TB and Malaria, told this to a meeting on financing health equity and security, organised by the AIDS Healthcare Foundation and UNITE Parliamentarians Network for Global Health in Washington DC on Tuesday. “In many countries, the US will no longer be doing core global health work on maternal and child health, family planning, and non-communicable diseases. They’re barely in the MOUs negotiated with African and other countries,” Lagon warned at the meeting held on the outskirts of the World Bank’s spring meeting. US funding for bilateral malaria and TB programmes has stopped, while funding for “social interventions and education are falling away in favour of commodities and services,” Lagon added. “Those countries that don’t have MOUs, or even have been bold in refusing them, face disasters – South Africa, Tanzania, Zimbabwe and Zambia. Finally, those countries that have agreed to the MOUs have co-financing targets that may not be feasible,” he said. Not just the US…. Lagon also said that, while there had been global focus on the US cuts to Official Development Assistance (ODA), several other advanced industrial countries had made similar cuts. “If you look at Global Fund’s Replenishment last November, the Trump administration pledged $4.6 billion, but Germany and Japan cut their contributions by 50%, and a co-host of the replenishment, the UK, with the Prime Minister announcing it without embarrassment, had a 30% cut.” Sven Clement, chair of the Board of the Parliamentary Network on the World Bank and IMF. Sven Clement, UNITE member and chair of the Board of the Parliamentary Network on the World Bank and IMF, said that the United Nations had reported two weeks ago that only four countries are on track to spend 0.7% of their Gross National Income (GNI) on ODA spending in their budgets. The UN General Assembly had accepted this 0,7% target back in 1970. However, Li Junhua, UN Under-Secretary-General for Economic and Social Affairs, reported recently that 25 countries had decreased their ODA last year, leading to a 23% drop in ODA from 2024 to 2025 – the largest annual contraction on record. “Only four countries met the 0.7% target – Denmark, Luxembourg, Norway, and Sweden,” said Li. “Based on preliminary data, ODA is expected to further decline by another 5.8% in 2026. Developing countries, especially the poorest, face mounting debt, with debt service burdens hitting 20-year highs.” Highest debt repayments in two decades Debt payments are at their highest level in two decades, according to the UN, particularly affecting investments in health, education and climate resilience. AHF’s Kemi Gbadamosi told the meeting that over 3.3 billion people live in countries that “spend more on servicing debt than on education and health combined”. While interest rates on debt had increased, many countries’ annual spending on health had stagnated at $17 per person – yet a basic health package cost $60, she said. Rosemary Mburu, executive director of WACI Health Rosemary Mburu, executive director of WACI Health, told the AHF meeting that, aside from debt, African countries faced “a high rate of access to capital,” accessing credit at an interest rate of about 10% while wealthier countries accessed the same credit at around 2% of interest rate. “More than half the world’s population – 4.5 billion – are without access to essential health services,” said Mburu. Crises exacerbate pandemic risk Priya Basu, executive director of the Pandemic Fund. “Scientists predict that there is more than a 50% chance of another COVID-like pandemic hitting us in the next 20 to 25 years,” warned Priya Basu, the Pandemic Fund’s executive director. “Pandemic risk is exacerbated by climate change, by changing land use patterns, by urbanisation, by changes in biodiversity,” she added. She urged countries and leaders not to neglect pandemic preparedness in the midst of “multiple crises and multiple challenges”. “Let’s not fall into a cycle of neglect followed by the panic of COVID-19,” said Basu. “If there’s one lesson that COVID taught us, it’s that the cost of being unprepared. “The cost of being unprepared is tremendous, in terms of lives lost, trillions of dollars in world GDP lost; hard-won gains in economic development being reversed. “After COVID, the smart calculus for any finance minister or leader to make is to invest in preparedness.” Clement said that NATO countries are now on track to spend 5% of GDP on defence, yet “spending for health is something that should fall under resilience spending, the 1.5% that we’re currently looking at NATO”. “If you don’t have a healthy population, you can’t be resilient against external shocks. So first of all, we don’t necessarily need to reprioritise. We just need to be very intelligent in how we account for different kinds of spending,” he added. Sudan’s Catastrophic Civil War Enters Fourth Year 15/04/2026 Stefan Anderson As donors gather in Berlin, tens of millions in Sudan face famine, genocide and displacement. The world’s darkest ongoing war – defined by sexual violence, extermination, famine and genocide – enters its fourth year today. With no end in sight, tens of millions of Sudanese people are facing a historic humanitarian crisis of “industrial proportions,” according to the United Nations (UN). Seven years after a new generation overthrew a three-decade dictator, two of his top lieutenants entrusted with shepherding the nation to democracy have become the commanders of its destruction. Sudan is torn in half, facing de facto partition in a land once hopeful of a democratic future. “For three years, we have warned that Sudan was on the brink of catastrophe, and those warnings have gone unanswered,” said Richard Data, the International Rescue Committee’s Sudan director. “This is not just a conflict, it is a collapse of an entire country and a crisis that is rapidly engulfing the region.” The civil war in Africa’s third-largest country has engulfed Sudan in the world’s largest displacement crisis and deepest quantifiable humanitarian emergency. Fourteen million people, a quarter of the population, have been forced to flee for their lives, including 4.3 million refugees who now find themselves in neighbouring nations unequipped to support them. Sudanese refugees receive critical medical care at an MSF-run health centre in the Adré refugee camp, Chad (2024). Thirty million of Sudan’s 50 million people required humanitarian aid last year. That number is expected to grow to 33.7 million in 2026, the World Food Programme (WFP) projects, as aid dwindles and the globe forgets about its most brutal conflict amid international focus on the Middle East War. At least tens of thousands, with some estimates reaching 150,000 people, are dead as a result of the violence. In El Fasher, the capital of Darfur, 6,000 killings by the Rapid Support Forces (RSF) have been confirmed by the UN Human Rights Office. The actual toll is “undoubtedly significantly higher,” the agency said, noting reports of mass graves and blood-soaked streets visible from space via satellite imagery. The RSF’s systematic violence against the non-Arab population of Darfur has led UN experts to quantify their actions as holding the “hallmarks of genocide.” Their detention facilities – “slaughterhouses.” Their violence – “amounting to the crime against humanity of extermination.” “During the siege of El Fasher and surrounding areas, [the RSF] committed myriad crimes against humanity, including murder, torture, enslavement, rape, sexual slavery, sexual violence, forced displacement and persecution on ethnic, gender and political grounds,” the Independent UN Fact Finding Mission in Sudan found. The incalculable violence, atrocities, and depth of the humanitarian crisis facing Sudan’s population continue to accelerate. “Three years of war have already cost Sudan immeasurably,” said Amande Bazerolle, Sudan lead for Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF). “Allowing this trajectory to continue risks condemning an entire generation.” Iran war butterfly effect endangers millions The war in Iran has paralysed the delivery of WHO supplies from Dubai’s international humanitarian hub, the world’s largest. As the world looks away from Sudan, the German government is holding an emergency meeting on the anniversary of the war in an attempt to marshal desperately needed funding. Neither warring party was invited to the meeting in Berlin, which aims to raise $1 billion in aid for Sudan out of a total of $3 billion in costs set out in the 2026 crisis plan developed by international humanitarian organisations. That number is down from $4.2 billion in the 2025 plan. Not due to falling needs, but falling ambition in acquiring aid from donor nations, particularly the US. Sudan aid summits in the previous two years, held in Paris and London, fell well short of their targets. Current funding is around 16% of the needed levels, according to the UN Development Programme. The 2025 plan received around $1 billion in aid, under a quarter of its goal. The war in the Middle East also poses a critical threat to Sudan’s agricultural system at a time of mass famine. Sudan is by far the most dependent nation globally on fertiliser passing through the Strait of Hormuz, accounting for 54% of its imports, UN Trade and Development (UNCTAD) figures show. In addition, fuel prices – critical to its agricultural system heavily dependent on oil-powered irrigation from the Nile River – are up 24% since the Middle East war began, leaving millions struggling to afford basic necessities and threatening crops needed for food and livelihoods. Nearly 70% of Sudanese households relied on farming and agriculture for their income before the civil war. As the war in Iran batters Sudan’s people, aid and agriculture, it is simultaneously contextualising the scale and achievability of its financial needs. The $3.2 billion funding gap in the Sudan humanitarian plan for 2025 – designed to keep 21 million people alive for an entire year – would be covered by three days of US military operations in the current war. The Iran War Cost Tracker, based on Pentagon briefings and official estimates, places the running cost of the US war at around $52 billion – enough to cover 15 years of fully funded humanitarian response in Sudan. Health supplies stranded, health system collapsed An MSF nurse attends to a patient amid the violence in North Darfur, April 2025. / MSF The war in Iran is also holding up lifesaving medical and humanitarian supplies as Sudan’s medical system collapses. Save the Children reported that medical shipments for at least 400,000 people in Sudan are currently stranded in Dubai due to the closure of the Strait of Hormuz. The lost antibiotics, antimalarials, deworming treatments, pain and fever medicines, vitamins and pediatric drugs put more than 90 primary health care facilities across the country “at risk of running out of essential medicines,” the agency said. The World Health Organization (WHO) also suspended operations from its global emergency logistics hub in Dubai due to the war, leaving Sudan without critical cholera supplies, among other medicines. Sudan’s health system, staff and facilities are equally under constant attack. In 2025, Sudan accounted for 82% of all global deaths from attacks on healthcare, according to WHO figures. Over 2,000 people were killed in the 213 confirmed attacks across the country since the start of the civil war. Both warring parties have attacked health facilities in the last two weeks, killing 80 people, including 15 children. Humanitarian supllies arriving in Sudan are faced with further challenges in the delivery stage. Vast swathes of the country remain inaccessible to international relief groups. “Hospitals have been looted, bombed, and occupied,” MSF said. “Medical staff have been threatened, detained, or forced to flee. Ambulances are blocked from reaching the wounded.” “Funding cuts are making an already dire situation even worse, with people once again paying the price: they are dying from preventable causes because Sudanese authorities and the world are failing to come to their aid.” Over 80% of hospitals and primary health facilities in conflict areas are closed. Across the country, 37% of health facilities are “non-functional,” according to WHO. Twenty million people require health assistance as outbreaks of malaria, dengue, measles, polio, hepatitis E, meningitis, and diphtheria continue to spread, the UN health agency estimates. “The health system has been crippled, leaving millions without essential care,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO’s director general. “Doctors and health workers can save lives, but they must have safe places to work and the medicines and supplies they need. Ultimately, the best medicine is peace.” ‘People are eating things that are not food’ Famine in Sudan has been declared in two states, with 20 more facing severe threats. Famine has already gripped several provinces, including El-Fasher and Kadugli, the world authority on food security, the Integrated Food Security Phase Classification (IPC) system, declared in November. The IPC identified further famine risk in more than 20 localities across North Darfur and South Kordofan, the current epicentres of the ongoing fighting. Beyond the famine zones, a total of 45% of the population experienced acute food insecurity in September last year. The international response plan assessing the humanitarian needs in Sudan reported that over half – 61.7% – of people are now acutely food insecure. Millions of families have access to one or fewer meals a day, with many turning to boiling leaves or eating animal feed to survive. Amid the crisis, WFP food assistance fell 14% since the start of the year due to a lack of financing. “People are eating things that are not food anymore. That is how bad it is,” one community leader in South Kordofan told Action Against Hunger (AAH). “We no longer ask what we will eat. We ask who will eat,” Ikhlas, a resident in North Darfur, added. Transporting food to Sudan’s besieged regions requires drivers to risk their life to deliver lifesaving nutrition, Action Against Hunger’s report found. Moving food has also become a life-threatening exercise. Armed soldiers exact bribes on major road routes, frequently attacking and killing those attempting to bring food into the most besieged areas. “Every road has checkpoints. At each one, they take money or food,” one trader in North Darfur told AAH. “By the time you arrive, nothing is left.” The independent UN Fact-Finding Mission in Sudan found that both sides have used starvation as a weapon of war. “The extent of hunger and displacement we see in Sudan today is unprecedented and never witnessed before,” the mission said. “Both the SAF and the RSF are using food as a weapon and starving civilians.” “The RSF and its allies used starvation as a method of warfare and deprived civilians of objects indispensable to their survival, including food, medicine and relief supplies which may amount to the crime against humanity of extermination,” the UN mission added. Sexual violence is defining warfare The vast majority of confirmed sexual assault cases are committed by military men. The total count so far is considered a vast undercount by experts due to broken reporting systems. Sexual violence, mass rape, gang rape, forced marriage, and sexual slavery are inseparable from the war. Thousands of cases, primarily committed by RSF fighters in Darfur, have been documented since the war began. The youngest case documented by UNICEF occurred against a girl who was just one year old. “They took us to an open area. The first man raped me twice, the second once, the third four times,” a survivor told MSF. “Apart from the rapes, they beat us with sticks and pointed guns at my head.” Gender-based violence has further compounded the food crisis for women and girls. The Action Against Hunger report, based on nearly 100 interviews with women in Sudan, found “simply being female has become a key predictor of hunger,” with female-led households three times more likely to experience food insecurity. Routine activities to reach food – going to the farm, market, or waiting in water or food lines – put women at risk of rape and sexual violence. “These gendered threats are inseparable from the hunger crisis,” the report found. “Food scarcity both heightens exposure to violence and amplifies its consequences.” “Sexual violence is a defining feature of this conflict – not confined to frontlines, but pervasive across communities,” said Ruth Kauffman, emergency health manager at MSF. “This war is being fought on the backs and bodies of women and girls.” Disabled people have not been spared in the RSF’s assault. Human Rights Watch has confirmed deliberate targeting of disabled civilians amid the siege of El Fasher, adding to the interminable depths of violence in the world’s darkest war. “The Rapid Support Forces treated people with disabilities as suspects, burdens, or expendable,” said Emina Ćerimović, associate disability rights director at Human Rights Watch. “We heard how they accused some victims, particularly those missing a limb, of being injured fighters and summarily executed them.” “Others were beaten, abused, or harassed because of their disability, with fighters mocking them as “insane” or for not being a “complete person,”” Ćerimović added. Foreign money and arms continue to fuel the war engine North Darfur capital of El-Fasher from above. Hopes of ending the violence are stymied by continued foreign military and financial assistance to the warring parties. The United Arab Emirates, in particular, has been accused of being the primary backer of the genocidal RSF, with little diplomatic consequence on the world stage. Drone attacks critical to RSF advances operate from bases claimed by the UAE as humanitarian posts, which a New York Times investigation found also serve as weapons smuggling hubs. Turkey, Egypt and Saudi Arabia are the key backers of the Sudanese army. All governments deny accusations of involvement in the war. “There are many external actors involved in this war,” Luca Renda, the UN Development Programme’s Sudan representative, said at the Berlin aid summit. “And as long as this continues, unfortunately, the chances of peace are very slim.” No reliable estimates exist for the total value of foreign military assistance flowing to either side. What is known is that the weapons keep arriving — routed through intermediaries, in violation of a UN arms embargo — while the humanitarian funding that could keep Sudan’s people alive does not. “The UAE, Iran, Turkey, Pakistan and others must stop supplying arms and support immediately,” Mo Ibrahim, Sudanese-British billionaire and founder of the Mo Ibrahim Foundation, wrote in the Financial Times on Tuesday. “All those countries profess love for the Sudanese people. We welcome your affection but not your bullets and drones.” “You are enabling the bloodshed and famine and causing the displacement of innocent civilians. Instead, you should put pressure on both sides to stop this madness.” Image Credits: UNICEF, WHO/Nicolò Filippo Rosso, Dubai Humanitarian , MSF, UN Sudan Envoy. One Million More People to Get HIV ‘Miracle’ Drug Lenacapavir as US, Global Fund Expand Access 14/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Eswatini officials, including Prime Minister Russell Dlamini (right) and Minister of Health Mduduzi Matsebula (centre), during the lenacapavir introduction ceremony at Hhukwini Clinic near Mbabane last November. The United States and the Global Fund will support three million people to get lenacapavir, the twice-a-year HIV injection that is almost 100% successful in preventing transmission of the virus – a million more than their previous commitment. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department, made this announcement at an event in Washington DC on Tuesday. In 2024, the US and the Global Fund announced that they would distribute up to two million doses of lenacapvir to HIV high-burden countries over the next three years. But the two groups are “upping our financial commitment” to reach three million people, Lewin told an event convened by the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) on the sidelines of the World Bank spring meeting. Global Fund executive director Peter Sands added that “the experience we’ve got so far suggests that, if we really want to make the most of this, we have to go bigger and we have to go faster”. Meanwhile, Lewin said that the US would “be willing to fund additional doses as we get that manufacturing capacity ramped up,” adding that “we’d like to see countries fund doses.” He praised Gilead Sciences, the US company that developed lenacapvir, as “an example of American excellence in biomedical innovation”. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department Nine countries get deliveries Since last November, some 135,000 doses of lenacapavir have been delivered to nine African countries: Eswatini, Kenya, Lesotho, Mozambique, Nigeria, South Africa, Uganda, Zambia and Zimbabwe. Last November, Eswatini became the first country to get the medicine, only five months after the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) had approved lenacapavir for pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Twelve additional countries – Benin, Botswana, Dominican Republic, Fiji, Georgia, Haiti, Honduras, Indonesia, Morocco, Papua New Guinea, Rwanda and Thailand – will also receive the medicine soon, according to a Global Fund statement on Tuesday. “We’ve taken a deliberate decision to focus on the places where it can have the most impact,” said Sands, adding that the aim is to reach 24 countries by the end of 2027 Countries also needed to have programmes to test people for HIV, enrol HIV negative people for lenacapavir and ensure that they will return after six months for their second injection, and put those who test HIV positive on treatment, Sands added. He hopes that the promise of lenacapavir will provide an incentive for people to test for HIV, which would also enable health systems to reach the estimated nine million people with HIV not on treatment. Fast-tracking generics Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day. Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day told the meeting that, within two weeks of getting the clinical trial results for lenacapavir, his company had “signed voluntary licences with six generic manufacturers, royalty-free with no obligation to us” and completed all the technology transfer in two weeks. “We have 1.3 million new cases of HIV every year, the vast majority in sub-Saharan Africa, and 41 million people are living with HIV,” said O’Day. “We have to bend the arc of those 1.3 million [new cases] to get to a stage where this disease is now under control.” The first generics are due to become available from mid-2027. The Global Fund, Gilead and the US have been working to “reduce the risk” for generic manufacturers by “making sure [they] already have a market as they roll their product out the door,” said O’Day. Last week, the Global Fund launched a global call for Expressions of Interest (EOI) from manufacturers to submit their generic products for review by its Expert Review Panel to “accelerate the availability of quality-assured generic products and expand global supply capacity over the coming months”. O’Day added that it had taken Gilead 17 years to develop lenacapavir: “My scientists call this a unicorn of a molecule. The fact that you could get a molecule that is nearly 100% effective at preventing HIV, given every six months, is quite extraordinary.” Delivery via US bilateral agreements? US official Brad Smith (right) at a meeting to discuss a bilateral agreement with Kenya. Lewin said that the bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) the US had signed with various countries enabled the US to work directly with health ministries in those countries to prepare for lenacapavir. However, Sands said that getting lenacapavir to those most at risk of HIV involved both community organisations and governments: “We are very much engaged with community-led organisations, and this is an important part of how we maximise the impact of lenacapavir. “We have to follow the epidemiology. We have to ensure that the communities most at risk get access to the most powerful tools. Some governments are quite good at that. Some governments are less good at that, and where they’re less good at that, the answer is to work through community-based organisations.” The HIV sector has identified “key populations” where the virus is flourishing – including sex workers, men who have sex with men, people who inject drugs and adolescent women – as groups that need particular attention to end HIV. However, the Trump administration has stopped funding most of these groups and is focusing narrowly on pregnant women and children in its HIV response. Trump wants to end mother-to-child transmission of HIV by the end of his second term in office, according to Lewin. A Global Fund statement released on Tuesday names “priority populations” for lenacapavir as “including pregnant and breastfeeding women, adolescent girls and young women, and people accessing PrEP for the first time.” However, at a briefing last September Lewin said that there is “no formal restriction” on who the recipient countries choose to give the medicine to, although the “strong recommendation” of the US is to focus on eliminating mother-child HIV transmission. “We’re working with the countries to meet their needs in their high-risk populations. And the Global Fund, of course, is targeting their doses in their own manner as well,” Lewin told the briefing. Key African countries excluded from MOUs The US has signed 30 bilateral MOUs so far and, while it might sign a further 10 or so, 85% of the budget has already been allocated, said Lewin. “I think the $21 billion in co-investment commitments from the countries is the largest mobilisation of African domestic resources for health ever,” he added. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) focused on 20 high-burden countries, and Lewin said that the US had signed MOUs with all of these, bar “one or two exceptions, that have unique circumstances.” However, the US has not offered a bilateral agreement with South Africa, the country with the biggest HIV positive population in the world, as the two countries have several political disagreements. Despite this, a statement from the US Embassy in South Africa described the arrival of lenacapavir last week as exemplifying “commercial diplomacy between the United States and South Africa.” Historic moment for HIV prevention! 🎉 South Africa receives first Lenacapavir shipment through @GlobalFund & @GileadSciences collaboration. The U.S. is proud to support this life-saving innovation. 🇺🇸🇿🇦 https://t.co/g8axF0whV2#EndHIV #GlobalHealth pic.twitter.com/lqxMyjLabw — US Embassy SA (@USEmbassySA) April 10, 2026 The Global Fund is providing South Africa with the medicine, but the US can take some credit as it is the fund’s largest donor, pledging $4.6 billion to the Fund for its next budget cycle. Zambia has been unable to secure an agreement as there has reportedly been a dispute over US access to its resources. Tanzania also hasn’t reached an agreement, while Zimbabwe rejected the terms the US proposed. Massive potential to end HIV Peter Sands Sands said that the rollout of lenacapavir is “one of the most exciting things I’ve ever been involved with.” “What’s really exciting is when you meet frontline health workers, and they are buzzing, and saying: ‘When did you say we’re getting it? How quickly?’.” He described meeting mentors of mothers-to-be in Kabira, a large informal settlement in Nairobi in Kenya, who told him that lenacapavir would be a game-changer. The mentor mothers encourage pregnant women to test for HIV and, while the programme has not had a baby born with HIV in four years, “they have nothing to offer the mothers who test negative to protect them from HIV”. Many women are not in a position to control what happens to them sexually, he added, but the six-monthly injection is a discreet intervention that can protect them from infection. Protecting an adolescent woman from HIV also means saving 50 to 60 years of antiretroviral treatment and supporting services, said Sands. “The sheer economics of preventing infection are enormously compelling,” added Sands, who was a commercial banker. Implementing MOUs Meanwhile, Lewin said that by the end of the US fiscal year on 30 September, the US wants implementation agreements with all countries with bilateral compacts. By then, these countries “will all be onboarded onto new mechanisms that align with the commitments and focus on the America First Global Health Strategy,” said Lewin. “We’re trying to prioritise the work right now and get the plans right. It’s a lot of work to work with these countries on these plans, and it’s hard to do in the public eye. You’ve got to do that with a level of trust in the governments.” Lewin added that US President Donald Trump’s proposed 2027 budget aims to dispense with disease-specific funding to enable more flexibility. “In some places, we have more HIV money than we know what to do with, and we’d like to use it on global health security or on malaria,” said Lewin. “Giving more flexibility to policymakers to make those decisions doesn’t mean that we’re eliminating HIV funding or seeking to do that. It means that we want more flexibility, something we’re working with Congress on,” he said, adding that the new MOUs “include all the disease areas in the same agreement.” Image Credits: Karin Hatzold /PSI.. WHO Director General in Germany for Series of High Level Meetings – What’s At Stake? 14/04/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Editorial team WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus meets with members of the German Bundestag in a series of high-level meetings this week in Berlin. As WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus visits Germany, a high stakes week for Germany’s future role in the World Health Organization agency may be unfolding in Berlin. On Monday, Tedros began a two-day high-level visit to Germany at the invitation of the World Health Summit where he has served as a patron. The visit also reportedly includes meetings requested by Tedros with Minister of Foreign Affairs Johann Wadephul, Minister of Health Nina Warken, and Berlin Mayor Kai Wegner as well as members of Germany’s Bundestag, or Parliament. Germany’s Chancellor Friedrich Merz, meanwhile, declined a request from the Director-General to convene a meeting, Health Policy Watch learned. The question is this: what exactly is Tedros doing in Berlin, and why is he prioritizing bilaterals with German ministers a month before the World Health Assembly? According to a WHO spokesperson, the answer is simple: he is in Berlin “at the invitation” of the World Health Summit. “On Monday, 13 April, he attended the WHS-organized high-level dinner, ‘From Crisis to Resilience: Innovating for Health,’ which focused on the future of international organizations and the role of Germany and Europe in a changing global order. In addition, “the Director General is meeting with key German stakeholders, including the Federal Minister of Health and the Mayor of Berlin, to reaffirm Germany`s role as a strategic partner and champion of multilateral global health. “The visit aims to strengthen cooperation on pandemic preparedness, global health reform and sustainable financing, while highlighting the WHO Hub in Berlin as a global asset made possible through Germany`s support,” the WHO spokesperson added. However, diplomatic sources told Health Policy Watch that the meetings have less to do with the World Health Summit and more to do with the pending loss of German voluntary donations to WHO – as well as Germany’s positioning in the upcoming race for WHO Director General. German cuts to WHO funding WHO’s Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence team meeting with WHO’s DG Dr Tedros Monday in Berlin. Following the US withdrawal from the WHO, Germany has emerged as the Organization’s largest member state donor. But it is reportedly cutting back its voluntary contributions in both 2026 and 2027 and it is unclear whether it will come through with all of the $262.2 million in funding pledged at the World Health Summit in October 2024 for the years 2025-2028. Since that 2024 pledge, only about $84 million has so far been committed by the Health Ministry in the 2026 German national budget approved by the Bundestag. The remaining $180 million pledged remains in question. Germany’s plans to halve its annual funding for the Berlin-based WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence from €30 million to €15 million, were reported by Health Policy Watch in January. Meanwhile, despite dramatic budget cuts and layoffs of at least 25% of the workforce over the past 16 months, WHO still faces an estimated $640 million budget gap for the current 2026-2027 biennium, according to a Director General’s report at the February 2026 Executive Board meeting. WHO disclosed plans for a 25% staff cut in November 2025 with professional staff at low and mid-level hit hardest. But a budget gap of $640 million remains. Will Germany put forward a candidate for DG ? Another likely issue in bilateral discussions is the election campaign for the next WHO Director General. That is expected to kick off formally later this month or in early May when Tedros issues a call to WHO member states to nominate candidates. Former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach. Two influential German health policy actors have been eyeing the race, as reported in February by Health Policy Watch and German media outlets. Those include former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach and Paul Zubeil, deputy director general of European and International Health Politics in the German Ministry. Both bring distinct strengths along with potential trade-offs. While Lauterbach is widely known, his prominent role in the COVID-19 response made him a more polarizing figure domestically, which could affect how he is received on the global stage. Paul Zubeil, German Ministry of Health, at the World Health Summit in Berlin in 2025. Zubeil, who currently oversees all funding to WHO and UNAIDS on behalf of the German Federal Ministry of Health, is highly regarded in expert circles for his decades of experience in fragile and complex settings and his deep understanding of global health systems. The key question is whether he has the political backing to mobilize a German nomination. Deferring or not? Within German political circles, there is a debate underway, however, about how the country should position itself in the DG race. “German opinion on whether there should be a candidate [for WHO DG] is highly disputed inside and outside of ministries. German foreign policy might just have other problems right now than running a [WHO] campaign,” said one expert on the European arena. And recently, German Chancellor Merz’s fractious coalition of conservatives and the centre-left, has been further strained by the geopolitical challenges of the war in Iran and the consequent sharp hike in fuel prices. In what are likely to be Tedros’ final strategic engagements with Germany before the race begins, he is understood to be encouraging his counterparts in Berlin not to enter the contest and instead back allied candidates, according to WHO sources. Tedros’ own personal preferences in the race, while the subject of informal speculation, have yet to emerge. For Berlin, the implications of deferring any nomination of a German candidate is politically significant. Germany, despite being a major multilateral donor, does not have anyone serving in the top posts of the UN system. Its one remaining shot to secure a major global leadership role over the next five years is the WHO Director-General race, so it is not surprising that Germany had been considering nominating a candidate. But not putting forward a candidate may be the least favorable option of all, others argue. “To defer to the current WHO DG’s preference rather than put forward its own candidate would not just be a missed opportunity. It would raise serious questions about judgment and independence at a moment when leadership in global health is under intense scrutiny,” said one German diplomatic source. Germany in WHO’s Executive Board calculus WHO European Region Executive Board representation – the allocation of three-year terms is by three country groupings. While Berlin debates its position in the DG race, its near-term role in the Executive Board, WHO’s governing body, is also unclear. In late January or early February 2027, the EB will screen and select three candidates among the slate of DG nominees to be voted on by member states at the May 2027 World Health Assembly. That gives the 34-member WHO governing body with immense power to sway the final outcome of the race. See related story here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/exclusive-china-on-next-who-executive-board/ Currently, Germany does not have a seat on the Board so its say on the final three candidate slate will be shaped by broader European Union currents and Policies. It will have a chance to return to the EB at the May 2027 WHA, as member states elect a new DG. At that time, four European member states will rotate out of the eight EB seats allocated to European Region members. But the complex subregional grouping system that the European Region uses to select EB representatives will continue to represent a critical constraint for the success of a German EB candidate. That’s because Germany is a member of the European region’s Group A countries, where only one seat is available. It will be competing with Iceland and Luxembourg, which both expressed interest in the seat at an informal Regional consultation in late 2025, according to documents from the meeting seen by Health Policy Watch. France’s EB position is more secure The 158th WHO Executive Board meeting on 8 February, the final day of its last session. That means three countries would likely be competing directly for a single position, with two guaranteed to be eliminated. Former Health Minister and WHO Academy Executive Director Agnès Buzyn – potential French nominee? At the same time, France, which is also eyeing at least three nominees for the DG race – including Agnès Buzyn, Anne-Claire Amprou and Marisol Touraine – sits within the Region’s Group B where two Executive Board seats are available. As a Permanent Member of the United Nations Security Council, France benefits from extra privileges rotating into one of the available positions more frequently than other member states. This means France will almost definitely secure a Board seat in 2027, even if its DG candidate is unsuccessful, while Germany does not have the same privilege. Meanwhile, Group C, which includes the Russian Federation, Israel, and Turkey – as well as Balkan and Central Asian member states – will have one vacant seat in 2027 with Romania and Moldova already expressing interest. So, whether by design or by drift, Germany risks being edged out of both the WHO Executive Board and the broader WHO leadership conversation, critics say. Largest OECD donor with the lowest UN boardroom profile This comes at a time when Germany has also become the largest provider of official development assistance (ODA) for the first time, with total aid reaching $29.1 billion, according to the 2025 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development report released last week. Despite that historic financial weight, Germany has not managed to parry funding into multilateral power. Until 2025, Germany held one senior role through Achim Steiner, who served as Administrator of the United Nations Development Programme until his term concluded. However, he remained a relatively low-profile figure across the system, with limited recognition beyond core development circles. Berlin’s subsequent attempt to secure the top role at the UN High Commissioner for Refugees fell short, with its candidate Niels Annen, a former parliamentary State Secretary at the Federal Ministry of Economic Cooperation and Development, losing out to Barham Salih, the former President of Iraq. Even with the cutbacks in support to WHO, Germany is likely to continue ranking as one of the largest member state donors to the global health agency for the foreseeable future But here, too, critics argue that financial power as a donor to the UN system shouldn’t come with such explicit strings attached. “What’s the message? I pay and you vote for me or…? Sounds like the USA!” one observer told Health Policy Watch. Decisive moment in Berlin vis a vis Washington DC? Financial considerations aside, relations between Germany and Washington are at one of their lowest points in decades, with US President Donald Trump repeatedly attacking his European allies over defense, trade, and alignment with US priorities. At the same time, Merz has warned of a deep rift between Europe and the US, while still insisting that transatlantic cooperation must be preserved. That is exactly where the WHO race becomes more than a health decision. It becomes a diplomatic lever. At a time when Washington is increasingly transactional and relationship-driven, Berlin putting forward a credible nominee could signal alignment, rather than distance, some sources who spoke with Health Policy Watch, asserted. Said one, “It could demonstrate that Germany is willing to lead where it matters, to reset the course of WHO and do so in a way that keeps the US anchored in global institutions rather than drifting further away.” –Felix Sassmannshausen also contributed reporting to this story. Image Credits: X/DrTedros, X/Dr Tedros, WHO , Steffen Prößdorf, Health Policy Watch , Amélie Tsaag Valren. Delhi Has a New Plan to Fight Its Toxic Air, But Will it Deliver? 13/04/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak pollution days in mid-November. Delhi’s new action plan 2026 promises to double the bus fleet, deploy more smog guns, and impose pollution-linked curbs on fuel sales. But experts warn of missing enforcement muscle and dodging hard decisions. DELHI – The world’s most polluted capital has a new air quality action plan, but the Delhi state government is yet to release the details – more than a week after the Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced it. A press release with sketchy details on the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 has been welcomed by experts and civil society, but cautiously; a follow-up draft electric vehicle (EV) policy has more details on how to phase out certain categories of fossil-fueled vehicles over the next two to three years to improve air quality. How effective are smog guns? However, the government plans to double down on questionable measures such as anti-smog guns and water sprinklers on a “large scale”. According to an Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi finding, spraying water had a very small impact on the small particulate matter in the air, PM2.5, and this was limited to an area up to 200 metres from the machine. Last year, the government released the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Some of the policy proposals are the same, such as a curb on entry of old goods vehicles, the deadline for which has been postponed by a year. But the scale of other promises, such as a lot more buses and EV chargers, has grown significantly. Delhi Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 on 3 April. It follows the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Scepticism is understandable given that Delhi’s average PM2.5 pollution has hovered around 100 micrograms for the last seven years. Earlier this year, the government announced a target of a 15% reduction in the annual average PM2.5 level for 2026. The new plan doesn’t mention this, but the list of promises is long and ambitious. Details of Delhi’s Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan Vehicular and transport curbs Curbs on fuel sale: ‘No PUC, No Fuel’ – vehicles without a pollution-under-control (PUC) certificate will not be sold fuel at pumps. Cameras will use digital tracking to identify them. Curbs on old goods vehicles: Starting 1 November 2026, only the most recent emission standard BS-VI (Bharat Stage), CNG (compressed natural gas), or electric goods vehicles will be allowed into Delhi. Last year’s plan had promised the same thing by 1 November, 2025. Doubling the bus fleet: A target fleet of 13,760 buses by 2028-29, more than double the current 6,100, with a heavy focus on electric models. Last year’s plan promised 5,004 electric buses. Adding more than three times the current number of EV charging points: 32,000 charging points over the next four years, almost triple the current 8,800, and a new EV Policy 2026 targeting commercial fleets. Last year’s plan promised 18,000 EV chargers. Traffic and dust management Eliminating 62 traffic congestion Hotspots: Using an “Intelligent Traffic Management System”. Anti-smog guns for roads and large buildings: Large-scale deployment of mechanical sweepers and water spray systems to control dust. Paving & greening: 3,500 km of roads and the planting of 7 million trees and shrubs in a year. Incidentally, just weeks earlier, the chief minister had announced plans to recarpet 750 km of roads as a step to improve the air quality. Waste and construction monitoring Removing Delhi’s garbage mountains: South Delhi’s Okhla site by July 2026, North Delhi’s Bhalswa by December 2026, and East Delhi’s Ghazipur by December 2027. Past deadlines to rid the national capital of these towering landfills were missed. Seven months ago, the deadline set by Gupta for all three was December this year. AI Oversight: Rollout of portal for real-time, geo-tagged monitoring of construction sites to prevent dust leakages. Biomass ban: Complete ban on biomass burning with penalties for violators and the distribution of electric heaters as alternatives. “Clean air is not a luxury, it is a fundamental right, and we are committed to delivering it,” said Gupta at the launch, promising strict timelines, accountability, “new” solutions and engagement with the public and technical experts. Delhi’s air is dependent on the seasons. This view, after rain, shows its potential for clean air. However, experts and environmentalists point out measures in this list which need to change or are missing. The aim is to reduce pollution by reducing the sources of pollution. ‘Pollution-under-control’ system needs to change Delhi’s traffic contributes to some 18% to 24% or air pollution, depending on the season. There are almost 8.8 million vehicles on the road, up 7.9% from the previous year. Over two-thirds are two-wheelers, while an estimated 1.2 million vehicles visit daily from neighbouring cities. Vehicles also account for 60% of nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions in Delhi and neighbouring region, which can have devastating health effects, including higher risk of asthmatic attacks, coughing, wheezing, chronic lung disease, heart disease, strokes and lung cancer among others. NOx also contributes to the creation of other pollutants like ozone and fine particulate matter PM2.5, equally damaging to human health. Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Caption: Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Source: CMO Delhi’s account on Instagram. But the PUC certificate, which the government has vowed to police, doesn’t measure NOx or PM2.5, which is a critical gap according to Amit Bhatt, managing director for India at the International Council for Clean Transportation (ICCT), a research organisation. “The key limitation of the existing PUC system is that it is a stationary test and does not capture emissions under real-world driving conditions. However, the actual impact on human health occurs when vehicles are operating on the road. Therefore, it is important to reimagine vehicular emission testing to better reflect real-world conditions and align with public health priorities,” Bhatt told Health Policy Watch. Bhavreen Kandhari, a prominent environmentalist, warns of another danger of continuing with the old PUC regime. “Continued reliance on the PUC system, widely considered outdated/corrupt without scaling robust real-time emission monitoring, weakens enforcement,” says the founder of Warrior Moms, an air quality activist group. New EV plan announced However, the Delhi government has announced details for a new, draft EV policy, vehicles contributing up to almost a quarter of the megacity’s pollution and identified as the fastest growing pollution source. It promises a rapid push for EVs in all categories by providing incentives from subsidies for new EVs to incentives for scrapping fossil-fuel vehicles. Proposed subsidies range from a few hundred dollars for two-wheelers up to about $2,500 for cars, and about $1,000 for trucks in the first year of the policy. These incentives will be phased in, ending by 2030. Private EV four-wheelers don’t get any subsidies but are exempt from road tax and registration fees for vehicles costing up to about $32,000. The policy also provides a roadmap for phasing out fossil-fueled vehicles in certain categories. Petrol and diesel vehicles will no longer be added to delivery and ride aggregator fleets in Delhi from this year, while only electric auto-rickshaws will be registered from next year, and only electric two-wheelers will be registered in Delhi from 1 April, 2028. “The proposed Delhi EV Draft Policy 2026 is a significant step towards establishing a clean, accessible and sustainable transport system in the capital,” Chief Minister Gupta says. Break-up of Delhi’s vehicular pollution The draft provides no data on how much each category contributes to the 24% of vehicular pollution in Delhi. However, Health Policy Watch has learnt that a recent, yet-to-be-published study estimates that a quarter of vehicular pollution is from two-wheelers, which number over five million in Delhi. The share of three-wheelers for goods is even more than this. Trucks of various sizes are estimated to contribute about a fifth of the pollution, while the share from private cars is under 10%. Notably, buses, which are either CNG-fueled or electric, contribute the least, which is why the government’s move to more than double the fleet holds promise. Are ‘smog guns’ effective? A visible part of Delhi’s pollution control measures has been smog guns, atop trucks and buildings. These are essentially water-mist cannons and sprinklers. The new action plan persists with them to control dust and vehicular pollution. But a recent study by the Council on Energy, Environment and Water pointed out that putting these on top of large buildings would cover less that 0.5% of Delhi’s area, or about 3-7 square km. This assessment was based on last year’s Air Pollution Mitigation Plan. The new criteria details are yet to be released. The truck-borne versions cover more distance as they drive along the main roads, spraying water, but their effectiveness in reducing pollution is equally questionable. A study by the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi found that while smog guns reduce average PM2.5 greatly immediately after sprinkling, the benefit reduces sharply over the next 2-3 hours, and the overall effect after 24 hours was 8%. The range of efficacy is limited to just about 100 to 200 metres on either side of the machine, the research found. A smog gun on a Delhi road. An IIT-Delhi study has questioned the effectiveness in reducing air pollution. Measures like smog towers, cloud seeding and even smog towers have been called cosmetic changes and red herrings. While pollution control agencies have ditched smog towers, the Gupta government is planning to continue with cloud seeding trials this year again – despite last year’s fiasco and criticism – although the action plan doesn’t mention it. Action plan silent on firecrackers But while there are gaps, several commentators have welcomed the new plan. It offers “real hope”, says Jyoti Pande Lavakare, a clean air advocate and author of the memoir, “Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health”. But the critical missing piece, she says, is the Delhi government’s silence on banning firecrackers. “Without a complete ban, at least from October to March, Delhi’s winter pollution peaks are unlikely to see a significant fall,” she wrote in an opinion piece. That, however, is not likely, as the Rekha Gupta government had gone to court to lift the ban and got it overturned. Kandhari calls for deeper reforms. Regional sources, including industrial pollution in NCR (national capital region) and non-compliant thermal power plants within a 300 km radius, remain insufficiently addressed, she points out. Governance challenges, staff shortages, weak enforcement capacity and fragmented institutions compromise implementation. “Overall, the plan prioritises visible, technocratic solutions while neglecting deeper structural and institutional reforms needed for sustained air quality improvement,” says Kandhari. Old plan, but stiffer targets HPW reached out to pollution-control officials for comment but had not received this at time of publication. Meanwhile, the government has promised a hard line backed by budgetary allocation and measurable outcomes. During the peak pollution season, October to January, when PM2.5 levels can be 30-40 times above the WHO’s safe guidelines, the government may consider staggered office timings, work-from-home directives and additional restrictions on polluting vehicles for immediate relief, which is the same as previous years. It all boils down to implementation. If the chief minister drives her new action and holds officials accountable for reducing pollution, old wine in a new bottle may still work. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, CMO Delhi, CMO Delhi. Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Call for US Congressional Oversight on Bilateral Health Agreements 15/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Mark Lagon of the Friends of the Global Fight against AIDS, TB and Malaria, The US Congress needs to exercise oversight over the bilateral global health agreements that the United States has reached with 30 low- and middle-income countries, relative to the 2025 congressional budget, as they represent a decrease of around a third in allocated spending. Mark Lagon of the Friends of the Global Fight against AIDS, TB and Malaria, told this to a meeting on financing health equity and security, organised by the AIDS Healthcare Foundation and UNITE Parliamentarians Network for Global Health in Washington DC on Tuesday. “In many countries, the US will no longer be doing core global health work on maternal and child health, family planning, and non-communicable diseases. They’re barely in the MOUs negotiated with African and other countries,” Lagon warned at the meeting held on the outskirts of the World Bank’s spring meeting. US funding for bilateral malaria and TB programmes has stopped, while funding for “social interventions and education are falling away in favour of commodities and services,” Lagon added. “Those countries that don’t have MOUs, or even have been bold in refusing them, face disasters – South Africa, Tanzania, Zimbabwe and Zambia. Finally, those countries that have agreed to the MOUs have co-financing targets that may not be feasible,” he said. Not just the US…. Lagon also said that, while there had been global focus on the US cuts to Official Development Assistance (ODA), several other advanced industrial countries had made similar cuts. “If you look at Global Fund’s Replenishment last November, the Trump administration pledged $4.6 billion, but Germany and Japan cut their contributions by 50%, and a co-host of the replenishment, the UK, with the Prime Minister announcing it without embarrassment, had a 30% cut.” Sven Clement, chair of the Board of the Parliamentary Network on the World Bank and IMF. Sven Clement, UNITE member and chair of the Board of the Parliamentary Network on the World Bank and IMF, said that the United Nations had reported two weeks ago that only four countries are on track to spend 0.7% of their Gross National Income (GNI) on ODA spending in their budgets. The UN General Assembly had accepted this 0,7% target back in 1970. However, Li Junhua, UN Under-Secretary-General for Economic and Social Affairs, reported recently that 25 countries had decreased their ODA last year, leading to a 23% drop in ODA from 2024 to 2025 – the largest annual contraction on record. “Only four countries met the 0.7% target – Denmark, Luxembourg, Norway, and Sweden,” said Li. “Based on preliminary data, ODA is expected to further decline by another 5.8% in 2026. Developing countries, especially the poorest, face mounting debt, with debt service burdens hitting 20-year highs.” Highest debt repayments in two decades Debt payments are at their highest level in two decades, according to the UN, particularly affecting investments in health, education and climate resilience. AHF’s Kemi Gbadamosi told the meeting that over 3.3 billion people live in countries that “spend more on servicing debt than on education and health combined”. While interest rates on debt had increased, many countries’ annual spending on health had stagnated at $17 per person – yet a basic health package cost $60, she said. Rosemary Mburu, executive director of WACI Health Rosemary Mburu, executive director of WACI Health, told the AHF meeting that, aside from debt, African countries faced “a high rate of access to capital,” accessing credit at an interest rate of about 10% while wealthier countries accessed the same credit at around 2% of interest rate. “More than half the world’s population – 4.5 billion – are without access to essential health services,” said Mburu. Crises exacerbate pandemic risk Priya Basu, executive director of the Pandemic Fund. “Scientists predict that there is more than a 50% chance of another COVID-like pandemic hitting us in the next 20 to 25 years,” warned Priya Basu, the Pandemic Fund’s executive director. “Pandemic risk is exacerbated by climate change, by changing land use patterns, by urbanisation, by changes in biodiversity,” she added. She urged countries and leaders not to neglect pandemic preparedness in the midst of “multiple crises and multiple challenges”. “Let’s not fall into a cycle of neglect followed by the panic of COVID-19,” said Basu. “If there’s one lesson that COVID taught us, it’s that the cost of being unprepared. “The cost of being unprepared is tremendous, in terms of lives lost, trillions of dollars in world GDP lost; hard-won gains in economic development being reversed. “After COVID, the smart calculus for any finance minister or leader to make is to invest in preparedness.” Clement said that NATO countries are now on track to spend 5% of GDP on defence, yet “spending for health is something that should fall under resilience spending, the 1.5% that we’re currently looking at NATO”. “If you don’t have a healthy population, you can’t be resilient against external shocks. So first of all, we don’t necessarily need to reprioritise. We just need to be very intelligent in how we account for different kinds of spending,” he added. Sudan’s Catastrophic Civil War Enters Fourth Year 15/04/2026 Stefan Anderson As donors gather in Berlin, tens of millions in Sudan face famine, genocide and displacement. The world’s darkest ongoing war – defined by sexual violence, extermination, famine and genocide – enters its fourth year today. With no end in sight, tens of millions of Sudanese people are facing a historic humanitarian crisis of “industrial proportions,” according to the United Nations (UN). Seven years after a new generation overthrew a three-decade dictator, two of his top lieutenants entrusted with shepherding the nation to democracy have become the commanders of its destruction. Sudan is torn in half, facing de facto partition in a land once hopeful of a democratic future. “For three years, we have warned that Sudan was on the brink of catastrophe, and those warnings have gone unanswered,” said Richard Data, the International Rescue Committee’s Sudan director. “This is not just a conflict, it is a collapse of an entire country and a crisis that is rapidly engulfing the region.” The civil war in Africa’s third-largest country has engulfed Sudan in the world’s largest displacement crisis and deepest quantifiable humanitarian emergency. Fourteen million people, a quarter of the population, have been forced to flee for their lives, including 4.3 million refugees who now find themselves in neighbouring nations unequipped to support them. Sudanese refugees receive critical medical care at an MSF-run health centre in the Adré refugee camp, Chad (2024). Thirty million of Sudan’s 50 million people required humanitarian aid last year. That number is expected to grow to 33.7 million in 2026, the World Food Programme (WFP) projects, as aid dwindles and the globe forgets about its most brutal conflict amid international focus on the Middle East War. At least tens of thousands, with some estimates reaching 150,000 people, are dead as a result of the violence. In El Fasher, the capital of Darfur, 6,000 killings by the Rapid Support Forces (RSF) have been confirmed by the UN Human Rights Office. The actual toll is “undoubtedly significantly higher,” the agency said, noting reports of mass graves and blood-soaked streets visible from space via satellite imagery. The RSF’s systematic violence against the non-Arab population of Darfur has led UN experts to quantify their actions as holding the “hallmarks of genocide.” Their detention facilities – “slaughterhouses.” Their violence – “amounting to the crime against humanity of extermination.” “During the siege of El Fasher and surrounding areas, [the RSF] committed myriad crimes against humanity, including murder, torture, enslavement, rape, sexual slavery, sexual violence, forced displacement and persecution on ethnic, gender and political grounds,” the Independent UN Fact Finding Mission in Sudan found. The incalculable violence, atrocities, and depth of the humanitarian crisis facing Sudan’s population continue to accelerate. “Three years of war have already cost Sudan immeasurably,” said Amande Bazerolle, Sudan lead for Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF). “Allowing this trajectory to continue risks condemning an entire generation.” Iran war butterfly effect endangers millions The war in Iran has paralysed the delivery of WHO supplies from Dubai’s international humanitarian hub, the world’s largest. As the world looks away from Sudan, the German government is holding an emergency meeting on the anniversary of the war in an attempt to marshal desperately needed funding. Neither warring party was invited to the meeting in Berlin, which aims to raise $1 billion in aid for Sudan out of a total of $3 billion in costs set out in the 2026 crisis plan developed by international humanitarian organisations. That number is down from $4.2 billion in the 2025 plan. Not due to falling needs, but falling ambition in acquiring aid from donor nations, particularly the US. Sudan aid summits in the previous two years, held in Paris and London, fell well short of their targets. Current funding is around 16% of the needed levels, according to the UN Development Programme. The 2025 plan received around $1 billion in aid, under a quarter of its goal. The war in the Middle East also poses a critical threat to Sudan’s agricultural system at a time of mass famine. Sudan is by far the most dependent nation globally on fertiliser passing through the Strait of Hormuz, accounting for 54% of its imports, UN Trade and Development (UNCTAD) figures show. In addition, fuel prices – critical to its agricultural system heavily dependent on oil-powered irrigation from the Nile River – are up 24% since the Middle East war began, leaving millions struggling to afford basic necessities and threatening crops needed for food and livelihoods. Nearly 70% of Sudanese households relied on farming and agriculture for their income before the civil war. As the war in Iran batters Sudan’s people, aid and agriculture, it is simultaneously contextualising the scale and achievability of its financial needs. The $3.2 billion funding gap in the Sudan humanitarian plan for 2025 – designed to keep 21 million people alive for an entire year – would be covered by three days of US military operations in the current war. The Iran War Cost Tracker, based on Pentagon briefings and official estimates, places the running cost of the US war at around $52 billion – enough to cover 15 years of fully funded humanitarian response in Sudan. Health supplies stranded, health system collapsed An MSF nurse attends to a patient amid the violence in North Darfur, April 2025. / MSF The war in Iran is also holding up lifesaving medical and humanitarian supplies as Sudan’s medical system collapses. Save the Children reported that medical shipments for at least 400,000 people in Sudan are currently stranded in Dubai due to the closure of the Strait of Hormuz. The lost antibiotics, antimalarials, deworming treatments, pain and fever medicines, vitamins and pediatric drugs put more than 90 primary health care facilities across the country “at risk of running out of essential medicines,” the agency said. The World Health Organization (WHO) also suspended operations from its global emergency logistics hub in Dubai due to the war, leaving Sudan without critical cholera supplies, among other medicines. Sudan’s health system, staff and facilities are equally under constant attack. In 2025, Sudan accounted for 82% of all global deaths from attacks on healthcare, according to WHO figures. Over 2,000 people were killed in the 213 confirmed attacks across the country since the start of the civil war. Both warring parties have attacked health facilities in the last two weeks, killing 80 people, including 15 children. Humanitarian supllies arriving in Sudan are faced with further challenges in the delivery stage. Vast swathes of the country remain inaccessible to international relief groups. “Hospitals have been looted, bombed, and occupied,” MSF said. “Medical staff have been threatened, detained, or forced to flee. Ambulances are blocked from reaching the wounded.” “Funding cuts are making an already dire situation even worse, with people once again paying the price: they are dying from preventable causes because Sudanese authorities and the world are failing to come to their aid.” Over 80% of hospitals and primary health facilities in conflict areas are closed. Across the country, 37% of health facilities are “non-functional,” according to WHO. Twenty million people require health assistance as outbreaks of malaria, dengue, measles, polio, hepatitis E, meningitis, and diphtheria continue to spread, the UN health agency estimates. “The health system has been crippled, leaving millions without essential care,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO’s director general. “Doctors and health workers can save lives, but they must have safe places to work and the medicines and supplies they need. Ultimately, the best medicine is peace.” ‘People are eating things that are not food’ Famine in Sudan has been declared in two states, with 20 more facing severe threats. Famine has already gripped several provinces, including El-Fasher and Kadugli, the world authority on food security, the Integrated Food Security Phase Classification (IPC) system, declared in November. The IPC identified further famine risk in more than 20 localities across North Darfur and South Kordofan, the current epicentres of the ongoing fighting. Beyond the famine zones, a total of 45% of the population experienced acute food insecurity in September last year. The international response plan assessing the humanitarian needs in Sudan reported that over half – 61.7% – of people are now acutely food insecure. Millions of families have access to one or fewer meals a day, with many turning to boiling leaves or eating animal feed to survive. Amid the crisis, WFP food assistance fell 14% since the start of the year due to a lack of financing. “People are eating things that are not food anymore. That is how bad it is,” one community leader in South Kordofan told Action Against Hunger (AAH). “We no longer ask what we will eat. We ask who will eat,” Ikhlas, a resident in North Darfur, added. Transporting food to Sudan’s besieged regions requires drivers to risk their life to deliver lifesaving nutrition, Action Against Hunger’s report found. Moving food has also become a life-threatening exercise. Armed soldiers exact bribes on major road routes, frequently attacking and killing those attempting to bring food into the most besieged areas. “Every road has checkpoints. At each one, they take money or food,” one trader in North Darfur told AAH. “By the time you arrive, nothing is left.” The independent UN Fact-Finding Mission in Sudan found that both sides have used starvation as a weapon of war. “The extent of hunger and displacement we see in Sudan today is unprecedented and never witnessed before,” the mission said. “Both the SAF and the RSF are using food as a weapon and starving civilians.” “The RSF and its allies used starvation as a method of warfare and deprived civilians of objects indispensable to their survival, including food, medicine and relief supplies which may amount to the crime against humanity of extermination,” the UN mission added. Sexual violence is defining warfare The vast majority of confirmed sexual assault cases are committed by military men. The total count so far is considered a vast undercount by experts due to broken reporting systems. Sexual violence, mass rape, gang rape, forced marriage, and sexual slavery are inseparable from the war. Thousands of cases, primarily committed by RSF fighters in Darfur, have been documented since the war began. The youngest case documented by UNICEF occurred against a girl who was just one year old. “They took us to an open area. The first man raped me twice, the second once, the third four times,” a survivor told MSF. “Apart from the rapes, they beat us with sticks and pointed guns at my head.” Gender-based violence has further compounded the food crisis for women and girls. The Action Against Hunger report, based on nearly 100 interviews with women in Sudan, found “simply being female has become a key predictor of hunger,” with female-led households three times more likely to experience food insecurity. Routine activities to reach food – going to the farm, market, or waiting in water or food lines – put women at risk of rape and sexual violence. “These gendered threats are inseparable from the hunger crisis,” the report found. “Food scarcity both heightens exposure to violence and amplifies its consequences.” “Sexual violence is a defining feature of this conflict – not confined to frontlines, but pervasive across communities,” said Ruth Kauffman, emergency health manager at MSF. “This war is being fought on the backs and bodies of women and girls.” Disabled people have not been spared in the RSF’s assault. Human Rights Watch has confirmed deliberate targeting of disabled civilians amid the siege of El Fasher, adding to the interminable depths of violence in the world’s darkest war. “The Rapid Support Forces treated people with disabilities as suspects, burdens, or expendable,” said Emina Ćerimović, associate disability rights director at Human Rights Watch. “We heard how they accused some victims, particularly those missing a limb, of being injured fighters and summarily executed them.” “Others were beaten, abused, or harassed because of their disability, with fighters mocking them as “insane” or for not being a “complete person,”” Ćerimović added. Foreign money and arms continue to fuel the war engine North Darfur capital of El-Fasher from above. Hopes of ending the violence are stymied by continued foreign military and financial assistance to the warring parties. The United Arab Emirates, in particular, has been accused of being the primary backer of the genocidal RSF, with little diplomatic consequence on the world stage. Drone attacks critical to RSF advances operate from bases claimed by the UAE as humanitarian posts, which a New York Times investigation found also serve as weapons smuggling hubs. Turkey, Egypt and Saudi Arabia are the key backers of the Sudanese army. All governments deny accusations of involvement in the war. “There are many external actors involved in this war,” Luca Renda, the UN Development Programme’s Sudan representative, said at the Berlin aid summit. “And as long as this continues, unfortunately, the chances of peace are very slim.” No reliable estimates exist for the total value of foreign military assistance flowing to either side. What is known is that the weapons keep arriving — routed through intermediaries, in violation of a UN arms embargo — while the humanitarian funding that could keep Sudan’s people alive does not. “The UAE, Iran, Turkey, Pakistan and others must stop supplying arms and support immediately,” Mo Ibrahim, Sudanese-British billionaire and founder of the Mo Ibrahim Foundation, wrote in the Financial Times on Tuesday. “All those countries profess love for the Sudanese people. We welcome your affection but not your bullets and drones.” “You are enabling the bloodshed and famine and causing the displacement of innocent civilians. Instead, you should put pressure on both sides to stop this madness.” Image Credits: UNICEF, WHO/Nicolò Filippo Rosso, Dubai Humanitarian , MSF, UN Sudan Envoy. One Million More People to Get HIV ‘Miracle’ Drug Lenacapavir as US, Global Fund Expand Access 14/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Eswatini officials, including Prime Minister Russell Dlamini (right) and Minister of Health Mduduzi Matsebula (centre), during the lenacapavir introduction ceremony at Hhukwini Clinic near Mbabane last November. The United States and the Global Fund will support three million people to get lenacapavir, the twice-a-year HIV injection that is almost 100% successful in preventing transmission of the virus – a million more than their previous commitment. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department, made this announcement at an event in Washington DC on Tuesday. In 2024, the US and the Global Fund announced that they would distribute up to two million doses of lenacapvir to HIV high-burden countries over the next three years. But the two groups are “upping our financial commitment” to reach three million people, Lewin told an event convened by the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) on the sidelines of the World Bank spring meeting. Global Fund executive director Peter Sands added that “the experience we’ve got so far suggests that, if we really want to make the most of this, we have to go bigger and we have to go faster”. Meanwhile, Lewin said that the US would “be willing to fund additional doses as we get that manufacturing capacity ramped up,” adding that “we’d like to see countries fund doses.” He praised Gilead Sciences, the US company that developed lenacapvir, as “an example of American excellence in biomedical innovation”. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department Nine countries get deliveries Since last November, some 135,000 doses of lenacapavir have been delivered to nine African countries: Eswatini, Kenya, Lesotho, Mozambique, Nigeria, South Africa, Uganda, Zambia and Zimbabwe. Last November, Eswatini became the first country to get the medicine, only five months after the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) had approved lenacapavir for pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Twelve additional countries – Benin, Botswana, Dominican Republic, Fiji, Georgia, Haiti, Honduras, Indonesia, Morocco, Papua New Guinea, Rwanda and Thailand – will also receive the medicine soon, according to a Global Fund statement on Tuesday. “We’ve taken a deliberate decision to focus on the places where it can have the most impact,” said Sands, adding that the aim is to reach 24 countries by the end of 2027 Countries also needed to have programmes to test people for HIV, enrol HIV negative people for lenacapavir and ensure that they will return after six months for their second injection, and put those who test HIV positive on treatment, Sands added. He hopes that the promise of lenacapavir will provide an incentive for people to test for HIV, which would also enable health systems to reach the estimated nine million people with HIV not on treatment. Fast-tracking generics Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day. Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day told the meeting that, within two weeks of getting the clinical trial results for lenacapavir, his company had “signed voluntary licences with six generic manufacturers, royalty-free with no obligation to us” and completed all the technology transfer in two weeks. “We have 1.3 million new cases of HIV every year, the vast majority in sub-Saharan Africa, and 41 million people are living with HIV,” said O’Day. “We have to bend the arc of those 1.3 million [new cases] to get to a stage where this disease is now under control.” The first generics are due to become available from mid-2027. The Global Fund, Gilead and the US have been working to “reduce the risk” for generic manufacturers by “making sure [they] already have a market as they roll their product out the door,” said O’Day. Last week, the Global Fund launched a global call for Expressions of Interest (EOI) from manufacturers to submit their generic products for review by its Expert Review Panel to “accelerate the availability of quality-assured generic products and expand global supply capacity over the coming months”. O’Day added that it had taken Gilead 17 years to develop lenacapavir: “My scientists call this a unicorn of a molecule. The fact that you could get a molecule that is nearly 100% effective at preventing HIV, given every six months, is quite extraordinary.” Delivery via US bilateral agreements? US official Brad Smith (right) at a meeting to discuss a bilateral agreement with Kenya. Lewin said that the bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) the US had signed with various countries enabled the US to work directly with health ministries in those countries to prepare for lenacapavir. However, Sands said that getting lenacapavir to those most at risk of HIV involved both community organisations and governments: “We are very much engaged with community-led organisations, and this is an important part of how we maximise the impact of lenacapavir. “We have to follow the epidemiology. We have to ensure that the communities most at risk get access to the most powerful tools. Some governments are quite good at that. Some governments are less good at that, and where they’re less good at that, the answer is to work through community-based organisations.” The HIV sector has identified “key populations” where the virus is flourishing – including sex workers, men who have sex with men, people who inject drugs and adolescent women – as groups that need particular attention to end HIV. However, the Trump administration has stopped funding most of these groups and is focusing narrowly on pregnant women and children in its HIV response. Trump wants to end mother-to-child transmission of HIV by the end of his second term in office, according to Lewin. A Global Fund statement released on Tuesday names “priority populations” for lenacapavir as “including pregnant and breastfeeding women, adolescent girls and young women, and people accessing PrEP for the first time.” However, at a briefing last September Lewin said that there is “no formal restriction” on who the recipient countries choose to give the medicine to, although the “strong recommendation” of the US is to focus on eliminating mother-child HIV transmission. “We’re working with the countries to meet their needs in their high-risk populations. And the Global Fund, of course, is targeting their doses in their own manner as well,” Lewin told the briefing. Key African countries excluded from MOUs The US has signed 30 bilateral MOUs so far and, while it might sign a further 10 or so, 85% of the budget has already been allocated, said Lewin. “I think the $21 billion in co-investment commitments from the countries is the largest mobilisation of African domestic resources for health ever,” he added. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) focused on 20 high-burden countries, and Lewin said that the US had signed MOUs with all of these, bar “one or two exceptions, that have unique circumstances.” However, the US has not offered a bilateral agreement with South Africa, the country with the biggest HIV positive population in the world, as the two countries have several political disagreements. Despite this, a statement from the US Embassy in South Africa described the arrival of lenacapavir last week as exemplifying “commercial diplomacy between the United States and South Africa.” Historic moment for HIV prevention! 🎉 South Africa receives first Lenacapavir shipment through @GlobalFund & @GileadSciences collaboration. The U.S. is proud to support this life-saving innovation. 🇺🇸🇿🇦 https://t.co/g8axF0whV2#EndHIV #GlobalHealth pic.twitter.com/lqxMyjLabw — US Embassy SA (@USEmbassySA) April 10, 2026 The Global Fund is providing South Africa with the medicine, but the US can take some credit as it is the fund’s largest donor, pledging $4.6 billion to the Fund for its next budget cycle. Zambia has been unable to secure an agreement as there has reportedly been a dispute over US access to its resources. Tanzania also hasn’t reached an agreement, while Zimbabwe rejected the terms the US proposed. Massive potential to end HIV Peter Sands Sands said that the rollout of lenacapavir is “one of the most exciting things I’ve ever been involved with.” “What’s really exciting is when you meet frontline health workers, and they are buzzing, and saying: ‘When did you say we’re getting it? How quickly?’.” He described meeting mentors of mothers-to-be in Kabira, a large informal settlement in Nairobi in Kenya, who told him that lenacapavir would be a game-changer. The mentor mothers encourage pregnant women to test for HIV and, while the programme has not had a baby born with HIV in four years, “they have nothing to offer the mothers who test negative to protect them from HIV”. Many women are not in a position to control what happens to them sexually, he added, but the six-monthly injection is a discreet intervention that can protect them from infection. Protecting an adolescent woman from HIV also means saving 50 to 60 years of antiretroviral treatment and supporting services, said Sands. “The sheer economics of preventing infection are enormously compelling,” added Sands, who was a commercial banker. Implementing MOUs Meanwhile, Lewin said that by the end of the US fiscal year on 30 September, the US wants implementation agreements with all countries with bilateral compacts. By then, these countries “will all be onboarded onto new mechanisms that align with the commitments and focus on the America First Global Health Strategy,” said Lewin. “We’re trying to prioritise the work right now and get the plans right. It’s a lot of work to work with these countries on these plans, and it’s hard to do in the public eye. You’ve got to do that with a level of trust in the governments.” Lewin added that US President Donald Trump’s proposed 2027 budget aims to dispense with disease-specific funding to enable more flexibility. “In some places, we have more HIV money than we know what to do with, and we’d like to use it on global health security or on malaria,” said Lewin. “Giving more flexibility to policymakers to make those decisions doesn’t mean that we’re eliminating HIV funding or seeking to do that. It means that we want more flexibility, something we’re working with Congress on,” he said, adding that the new MOUs “include all the disease areas in the same agreement.” Image Credits: Karin Hatzold /PSI.. WHO Director General in Germany for Series of High Level Meetings – What’s At Stake? 14/04/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Editorial team WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus meets with members of the German Bundestag in a series of high-level meetings this week in Berlin. As WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus visits Germany, a high stakes week for Germany’s future role in the World Health Organization agency may be unfolding in Berlin. On Monday, Tedros began a two-day high-level visit to Germany at the invitation of the World Health Summit where he has served as a patron. The visit also reportedly includes meetings requested by Tedros with Minister of Foreign Affairs Johann Wadephul, Minister of Health Nina Warken, and Berlin Mayor Kai Wegner as well as members of Germany’s Bundestag, or Parliament. Germany’s Chancellor Friedrich Merz, meanwhile, declined a request from the Director-General to convene a meeting, Health Policy Watch learned. The question is this: what exactly is Tedros doing in Berlin, and why is he prioritizing bilaterals with German ministers a month before the World Health Assembly? According to a WHO spokesperson, the answer is simple: he is in Berlin “at the invitation” of the World Health Summit. “On Monday, 13 April, he attended the WHS-organized high-level dinner, ‘From Crisis to Resilience: Innovating for Health,’ which focused on the future of international organizations and the role of Germany and Europe in a changing global order. In addition, “the Director General is meeting with key German stakeholders, including the Federal Minister of Health and the Mayor of Berlin, to reaffirm Germany`s role as a strategic partner and champion of multilateral global health. “The visit aims to strengthen cooperation on pandemic preparedness, global health reform and sustainable financing, while highlighting the WHO Hub in Berlin as a global asset made possible through Germany`s support,” the WHO spokesperson added. However, diplomatic sources told Health Policy Watch that the meetings have less to do with the World Health Summit and more to do with the pending loss of German voluntary donations to WHO – as well as Germany’s positioning in the upcoming race for WHO Director General. German cuts to WHO funding WHO’s Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence team meeting with WHO’s DG Dr Tedros Monday in Berlin. Following the US withdrawal from the WHO, Germany has emerged as the Organization’s largest member state donor. But it is reportedly cutting back its voluntary contributions in both 2026 and 2027 and it is unclear whether it will come through with all of the $262.2 million in funding pledged at the World Health Summit in October 2024 for the years 2025-2028. Since that 2024 pledge, only about $84 million has so far been committed by the Health Ministry in the 2026 German national budget approved by the Bundestag. The remaining $180 million pledged remains in question. Germany’s plans to halve its annual funding for the Berlin-based WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence from €30 million to €15 million, were reported by Health Policy Watch in January. Meanwhile, despite dramatic budget cuts and layoffs of at least 25% of the workforce over the past 16 months, WHO still faces an estimated $640 million budget gap for the current 2026-2027 biennium, according to a Director General’s report at the February 2026 Executive Board meeting. WHO disclosed plans for a 25% staff cut in November 2025 with professional staff at low and mid-level hit hardest. But a budget gap of $640 million remains. Will Germany put forward a candidate for DG ? Another likely issue in bilateral discussions is the election campaign for the next WHO Director General. That is expected to kick off formally later this month or in early May when Tedros issues a call to WHO member states to nominate candidates. Former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach. Two influential German health policy actors have been eyeing the race, as reported in February by Health Policy Watch and German media outlets. Those include former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach and Paul Zubeil, deputy director general of European and International Health Politics in the German Ministry. Both bring distinct strengths along with potential trade-offs. While Lauterbach is widely known, his prominent role in the COVID-19 response made him a more polarizing figure domestically, which could affect how he is received on the global stage. Paul Zubeil, German Ministry of Health, at the World Health Summit in Berlin in 2025. Zubeil, who currently oversees all funding to WHO and UNAIDS on behalf of the German Federal Ministry of Health, is highly regarded in expert circles for his decades of experience in fragile and complex settings and his deep understanding of global health systems. The key question is whether he has the political backing to mobilize a German nomination. Deferring or not? Within German political circles, there is a debate underway, however, about how the country should position itself in the DG race. “German opinion on whether there should be a candidate [for WHO DG] is highly disputed inside and outside of ministries. German foreign policy might just have other problems right now than running a [WHO] campaign,” said one expert on the European arena. And recently, German Chancellor Merz’s fractious coalition of conservatives and the centre-left, has been further strained by the geopolitical challenges of the war in Iran and the consequent sharp hike in fuel prices. In what are likely to be Tedros’ final strategic engagements with Germany before the race begins, he is understood to be encouraging his counterparts in Berlin not to enter the contest and instead back allied candidates, according to WHO sources. Tedros’ own personal preferences in the race, while the subject of informal speculation, have yet to emerge. For Berlin, the implications of deferring any nomination of a German candidate is politically significant. Germany, despite being a major multilateral donor, does not have anyone serving in the top posts of the UN system. Its one remaining shot to secure a major global leadership role over the next five years is the WHO Director-General race, so it is not surprising that Germany had been considering nominating a candidate. But not putting forward a candidate may be the least favorable option of all, others argue. “To defer to the current WHO DG’s preference rather than put forward its own candidate would not just be a missed opportunity. It would raise serious questions about judgment and independence at a moment when leadership in global health is under intense scrutiny,” said one German diplomatic source. Germany in WHO’s Executive Board calculus WHO European Region Executive Board representation – the allocation of three-year terms is by three country groupings. While Berlin debates its position in the DG race, its near-term role in the Executive Board, WHO’s governing body, is also unclear. In late January or early February 2027, the EB will screen and select three candidates among the slate of DG nominees to be voted on by member states at the May 2027 World Health Assembly. That gives the 34-member WHO governing body with immense power to sway the final outcome of the race. See related story here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/exclusive-china-on-next-who-executive-board/ Currently, Germany does not have a seat on the Board so its say on the final three candidate slate will be shaped by broader European Union currents and Policies. It will have a chance to return to the EB at the May 2027 WHA, as member states elect a new DG. At that time, four European member states will rotate out of the eight EB seats allocated to European Region members. But the complex subregional grouping system that the European Region uses to select EB representatives will continue to represent a critical constraint for the success of a German EB candidate. That’s because Germany is a member of the European region’s Group A countries, where only one seat is available. It will be competing with Iceland and Luxembourg, which both expressed interest in the seat at an informal Regional consultation in late 2025, according to documents from the meeting seen by Health Policy Watch. France’s EB position is more secure The 158th WHO Executive Board meeting on 8 February, the final day of its last session. That means three countries would likely be competing directly for a single position, with two guaranteed to be eliminated. Former Health Minister and WHO Academy Executive Director Agnès Buzyn – potential French nominee? At the same time, France, which is also eyeing at least three nominees for the DG race – including Agnès Buzyn, Anne-Claire Amprou and Marisol Touraine – sits within the Region’s Group B where two Executive Board seats are available. As a Permanent Member of the United Nations Security Council, France benefits from extra privileges rotating into one of the available positions more frequently than other member states. This means France will almost definitely secure a Board seat in 2027, even if its DG candidate is unsuccessful, while Germany does not have the same privilege. Meanwhile, Group C, which includes the Russian Federation, Israel, and Turkey – as well as Balkan and Central Asian member states – will have one vacant seat in 2027 with Romania and Moldova already expressing interest. So, whether by design or by drift, Germany risks being edged out of both the WHO Executive Board and the broader WHO leadership conversation, critics say. Largest OECD donor with the lowest UN boardroom profile This comes at a time when Germany has also become the largest provider of official development assistance (ODA) for the first time, with total aid reaching $29.1 billion, according to the 2025 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development report released last week. Despite that historic financial weight, Germany has not managed to parry funding into multilateral power. Until 2025, Germany held one senior role through Achim Steiner, who served as Administrator of the United Nations Development Programme until his term concluded. However, he remained a relatively low-profile figure across the system, with limited recognition beyond core development circles. Berlin’s subsequent attempt to secure the top role at the UN High Commissioner for Refugees fell short, with its candidate Niels Annen, a former parliamentary State Secretary at the Federal Ministry of Economic Cooperation and Development, losing out to Barham Salih, the former President of Iraq. Even with the cutbacks in support to WHO, Germany is likely to continue ranking as one of the largest member state donors to the global health agency for the foreseeable future But here, too, critics argue that financial power as a donor to the UN system shouldn’t come with such explicit strings attached. “What’s the message? I pay and you vote for me or…? Sounds like the USA!” one observer told Health Policy Watch. Decisive moment in Berlin vis a vis Washington DC? Financial considerations aside, relations between Germany and Washington are at one of their lowest points in decades, with US President Donald Trump repeatedly attacking his European allies over defense, trade, and alignment with US priorities. At the same time, Merz has warned of a deep rift between Europe and the US, while still insisting that transatlantic cooperation must be preserved. That is exactly where the WHO race becomes more than a health decision. It becomes a diplomatic lever. At a time when Washington is increasingly transactional and relationship-driven, Berlin putting forward a credible nominee could signal alignment, rather than distance, some sources who spoke with Health Policy Watch, asserted. Said one, “It could demonstrate that Germany is willing to lead where it matters, to reset the course of WHO and do so in a way that keeps the US anchored in global institutions rather than drifting further away.” –Felix Sassmannshausen also contributed reporting to this story. Image Credits: X/DrTedros, X/Dr Tedros, WHO , Steffen Prößdorf, Health Policy Watch , Amélie Tsaag Valren. Delhi Has a New Plan to Fight Its Toxic Air, But Will it Deliver? 13/04/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak pollution days in mid-November. Delhi’s new action plan 2026 promises to double the bus fleet, deploy more smog guns, and impose pollution-linked curbs on fuel sales. But experts warn of missing enforcement muscle and dodging hard decisions. DELHI – The world’s most polluted capital has a new air quality action plan, but the Delhi state government is yet to release the details – more than a week after the Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced it. A press release with sketchy details on the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 has been welcomed by experts and civil society, but cautiously; a follow-up draft electric vehicle (EV) policy has more details on how to phase out certain categories of fossil-fueled vehicles over the next two to three years to improve air quality. How effective are smog guns? However, the government plans to double down on questionable measures such as anti-smog guns and water sprinklers on a “large scale”. According to an Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi finding, spraying water had a very small impact on the small particulate matter in the air, PM2.5, and this was limited to an area up to 200 metres from the machine. Last year, the government released the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Some of the policy proposals are the same, such as a curb on entry of old goods vehicles, the deadline for which has been postponed by a year. But the scale of other promises, such as a lot more buses and EV chargers, has grown significantly. Delhi Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 on 3 April. It follows the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Scepticism is understandable given that Delhi’s average PM2.5 pollution has hovered around 100 micrograms for the last seven years. Earlier this year, the government announced a target of a 15% reduction in the annual average PM2.5 level for 2026. The new plan doesn’t mention this, but the list of promises is long and ambitious. Details of Delhi’s Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan Vehicular and transport curbs Curbs on fuel sale: ‘No PUC, No Fuel’ – vehicles without a pollution-under-control (PUC) certificate will not be sold fuel at pumps. Cameras will use digital tracking to identify them. Curbs on old goods vehicles: Starting 1 November 2026, only the most recent emission standard BS-VI (Bharat Stage), CNG (compressed natural gas), or electric goods vehicles will be allowed into Delhi. Last year’s plan had promised the same thing by 1 November, 2025. Doubling the bus fleet: A target fleet of 13,760 buses by 2028-29, more than double the current 6,100, with a heavy focus on electric models. Last year’s plan promised 5,004 electric buses. Adding more than three times the current number of EV charging points: 32,000 charging points over the next four years, almost triple the current 8,800, and a new EV Policy 2026 targeting commercial fleets. Last year’s plan promised 18,000 EV chargers. Traffic and dust management Eliminating 62 traffic congestion Hotspots: Using an “Intelligent Traffic Management System”. Anti-smog guns for roads and large buildings: Large-scale deployment of mechanical sweepers and water spray systems to control dust. Paving & greening: 3,500 km of roads and the planting of 7 million trees and shrubs in a year. Incidentally, just weeks earlier, the chief minister had announced plans to recarpet 750 km of roads as a step to improve the air quality. Waste and construction monitoring Removing Delhi’s garbage mountains: South Delhi’s Okhla site by July 2026, North Delhi’s Bhalswa by December 2026, and East Delhi’s Ghazipur by December 2027. Past deadlines to rid the national capital of these towering landfills were missed. Seven months ago, the deadline set by Gupta for all three was December this year. AI Oversight: Rollout of portal for real-time, geo-tagged monitoring of construction sites to prevent dust leakages. Biomass ban: Complete ban on biomass burning with penalties for violators and the distribution of electric heaters as alternatives. “Clean air is not a luxury, it is a fundamental right, and we are committed to delivering it,” said Gupta at the launch, promising strict timelines, accountability, “new” solutions and engagement with the public and technical experts. Delhi’s air is dependent on the seasons. This view, after rain, shows its potential for clean air. However, experts and environmentalists point out measures in this list which need to change or are missing. The aim is to reduce pollution by reducing the sources of pollution. ‘Pollution-under-control’ system needs to change Delhi’s traffic contributes to some 18% to 24% or air pollution, depending on the season. There are almost 8.8 million vehicles on the road, up 7.9% from the previous year. Over two-thirds are two-wheelers, while an estimated 1.2 million vehicles visit daily from neighbouring cities. Vehicles also account for 60% of nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions in Delhi and neighbouring region, which can have devastating health effects, including higher risk of asthmatic attacks, coughing, wheezing, chronic lung disease, heart disease, strokes and lung cancer among others. NOx also contributes to the creation of other pollutants like ozone and fine particulate matter PM2.5, equally damaging to human health. Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Caption: Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Source: CMO Delhi’s account on Instagram. But the PUC certificate, which the government has vowed to police, doesn’t measure NOx or PM2.5, which is a critical gap according to Amit Bhatt, managing director for India at the International Council for Clean Transportation (ICCT), a research organisation. “The key limitation of the existing PUC system is that it is a stationary test and does not capture emissions under real-world driving conditions. However, the actual impact on human health occurs when vehicles are operating on the road. Therefore, it is important to reimagine vehicular emission testing to better reflect real-world conditions and align with public health priorities,” Bhatt told Health Policy Watch. Bhavreen Kandhari, a prominent environmentalist, warns of another danger of continuing with the old PUC regime. “Continued reliance on the PUC system, widely considered outdated/corrupt without scaling robust real-time emission monitoring, weakens enforcement,” says the founder of Warrior Moms, an air quality activist group. New EV plan announced However, the Delhi government has announced details for a new, draft EV policy, vehicles contributing up to almost a quarter of the megacity’s pollution and identified as the fastest growing pollution source. It promises a rapid push for EVs in all categories by providing incentives from subsidies for new EVs to incentives for scrapping fossil-fuel vehicles. Proposed subsidies range from a few hundred dollars for two-wheelers up to about $2,500 for cars, and about $1,000 for trucks in the first year of the policy. These incentives will be phased in, ending by 2030. Private EV four-wheelers don’t get any subsidies but are exempt from road tax and registration fees for vehicles costing up to about $32,000. The policy also provides a roadmap for phasing out fossil-fueled vehicles in certain categories. Petrol and diesel vehicles will no longer be added to delivery and ride aggregator fleets in Delhi from this year, while only electric auto-rickshaws will be registered from next year, and only electric two-wheelers will be registered in Delhi from 1 April, 2028. “The proposed Delhi EV Draft Policy 2026 is a significant step towards establishing a clean, accessible and sustainable transport system in the capital,” Chief Minister Gupta says. Break-up of Delhi’s vehicular pollution The draft provides no data on how much each category contributes to the 24% of vehicular pollution in Delhi. However, Health Policy Watch has learnt that a recent, yet-to-be-published study estimates that a quarter of vehicular pollution is from two-wheelers, which number over five million in Delhi. The share of three-wheelers for goods is even more than this. Trucks of various sizes are estimated to contribute about a fifth of the pollution, while the share from private cars is under 10%. Notably, buses, which are either CNG-fueled or electric, contribute the least, which is why the government’s move to more than double the fleet holds promise. Are ‘smog guns’ effective? A visible part of Delhi’s pollution control measures has been smog guns, atop trucks and buildings. These are essentially water-mist cannons and sprinklers. The new action plan persists with them to control dust and vehicular pollution. But a recent study by the Council on Energy, Environment and Water pointed out that putting these on top of large buildings would cover less that 0.5% of Delhi’s area, or about 3-7 square km. This assessment was based on last year’s Air Pollution Mitigation Plan. The new criteria details are yet to be released. The truck-borne versions cover more distance as they drive along the main roads, spraying water, but their effectiveness in reducing pollution is equally questionable. A study by the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi found that while smog guns reduce average PM2.5 greatly immediately after sprinkling, the benefit reduces sharply over the next 2-3 hours, and the overall effect after 24 hours was 8%. The range of efficacy is limited to just about 100 to 200 metres on either side of the machine, the research found. A smog gun on a Delhi road. An IIT-Delhi study has questioned the effectiveness in reducing air pollution. Measures like smog towers, cloud seeding and even smog towers have been called cosmetic changes and red herrings. While pollution control agencies have ditched smog towers, the Gupta government is planning to continue with cloud seeding trials this year again – despite last year’s fiasco and criticism – although the action plan doesn’t mention it. Action plan silent on firecrackers But while there are gaps, several commentators have welcomed the new plan. It offers “real hope”, says Jyoti Pande Lavakare, a clean air advocate and author of the memoir, “Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health”. But the critical missing piece, she says, is the Delhi government’s silence on banning firecrackers. “Without a complete ban, at least from October to March, Delhi’s winter pollution peaks are unlikely to see a significant fall,” she wrote in an opinion piece. That, however, is not likely, as the Rekha Gupta government had gone to court to lift the ban and got it overturned. Kandhari calls for deeper reforms. Regional sources, including industrial pollution in NCR (national capital region) and non-compliant thermal power plants within a 300 km radius, remain insufficiently addressed, she points out. Governance challenges, staff shortages, weak enforcement capacity and fragmented institutions compromise implementation. “Overall, the plan prioritises visible, technocratic solutions while neglecting deeper structural and institutional reforms needed for sustained air quality improvement,” says Kandhari. Old plan, but stiffer targets HPW reached out to pollution-control officials for comment but had not received this at time of publication. Meanwhile, the government has promised a hard line backed by budgetary allocation and measurable outcomes. During the peak pollution season, October to January, when PM2.5 levels can be 30-40 times above the WHO’s safe guidelines, the government may consider staggered office timings, work-from-home directives and additional restrictions on polluting vehicles for immediate relief, which is the same as previous years. It all boils down to implementation. If the chief minister drives her new action and holds officials accountable for reducing pollution, old wine in a new bottle may still work. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, CMO Delhi, CMO Delhi. Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Sudan’s Catastrophic Civil War Enters Fourth Year 15/04/2026 Stefan Anderson As donors gather in Berlin, tens of millions in Sudan face famine, genocide and displacement. The world’s darkest ongoing war – defined by sexual violence, extermination, famine and genocide – enters its fourth year today. With no end in sight, tens of millions of Sudanese people are facing a historic humanitarian crisis of “industrial proportions,” according to the United Nations (UN). Seven years after a new generation overthrew a three-decade dictator, two of his top lieutenants entrusted with shepherding the nation to democracy have become the commanders of its destruction. Sudan is torn in half, facing de facto partition in a land once hopeful of a democratic future. “For three years, we have warned that Sudan was on the brink of catastrophe, and those warnings have gone unanswered,” said Richard Data, the International Rescue Committee’s Sudan director. “This is not just a conflict, it is a collapse of an entire country and a crisis that is rapidly engulfing the region.” The civil war in Africa’s third-largest country has engulfed Sudan in the world’s largest displacement crisis and deepest quantifiable humanitarian emergency. Fourteen million people, a quarter of the population, have been forced to flee for their lives, including 4.3 million refugees who now find themselves in neighbouring nations unequipped to support them. Sudanese refugees receive critical medical care at an MSF-run health centre in the Adré refugee camp, Chad (2024). Thirty million of Sudan’s 50 million people required humanitarian aid last year. That number is expected to grow to 33.7 million in 2026, the World Food Programme (WFP) projects, as aid dwindles and the globe forgets about its most brutal conflict amid international focus on the Middle East War. At least tens of thousands, with some estimates reaching 150,000 people, are dead as a result of the violence. In El Fasher, the capital of Darfur, 6,000 killings by the Rapid Support Forces (RSF) have been confirmed by the UN Human Rights Office. The actual toll is “undoubtedly significantly higher,” the agency said, noting reports of mass graves and blood-soaked streets visible from space via satellite imagery. The RSF’s systematic violence against the non-Arab population of Darfur has led UN experts to quantify their actions as holding the “hallmarks of genocide.” Their detention facilities – “slaughterhouses.” Their violence – “amounting to the crime against humanity of extermination.” “During the siege of El Fasher and surrounding areas, [the RSF] committed myriad crimes against humanity, including murder, torture, enslavement, rape, sexual slavery, sexual violence, forced displacement and persecution on ethnic, gender and political grounds,” the Independent UN Fact Finding Mission in Sudan found. The incalculable violence, atrocities, and depth of the humanitarian crisis facing Sudan’s population continue to accelerate. “Three years of war have already cost Sudan immeasurably,” said Amande Bazerolle, Sudan lead for Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF). “Allowing this trajectory to continue risks condemning an entire generation.” Iran war butterfly effect endangers millions The war in Iran has paralysed the delivery of WHO supplies from Dubai’s international humanitarian hub, the world’s largest. As the world looks away from Sudan, the German government is holding an emergency meeting on the anniversary of the war in an attempt to marshal desperately needed funding. Neither warring party was invited to the meeting in Berlin, which aims to raise $1 billion in aid for Sudan out of a total of $3 billion in costs set out in the 2026 crisis plan developed by international humanitarian organisations. That number is down from $4.2 billion in the 2025 plan. Not due to falling needs, but falling ambition in acquiring aid from donor nations, particularly the US. Sudan aid summits in the previous two years, held in Paris and London, fell well short of their targets. Current funding is around 16% of the needed levels, according to the UN Development Programme. The 2025 plan received around $1 billion in aid, under a quarter of its goal. The war in the Middle East also poses a critical threat to Sudan’s agricultural system at a time of mass famine. Sudan is by far the most dependent nation globally on fertiliser passing through the Strait of Hormuz, accounting for 54% of its imports, UN Trade and Development (UNCTAD) figures show. In addition, fuel prices – critical to its agricultural system heavily dependent on oil-powered irrigation from the Nile River – are up 24% since the Middle East war began, leaving millions struggling to afford basic necessities and threatening crops needed for food and livelihoods. Nearly 70% of Sudanese households relied on farming and agriculture for their income before the civil war. As the war in Iran batters Sudan’s people, aid and agriculture, it is simultaneously contextualising the scale and achievability of its financial needs. The $3.2 billion funding gap in the Sudan humanitarian plan for 2025 – designed to keep 21 million people alive for an entire year – would be covered by three days of US military operations in the current war. The Iran War Cost Tracker, based on Pentagon briefings and official estimates, places the running cost of the US war at around $52 billion – enough to cover 15 years of fully funded humanitarian response in Sudan. Health supplies stranded, health system collapsed An MSF nurse attends to a patient amid the violence in North Darfur, April 2025. / MSF The war in Iran is also holding up lifesaving medical and humanitarian supplies as Sudan’s medical system collapses. Save the Children reported that medical shipments for at least 400,000 people in Sudan are currently stranded in Dubai due to the closure of the Strait of Hormuz. The lost antibiotics, antimalarials, deworming treatments, pain and fever medicines, vitamins and pediatric drugs put more than 90 primary health care facilities across the country “at risk of running out of essential medicines,” the agency said. The World Health Organization (WHO) also suspended operations from its global emergency logistics hub in Dubai due to the war, leaving Sudan without critical cholera supplies, among other medicines. Sudan’s health system, staff and facilities are equally under constant attack. In 2025, Sudan accounted for 82% of all global deaths from attacks on healthcare, according to WHO figures. Over 2,000 people were killed in the 213 confirmed attacks across the country since the start of the civil war. Both warring parties have attacked health facilities in the last two weeks, killing 80 people, including 15 children. Humanitarian supllies arriving in Sudan are faced with further challenges in the delivery stage. Vast swathes of the country remain inaccessible to international relief groups. “Hospitals have been looted, bombed, and occupied,” MSF said. “Medical staff have been threatened, detained, or forced to flee. Ambulances are blocked from reaching the wounded.” “Funding cuts are making an already dire situation even worse, with people once again paying the price: they are dying from preventable causes because Sudanese authorities and the world are failing to come to their aid.” Over 80% of hospitals and primary health facilities in conflict areas are closed. Across the country, 37% of health facilities are “non-functional,” according to WHO. Twenty million people require health assistance as outbreaks of malaria, dengue, measles, polio, hepatitis E, meningitis, and diphtheria continue to spread, the UN health agency estimates. “The health system has been crippled, leaving millions without essential care,” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO’s director general. “Doctors and health workers can save lives, but they must have safe places to work and the medicines and supplies they need. Ultimately, the best medicine is peace.” ‘People are eating things that are not food’ Famine in Sudan has been declared in two states, with 20 more facing severe threats. Famine has already gripped several provinces, including El-Fasher and Kadugli, the world authority on food security, the Integrated Food Security Phase Classification (IPC) system, declared in November. The IPC identified further famine risk in more than 20 localities across North Darfur and South Kordofan, the current epicentres of the ongoing fighting. Beyond the famine zones, a total of 45% of the population experienced acute food insecurity in September last year. The international response plan assessing the humanitarian needs in Sudan reported that over half – 61.7% – of people are now acutely food insecure. Millions of families have access to one or fewer meals a day, with many turning to boiling leaves or eating animal feed to survive. Amid the crisis, WFP food assistance fell 14% since the start of the year due to a lack of financing. “People are eating things that are not food anymore. That is how bad it is,” one community leader in South Kordofan told Action Against Hunger (AAH). “We no longer ask what we will eat. We ask who will eat,” Ikhlas, a resident in North Darfur, added. Transporting food to Sudan’s besieged regions requires drivers to risk their life to deliver lifesaving nutrition, Action Against Hunger’s report found. Moving food has also become a life-threatening exercise. Armed soldiers exact bribes on major road routes, frequently attacking and killing those attempting to bring food into the most besieged areas. “Every road has checkpoints. At each one, they take money or food,” one trader in North Darfur told AAH. “By the time you arrive, nothing is left.” The independent UN Fact-Finding Mission in Sudan found that both sides have used starvation as a weapon of war. “The extent of hunger and displacement we see in Sudan today is unprecedented and never witnessed before,” the mission said. “Both the SAF and the RSF are using food as a weapon and starving civilians.” “The RSF and its allies used starvation as a method of warfare and deprived civilians of objects indispensable to their survival, including food, medicine and relief supplies which may amount to the crime against humanity of extermination,” the UN mission added. Sexual violence is defining warfare The vast majority of confirmed sexual assault cases are committed by military men. The total count so far is considered a vast undercount by experts due to broken reporting systems. Sexual violence, mass rape, gang rape, forced marriage, and sexual slavery are inseparable from the war. Thousands of cases, primarily committed by RSF fighters in Darfur, have been documented since the war began. The youngest case documented by UNICEF occurred against a girl who was just one year old. “They took us to an open area. The first man raped me twice, the second once, the third four times,” a survivor told MSF. “Apart from the rapes, they beat us with sticks and pointed guns at my head.” Gender-based violence has further compounded the food crisis for women and girls. The Action Against Hunger report, based on nearly 100 interviews with women in Sudan, found “simply being female has become a key predictor of hunger,” with female-led households three times more likely to experience food insecurity. Routine activities to reach food – going to the farm, market, or waiting in water or food lines – put women at risk of rape and sexual violence. “These gendered threats are inseparable from the hunger crisis,” the report found. “Food scarcity both heightens exposure to violence and amplifies its consequences.” “Sexual violence is a defining feature of this conflict – not confined to frontlines, but pervasive across communities,” said Ruth Kauffman, emergency health manager at MSF. “This war is being fought on the backs and bodies of women and girls.” Disabled people have not been spared in the RSF’s assault. Human Rights Watch has confirmed deliberate targeting of disabled civilians amid the siege of El Fasher, adding to the interminable depths of violence in the world’s darkest war. “The Rapid Support Forces treated people with disabilities as suspects, burdens, or expendable,” said Emina Ćerimović, associate disability rights director at Human Rights Watch. “We heard how they accused some victims, particularly those missing a limb, of being injured fighters and summarily executed them.” “Others were beaten, abused, or harassed because of their disability, with fighters mocking them as “insane” or for not being a “complete person,”” Ćerimović added. Foreign money and arms continue to fuel the war engine North Darfur capital of El-Fasher from above. Hopes of ending the violence are stymied by continued foreign military and financial assistance to the warring parties. The United Arab Emirates, in particular, has been accused of being the primary backer of the genocidal RSF, with little diplomatic consequence on the world stage. Drone attacks critical to RSF advances operate from bases claimed by the UAE as humanitarian posts, which a New York Times investigation found also serve as weapons smuggling hubs. Turkey, Egypt and Saudi Arabia are the key backers of the Sudanese army. All governments deny accusations of involvement in the war. “There are many external actors involved in this war,” Luca Renda, the UN Development Programme’s Sudan representative, said at the Berlin aid summit. “And as long as this continues, unfortunately, the chances of peace are very slim.” No reliable estimates exist for the total value of foreign military assistance flowing to either side. What is known is that the weapons keep arriving — routed through intermediaries, in violation of a UN arms embargo — while the humanitarian funding that could keep Sudan’s people alive does not. “The UAE, Iran, Turkey, Pakistan and others must stop supplying arms and support immediately,” Mo Ibrahim, Sudanese-British billionaire and founder of the Mo Ibrahim Foundation, wrote in the Financial Times on Tuesday. “All those countries profess love for the Sudanese people. We welcome your affection but not your bullets and drones.” “You are enabling the bloodshed and famine and causing the displacement of innocent civilians. Instead, you should put pressure on both sides to stop this madness.” Image Credits: UNICEF, WHO/Nicolò Filippo Rosso, Dubai Humanitarian , MSF, UN Sudan Envoy. One Million More People to Get HIV ‘Miracle’ Drug Lenacapavir as US, Global Fund Expand Access 14/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Eswatini officials, including Prime Minister Russell Dlamini (right) and Minister of Health Mduduzi Matsebula (centre), during the lenacapavir introduction ceremony at Hhukwini Clinic near Mbabane last November. The United States and the Global Fund will support three million people to get lenacapavir, the twice-a-year HIV injection that is almost 100% successful in preventing transmission of the virus – a million more than their previous commitment. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department, made this announcement at an event in Washington DC on Tuesday. In 2024, the US and the Global Fund announced that they would distribute up to two million doses of lenacapvir to HIV high-burden countries over the next three years. But the two groups are “upping our financial commitment” to reach three million people, Lewin told an event convened by the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) on the sidelines of the World Bank spring meeting. Global Fund executive director Peter Sands added that “the experience we’ve got so far suggests that, if we really want to make the most of this, we have to go bigger and we have to go faster”. Meanwhile, Lewin said that the US would “be willing to fund additional doses as we get that manufacturing capacity ramped up,” adding that “we’d like to see countries fund doses.” He praised Gilead Sciences, the US company that developed lenacapvir, as “an example of American excellence in biomedical innovation”. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department Nine countries get deliveries Since last November, some 135,000 doses of lenacapavir have been delivered to nine African countries: Eswatini, Kenya, Lesotho, Mozambique, Nigeria, South Africa, Uganda, Zambia and Zimbabwe. Last November, Eswatini became the first country to get the medicine, only five months after the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) had approved lenacapavir for pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Twelve additional countries – Benin, Botswana, Dominican Republic, Fiji, Georgia, Haiti, Honduras, Indonesia, Morocco, Papua New Guinea, Rwanda and Thailand – will also receive the medicine soon, according to a Global Fund statement on Tuesday. “We’ve taken a deliberate decision to focus on the places where it can have the most impact,” said Sands, adding that the aim is to reach 24 countries by the end of 2027 Countries also needed to have programmes to test people for HIV, enrol HIV negative people for lenacapavir and ensure that they will return after six months for their second injection, and put those who test HIV positive on treatment, Sands added. He hopes that the promise of lenacapavir will provide an incentive for people to test for HIV, which would also enable health systems to reach the estimated nine million people with HIV not on treatment. Fast-tracking generics Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day. Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day told the meeting that, within two weeks of getting the clinical trial results for lenacapavir, his company had “signed voluntary licences with six generic manufacturers, royalty-free with no obligation to us” and completed all the technology transfer in two weeks. “We have 1.3 million new cases of HIV every year, the vast majority in sub-Saharan Africa, and 41 million people are living with HIV,” said O’Day. “We have to bend the arc of those 1.3 million [new cases] to get to a stage where this disease is now under control.” The first generics are due to become available from mid-2027. The Global Fund, Gilead and the US have been working to “reduce the risk” for generic manufacturers by “making sure [they] already have a market as they roll their product out the door,” said O’Day. Last week, the Global Fund launched a global call for Expressions of Interest (EOI) from manufacturers to submit their generic products for review by its Expert Review Panel to “accelerate the availability of quality-assured generic products and expand global supply capacity over the coming months”. O’Day added that it had taken Gilead 17 years to develop lenacapavir: “My scientists call this a unicorn of a molecule. The fact that you could get a molecule that is nearly 100% effective at preventing HIV, given every six months, is quite extraordinary.” Delivery via US bilateral agreements? US official Brad Smith (right) at a meeting to discuss a bilateral agreement with Kenya. Lewin said that the bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) the US had signed with various countries enabled the US to work directly with health ministries in those countries to prepare for lenacapavir. However, Sands said that getting lenacapavir to those most at risk of HIV involved both community organisations and governments: “We are very much engaged with community-led organisations, and this is an important part of how we maximise the impact of lenacapavir. “We have to follow the epidemiology. We have to ensure that the communities most at risk get access to the most powerful tools. Some governments are quite good at that. Some governments are less good at that, and where they’re less good at that, the answer is to work through community-based organisations.” The HIV sector has identified “key populations” where the virus is flourishing – including sex workers, men who have sex with men, people who inject drugs and adolescent women – as groups that need particular attention to end HIV. However, the Trump administration has stopped funding most of these groups and is focusing narrowly on pregnant women and children in its HIV response. Trump wants to end mother-to-child transmission of HIV by the end of his second term in office, according to Lewin. A Global Fund statement released on Tuesday names “priority populations” for lenacapavir as “including pregnant and breastfeeding women, adolescent girls and young women, and people accessing PrEP for the first time.” However, at a briefing last September Lewin said that there is “no formal restriction” on who the recipient countries choose to give the medicine to, although the “strong recommendation” of the US is to focus on eliminating mother-child HIV transmission. “We’re working with the countries to meet their needs in their high-risk populations. And the Global Fund, of course, is targeting their doses in their own manner as well,” Lewin told the briefing. Key African countries excluded from MOUs The US has signed 30 bilateral MOUs so far and, while it might sign a further 10 or so, 85% of the budget has already been allocated, said Lewin. “I think the $21 billion in co-investment commitments from the countries is the largest mobilisation of African domestic resources for health ever,” he added. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) focused on 20 high-burden countries, and Lewin said that the US had signed MOUs with all of these, bar “one or two exceptions, that have unique circumstances.” However, the US has not offered a bilateral agreement with South Africa, the country with the biggest HIV positive population in the world, as the two countries have several political disagreements. Despite this, a statement from the US Embassy in South Africa described the arrival of lenacapavir last week as exemplifying “commercial diplomacy between the United States and South Africa.” Historic moment for HIV prevention! 🎉 South Africa receives first Lenacapavir shipment through @GlobalFund & @GileadSciences collaboration. The U.S. is proud to support this life-saving innovation. 🇺🇸🇿🇦 https://t.co/g8axF0whV2#EndHIV #GlobalHealth pic.twitter.com/lqxMyjLabw — US Embassy SA (@USEmbassySA) April 10, 2026 The Global Fund is providing South Africa with the medicine, but the US can take some credit as it is the fund’s largest donor, pledging $4.6 billion to the Fund for its next budget cycle. Zambia has been unable to secure an agreement as there has reportedly been a dispute over US access to its resources. Tanzania also hasn’t reached an agreement, while Zimbabwe rejected the terms the US proposed. Massive potential to end HIV Peter Sands Sands said that the rollout of lenacapavir is “one of the most exciting things I’ve ever been involved with.” “What’s really exciting is when you meet frontline health workers, and they are buzzing, and saying: ‘When did you say we’re getting it? How quickly?’.” He described meeting mentors of mothers-to-be in Kabira, a large informal settlement in Nairobi in Kenya, who told him that lenacapavir would be a game-changer. The mentor mothers encourage pregnant women to test for HIV and, while the programme has not had a baby born with HIV in four years, “they have nothing to offer the mothers who test negative to protect them from HIV”. Many women are not in a position to control what happens to them sexually, he added, but the six-monthly injection is a discreet intervention that can protect them from infection. Protecting an adolescent woman from HIV also means saving 50 to 60 years of antiretroviral treatment and supporting services, said Sands. “The sheer economics of preventing infection are enormously compelling,” added Sands, who was a commercial banker. Implementing MOUs Meanwhile, Lewin said that by the end of the US fiscal year on 30 September, the US wants implementation agreements with all countries with bilateral compacts. By then, these countries “will all be onboarded onto new mechanisms that align with the commitments and focus on the America First Global Health Strategy,” said Lewin. “We’re trying to prioritise the work right now and get the plans right. It’s a lot of work to work with these countries on these plans, and it’s hard to do in the public eye. You’ve got to do that with a level of trust in the governments.” Lewin added that US President Donald Trump’s proposed 2027 budget aims to dispense with disease-specific funding to enable more flexibility. “In some places, we have more HIV money than we know what to do with, and we’d like to use it on global health security or on malaria,” said Lewin. “Giving more flexibility to policymakers to make those decisions doesn’t mean that we’re eliminating HIV funding or seeking to do that. It means that we want more flexibility, something we’re working with Congress on,” he said, adding that the new MOUs “include all the disease areas in the same agreement.” Image Credits: Karin Hatzold /PSI.. WHO Director General in Germany for Series of High Level Meetings – What’s At Stake? 14/04/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Editorial team WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus meets with members of the German Bundestag in a series of high-level meetings this week in Berlin. As WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus visits Germany, a high stakes week for Germany’s future role in the World Health Organization agency may be unfolding in Berlin. On Monday, Tedros began a two-day high-level visit to Germany at the invitation of the World Health Summit where he has served as a patron. The visit also reportedly includes meetings requested by Tedros with Minister of Foreign Affairs Johann Wadephul, Minister of Health Nina Warken, and Berlin Mayor Kai Wegner as well as members of Germany’s Bundestag, or Parliament. Germany’s Chancellor Friedrich Merz, meanwhile, declined a request from the Director-General to convene a meeting, Health Policy Watch learned. The question is this: what exactly is Tedros doing in Berlin, and why is he prioritizing bilaterals with German ministers a month before the World Health Assembly? According to a WHO spokesperson, the answer is simple: he is in Berlin “at the invitation” of the World Health Summit. “On Monday, 13 April, he attended the WHS-organized high-level dinner, ‘From Crisis to Resilience: Innovating for Health,’ which focused on the future of international organizations and the role of Germany and Europe in a changing global order. In addition, “the Director General is meeting with key German stakeholders, including the Federal Minister of Health and the Mayor of Berlin, to reaffirm Germany`s role as a strategic partner and champion of multilateral global health. “The visit aims to strengthen cooperation on pandemic preparedness, global health reform and sustainable financing, while highlighting the WHO Hub in Berlin as a global asset made possible through Germany`s support,” the WHO spokesperson added. However, diplomatic sources told Health Policy Watch that the meetings have less to do with the World Health Summit and more to do with the pending loss of German voluntary donations to WHO – as well as Germany’s positioning in the upcoming race for WHO Director General. German cuts to WHO funding WHO’s Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence team meeting with WHO’s DG Dr Tedros Monday in Berlin. Following the US withdrawal from the WHO, Germany has emerged as the Organization’s largest member state donor. But it is reportedly cutting back its voluntary contributions in both 2026 and 2027 and it is unclear whether it will come through with all of the $262.2 million in funding pledged at the World Health Summit in October 2024 for the years 2025-2028. Since that 2024 pledge, only about $84 million has so far been committed by the Health Ministry in the 2026 German national budget approved by the Bundestag. The remaining $180 million pledged remains in question. Germany’s plans to halve its annual funding for the Berlin-based WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence from €30 million to €15 million, were reported by Health Policy Watch in January. Meanwhile, despite dramatic budget cuts and layoffs of at least 25% of the workforce over the past 16 months, WHO still faces an estimated $640 million budget gap for the current 2026-2027 biennium, according to a Director General’s report at the February 2026 Executive Board meeting. WHO disclosed plans for a 25% staff cut in November 2025 with professional staff at low and mid-level hit hardest. But a budget gap of $640 million remains. Will Germany put forward a candidate for DG ? Another likely issue in bilateral discussions is the election campaign for the next WHO Director General. That is expected to kick off formally later this month or in early May when Tedros issues a call to WHO member states to nominate candidates. Former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach. Two influential German health policy actors have been eyeing the race, as reported in February by Health Policy Watch and German media outlets. Those include former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach and Paul Zubeil, deputy director general of European and International Health Politics in the German Ministry. Both bring distinct strengths along with potential trade-offs. While Lauterbach is widely known, his prominent role in the COVID-19 response made him a more polarizing figure domestically, which could affect how he is received on the global stage. Paul Zubeil, German Ministry of Health, at the World Health Summit in Berlin in 2025. Zubeil, who currently oversees all funding to WHO and UNAIDS on behalf of the German Federal Ministry of Health, is highly regarded in expert circles for his decades of experience in fragile and complex settings and his deep understanding of global health systems. The key question is whether he has the political backing to mobilize a German nomination. Deferring or not? Within German political circles, there is a debate underway, however, about how the country should position itself in the DG race. “German opinion on whether there should be a candidate [for WHO DG] is highly disputed inside and outside of ministries. German foreign policy might just have other problems right now than running a [WHO] campaign,” said one expert on the European arena. And recently, German Chancellor Merz’s fractious coalition of conservatives and the centre-left, has been further strained by the geopolitical challenges of the war in Iran and the consequent sharp hike in fuel prices. In what are likely to be Tedros’ final strategic engagements with Germany before the race begins, he is understood to be encouraging his counterparts in Berlin not to enter the contest and instead back allied candidates, according to WHO sources. Tedros’ own personal preferences in the race, while the subject of informal speculation, have yet to emerge. For Berlin, the implications of deferring any nomination of a German candidate is politically significant. Germany, despite being a major multilateral donor, does not have anyone serving in the top posts of the UN system. Its one remaining shot to secure a major global leadership role over the next five years is the WHO Director-General race, so it is not surprising that Germany had been considering nominating a candidate. But not putting forward a candidate may be the least favorable option of all, others argue. “To defer to the current WHO DG’s preference rather than put forward its own candidate would not just be a missed opportunity. It would raise serious questions about judgment and independence at a moment when leadership in global health is under intense scrutiny,” said one German diplomatic source. Germany in WHO’s Executive Board calculus WHO European Region Executive Board representation – the allocation of three-year terms is by three country groupings. While Berlin debates its position in the DG race, its near-term role in the Executive Board, WHO’s governing body, is also unclear. In late January or early February 2027, the EB will screen and select three candidates among the slate of DG nominees to be voted on by member states at the May 2027 World Health Assembly. That gives the 34-member WHO governing body with immense power to sway the final outcome of the race. See related story here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/exclusive-china-on-next-who-executive-board/ Currently, Germany does not have a seat on the Board so its say on the final three candidate slate will be shaped by broader European Union currents and Policies. It will have a chance to return to the EB at the May 2027 WHA, as member states elect a new DG. At that time, four European member states will rotate out of the eight EB seats allocated to European Region members. But the complex subregional grouping system that the European Region uses to select EB representatives will continue to represent a critical constraint for the success of a German EB candidate. That’s because Germany is a member of the European region’s Group A countries, where only one seat is available. It will be competing with Iceland and Luxembourg, which both expressed interest in the seat at an informal Regional consultation in late 2025, according to documents from the meeting seen by Health Policy Watch. France’s EB position is more secure The 158th WHO Executive Board meeting on 8 February, the final day of its last session. That means three countries would likely be competing directly for a single position, with two guaranteed to be eliminated. Former Health Minister and WHO Academy Executive Director Agnès Buzyn – potential French nominee? At the same time, France, which is also eyeing at least three nominees for the DG race – including Agnès Buzyn, Anne-Claire Amprou and Marisol Touraine – sits within the Region’s Group B where two Executive Board seats are available. As a Permanent Member of the United Nations Security Council, France benefits from extra privileges rotating into one of the available positions more frequently than other member states. This means France will almost definitely secure a Board seat in 2027, even if its DG candidate is unsuccessful, while Germany does not have the same privilege. Meanwhile, Group C, which includes the Russian Federation, Israel, and Turkey – as well as Balkan and Central Asian member states – will have one vacant seat in 2027 with Romania and Moldova already expressing interest. So, whether by design or by drift, Germany risks being edged out of both the WHO Executive Board and the broader WHO leadership conversation, critics say. Largest OECD donor with the lowest UN boardroom profile This comes at a time when Germany has also become the largest provider of official development assistance (ODA) for the first time, with total aid reaching $29.1 billion, according to the 2025 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development report released last week. Despite that historic financial weight, Germany has not managed to parry funding into multilateral power. Until 2025, Germany held one senior role through Achim Steiner, who served as Administrator of the United Nations Development Programme until his term concluded. However, he remained a relatively low-profile figure across the system, with limited recognition beyond core development circles. Berlin’s subsequent attempt to secure the top role at the UN High Commissioner for Refugees fell short, with its candidate Niels Annen, a former parliamentary State Secretary at the Federal Ministry of Economic Cooperation and Development, losing out to Barham Salih, the former President of Iraq. Even with the cutbacks in support to WHO, Germany is likely to continue ranking as one of the largest member state donors to the global health agency for the foreseeable future But here, too, critics argue that financial power as a donor to the UN system shouldn’t come with such explicit strings attached. “What’s the message? I pay and you vote for me or…? Sounds like the USA!” one observer told Health Policy Watch. Decisive moment in Berlin vis a vis Washington DC? Financial considerations aside, relations between Germany and Washington are at one of their lowest points in decades, with US President Donald Trump repeatedly attacking his European allies over defense, trade, and alignment with US priorities. At the same time, Merz has warned of a deep rift between Europe and the US, while still insisting that transatlantic cooperation must be preserved. That is exactly where the WHO race becomes more than a health decision. It becomes a diplomatic lever. At a time when Washington is increasingly transactional and relationship-driven, Berlin putting forward a credible nominee could signal alignment, rather than distance, some sources who spoke with Health Policy Watch, asserted. Said one, “It could demonstrate that Germany is willing to lead where it matters, to reset the course of WHO and do so in a way that keeps the US anchored in global institutions rather than drifting further away.” –Felix Sassmannshausen also contributed reporting to this story. Image Credits: X/DrTedros, X/Dr Tedros, WHO , Steffen Prößdorf, Health Policy Watch , Amélie Tsaag Valren. Delhi Has a New Plan to Fight Its Toxic Air, But Will it Deliver? 13/04/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak pollution days in mid-November. Delhi’s new action plan 2026 promises to double the bus fleet, deploy more smog guns, and impose pollution-linked curbs on fuel sales. But experts warn of missing enforcement muscle and dodging hard decisions. DELHI – The world’s most polluted capital has a new air quality action plan, but the Delhi state government is yet to release the details – more than a week after the Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced it. A press release with sketchy details on the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 has been welcomed by experts and civil society, but cautiously; a follow-up draft electric vehicle (EV) policy has more details on how to phase out certain categories of fossil-fueled vehicles over the next two to three years to improve air quality. How effective are smog guns? However, the government plans to double down on questionable measures such as anti-smog guns and water sprinklers on a “large scale”. According to an Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi finding, spraying water had a very small impact on the small particulate matter in the air, PM2.5, and this was limited to an area up to 200 metres from the machine. Last year, the government released the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Some of the policy proposals are the same, such as a curb on entry of old goods vehicles, the deadline for which has been postponed by a year. But the scale of other promises, such as a lot more buses and EV chargers, has grown significantly. Delhi Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 on 3 April. It follows the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Scepticism is understandable given that Delhi’s average PM2.5 pollution has hovered around 100 micrograms for the last seven years. Earlier this year, the government announced a target of a 15% reduction in the annual average PM2.5 level for 2026. The new plan doesn’t mention this, but the list of promises is long and ambitious. Details of Delhi’s Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan Vehicular and transport curbs Curbs on fuel sale: ‘No PUC, No Fuel’ – vehicles without a pollution-under-control (PUC) certificate will not be sold fuel at pumps. Cameras will use digital tracking to identify them. Curbs on old goods vehicles: Starting 1 November 2026, only the most recent emission standard BS-VI (Bharat Stage), CNG (compressed natural gas), or electric goods vehicles will be allowed into Delhi. Last year’s plan had promised the same thing by 1 November, 2025. Doubling the bus fleet: A target fleet of 13,760 buses by 2028-29, more than double the current 6,100, with a heavy focus on electric models. Last year’s plan promised 5,004 electric buses. Adding more than three times the current number of EV charging points: 32,000 charging points over the next four years, almost triple the current 8,800, and a new EV Policy 2026 targeting commercial fleets. Last year’s plan promised 18,000 EV chargers. Traffic and dust management Eliminating 62 traffic congestion Hotspots: Using an “Intelligent Traffic Management System”. Anti-smog guns for roads and large buildings: Large-scale deployment of mechanical sweepers and water spray systems to control dust. Paving & greening: 3,500 km of roads and the planting of 7 million trees and shrubs in a year. Incidentally, just weeks earlier, the chief minister had announced plans to recarpet 750 km of roads as a step to improve the air quality. Waste and construction monitoring Removing Delhi’s garbage mountains: South Delhi’s Okhla site by July 2026, North Delhi’s Bhalswa by December 2026, and East Delhi’s Ghazipur by December 2027. Past deadlines to rid the national capital of these towering landfills were missed. Seven months ago, the deadline set by Gupta for all three was December this year. AI Oversight: Rollout of portal for real-time, geo-tagged monitoring of construction sites to prevent dust leakages. Biomass ban: Complete ban on biomass burning with penalties for violators and the distribution of electric heaters as alternatives. “Clean air is not a luxury, it is a fundamental right, and we are committed to delivering it,” said Gupta at the launch, promising strict timelines, accountability, “new” solutions and engagement with the public and technical experts. Delhi’s air is dependent on the seasons. This view, after rain, shows its potential for clean air. However, experts and environmentalists point out measures in this list which need to change or are missing. The aim is to reduce pollution by reducing the sources of pollution. ‘Pollution-under-control’ system needs to change Delhi’s traffic contributes to some 18% to 24% or air pollution, depending on the season. There are almost 8.8 million vehicles on the road, up 7.9% from the previous year. Over two-thirds are two-wheelers, while an estimated 1.2 million vehicles visit daily from neighbouring cities. Vehicles also account for 60% of nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions in Delhi and neighbouring region, which can have devastating health effects, including higher risk of asthmatic attacks, coughing, wheezing, chronic lung disease, heart disease, strokes and lung cancer among others. NOx also contributes to the creation of other pollutants like ozone and fine particulate matter PM2.5, equally damaging to human health. Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Caption: Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Source: CMO Delhi’s account on Instagram. But the PUC certificate, which the government has vowed to police, doesn’t measure NOx or PM2.5, which is a critical gap according to Amit Bhatt, managing director for India at the International Council for Clean Transportation (ICCT), a research organisation. “The key limitation of the existing PUC system is that it is a stationary test and does not capture emissions under real-world driving conditions. However, the actual impact on human health occurs when vehicles are operating on the road. Therefore, it is important to reimagine vehicular emission testing to better reflect real-world conditions and align with public health priorities,” Bhatt told Health Policy Watch. Bhavreen Kandhari, a prominent environmentalist, warns of another danger of continuing with the old PUC regime. “Continued reliance on the PUC system, widely considered outdated/corrupt without scaling robust real-time emission monitoring, weakens enforcement,” says the founder of Warrior Moms, an air quality activist group. New EV plan announced However, the Delhi government has announced details for a new, draft EV policy, vehicles contributing up to almost a quarter of the megacity’s pollution and identified as the fastest growing pollution source. It promises a rapid push for EVs in all categories by providing incentives from subsidies for new EVs to incentives for scrapping fossil-fuel vehicles. Proposed subsidies range from a few hundred dollars for two-wheelers up to about $2,500 for cars, and about $1,000 for trucks in the first year of the policy. These incentives will be phased in, ending by 2030. Private EV four-wheelers don’t get any subsidies but are exempt from road tax and registration fees for vehicles costing up to about $32,000. The policy also provides a roadmap for phasing out fossil-fueled vehicles in certain categories. Petrol and diesel vehicles will no longer be added to delivery and ride aggregator fleets in Delhi from this year, while only electric auto-rickshaws will be registered from next year, and only electric two-wheelers will be registered in Delhi from 1 April, 2028. “The proposed Delhi EV Draft Policy 2026 is a significant step towards establishing a clean, accessible and sustainable transport system in the capital,” Chief Minister Gupta says. Break-up of Delhi’s vehicular pollution The draft provides no data on how much each category contributes to the 24% of vehicular pollution in Delhi. However, Health Policy Watch has learnt that a recent, yet-to-be-published study estimates that a quarter of vehicular pollution is from two-wheelers, which number over five million in Delhi. The share of three-wheelers for goods is even more than this. Trucks of various sizes are estimated to contribute about a fifth of the pollution, while the share from private cars is under 10%. Notably, buses, which are either CNG-fueled or electric, contribute the least, which is why the government’s move to more than double the fleet holds promise. Are ‘smog guns’ effective? A visible part of Delhi’s pollution control measures has been smog guns, atop trucks and buildings. These are essentially water-mist cannons and sprinklers. The new action plan persists with them to control dust and vehicular pollution. But a recent study by the Council on Energy, Environment and Water pointed out that putting these on top of large buildings would cover less that 0.5% of Delhi’s area, or about 3-7 square km. This assessment was based on last year’s Air Pollution Mitigation Plan. The new criteria details are yet to be released. The truck-borne versions cover more distance as they drive along the main roads, spraying water, but their effectiveness in reducing pollution is equally questionable. A study by the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi found that while smog guns reduce average PM2.5 greatly immediately after sprinkling, the benefit reduces sharply over the next 2-3 hours, and the overall effect after 24 hours was 8%. The range of efficacy is limited to just about 100 to 200 metres on either side of the machine, the research found. A smog gun on a Delhi road. An IIT-Delhi study has questioned the effectiveness in reducing air pollution. Measures like smog towers, cloud seeding and even smog towers have been called cosmetic changes and red herrings. While pollution control agencies have ditched smog towers, the Gupta government is planning to continue with cloud seeding trials this year again – despite last year’s fiasco and criticism – although the action plan doesn’t mention it. Action plan silent on firecrackers But while there are gaps, several commentators have welcomed the new plan. It offers “real hope”, says Jyoti Pande Lavakare, a clean air advocate and author of the memoir, “Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health”. But the critical missing piece, she says, is the Delhi government’s silence on banning firecrackers. “Without a complete ban, at least from October to March, Delhi’s winter pollution peaks are unlikely to see a significant fall,” she wrote in an opinion piece. That, however, is not likely, as the Rekha Gupta government had gone to court to lift the ban and got it overturned. Kandhari calls for deeper reforms. Regional sources, including industrial pollution in NCR (national capital region) and non-compliant thermal power plants within a 300 km radius, remain insufficiently addressed, she points out. Governance challenges, staff shortages, weak enforcement capacity and fragmented institutions compromise implementation. “Overall, the plan prioritises visible, technocratic solutions while neglecting deeper structural and institutional reforms needed for sustained air quality improvement,” says Kandhari. Old plan, but stiffer targets HPW reached out to pollution-control officials for comment but had not received this at time of publication. Meanwhile, the government has promised a hard line backed by budgetary allocation and measurable outcomes. During the peak pollution season, October to January, when PM2.5 levels can be 30-40 times above the WHO’s safe guidelines, the government may consider staggered office timings, work-from-home directives and additional restrictions on polluting vehicles for immediate relief, which is the same as previous years. It all boils down to implementation. If the chief minister drives her new action and holds officials accountable for reducing pollution, old wine in a new bottle may still work. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, CMO Delhi, CMO Delhi. Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
One Million More People to Get HIV ‘Miracle’ Drug Lenacapavir as US, Global Fund Expand Access 14/04/2026 Kerry Cullinan Eswatini officials, including Prime Minister Russell Dlamini (right) and Minister of Health Mduduzi Matsebula (centre), during the lenacapavir introduction ceremony at Hhukwini Clinic near Mbabane last November. The United States and the Global Fund will support three million people to get lenacapavir, the twice-a-year HIV injection that is almost 100% successful in preventing transmission of the virus – a million more than their previous commitment. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department, made this announcement at an event in Washington DC on Tuesday. In 2024, the US and the Global Fund announced that they would distribute up to two million doses of lenacapvir to HIV high-burden countries over the next three years. But the two groups are “upping our financial commitment” to reach three million people, Lewin told an event convened by the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) on the sidelines of the World Bank spring meeting. Global Fund executive director Peter Sands added that “the experience we’ve got so far suggests that, if we really want to make the most of this, we have to go bigger and we have to go faster”. Meanwhile, Lewin said that the US would “be willing to fund additional doses as we get that manufacturing capacity ramped up,” adding that “we’d like to see countries fund doses.” He praised Gilead Sciences, the US company that developed lenacapvir, as “an example of American excellence in biomedical innovation”. Jeremy Lewin, US Under Secretary of State for Foreign Assistance, Humanitarian Affairs and Religious Freedom at the State Department Nine countries get deliveries Since last November, some 135,000 doses of lenacapavir have been delivered to nine African countries: Eswatini, Kenya, Lesotho, Mozambique, Nigeria, South Africa, Uganda, Zambia and Zimbabwe. Last November, Eswatini became the first country to get the medicine, only five months after the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) had approved lenacapavir for pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Twelve additional countries – Benin, Botswana, Dominican Republic, Fiji, Georgia, Haiti, Honduras, Indonesia, Morocco, Papua New Guinea, Rwanda and Thailand – will also receive the medicine soon, according to a Global Fund statement on Tuesday. “We’ve taken a deliberate decision to focus on the places where it can have the most impact,” said Sands, adding that the aim is to reach 24 countries by the end of 2027 Countries also needed to have programmes to test people for HIV, enrol HIV negative people for lenacapavir and ensure that they will return after six months for their second injection, and put those who test HIV positive on treatment, Sands added. He hopes that the promise of lenacapavir will provide an incentive for people to test for HIV, which would also enable health systems to reach the estimated nine million people with HIV not on treatment. Fast-tracking generics Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day. Gilead CEO Daniel O’Day told the meeting that, within two weeks of getting the clinical trial results for lenacapavir, his company had “signed voluntary licences with six generic manufacturers, royalty-free with no obligation to us” and completed all the technology transfer in two weeks. “We have 1.3 million new cases of HIV every year, the vast majority in sub-Saharan Africa, and 41 million people are living with HIV,” said O’Day. “We have to bend the arc of those 1.3 million [new cases] to get to a stage where this disease is now under control.” The first generics are due to become available from mid-2027. The Global Fund, Gilead and the US have been working to “reduce the risk” for generic manufacturers by “making sure [they] already have a market as they roll their product out the door,” said O’Day. Last week, the Global Fund launched a global call for Expressions of Interest (EOI) from manufacturers to submit their generic products for review by its Expert Review Panel to “accelerate the availability of quality-assured generic products and expand global supply capacity over the coming months”. O’Day added that it had taken Gilead 17 years to develop lenacapavir: “My scientists call this a unicorn of a molecule. The fact that you could get a molecule that is nearly 100% effective at preventing HIV, given every six months, is quite extraordinary.” Delivery via US bilateral agreements? US official Brad Smith (right) at a meeting to discuss a bilateral agreement with Kenya. Lewin said that the bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) the US had signed with various countries enabled the US to work directly with health ministries in those countries to prepare for lenacapavir. However, Sands said that getting lenacapavir to those most at risk of HIV involved both community organisations and governments: “We are very much engaged with community-led organisations, and this is an important part of how we maximise the impact of lenacapavir. “We have to follow the epidemiology. We have to ensure that the communities most at risk get access to the most powerful tools. Some governments are quite good at that. Some governments are less good at that, and where they’re less good at that, the answer is to work through community-based organisations.” The HIV sector has identified “key populations” where the virus is flourishing – including sex workers, men who have sex with men, people who inject drugs and adolescent women – as groups that need particular attention to end HIV. However, the Trump administration has stopped funding most of these groups and is focusing narrowly on pregnant women and children in its HIV response. Trump wants to end mother-to-child transmission of HIV by the end of his second term in office, according to Lewin. A Global Fund statement released on Tuesday names “priority populations” for lenacapavir as “including pregnant and breastfeeding women, adolescent girls and young women, and people accessing PrEP for the first time.” However, at a briefing last September Lewin said that there is “no formal restriction” on who the recipient countries choose to give the medicine to, although the “strong recommendation” of the US is to focus on eliminating mother-child HIV transmission. “We’re working with the countries to meet their needs in their high-risk populations. And the Global Fund, of course, is targeting their doses in their own manner as well,” Lewin told the briefing. Key African countries excluded from MOUs The US has signed 30 bilateral MOUs so far and, while it might sign a further 10 or so, 85% of the budget has already been allocated, said Lewin. “I think the $21 billion in co-investment commitments from the countries is the largest mobilisation of African domestic resources for health ever,” he added. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) focused on 20 high-burden countries, and Lewin said that the US had signed MOUs with all of these, bar “one or two exceptions, that have unique circumstances.” However, the US has not offered a bilateral agreement with South Africa, the country with the biggest HIV positive population in the world, as the two countries have several political disagreements. Despite this, a statement from the US Embassy in South Africa described the arrival of lenacapavir last week as exemplifying “commercial diplomacy between the United States and South Africa.” Historic moment for HIV prevention! 🎉 South Africa receives first Lenacapavir shipment through @GlobalFund & @GileadSciences collaboration. The U.S. is proud to support this life-saving innovation. 🇺🇸🇿🇦 https://t.co/g8axF0whV2#EndHIV #GlobalHealth pic.twitter.com/lqxMyjLabw — US Embassy SA (@USEmbassySA) April 10, 2026 The Global Fund is providing South Africa with the medicine, but the US can take some credit as it is the fund’s largest donor, pledging $4.6 billion to the Fund for its next budget cycle. Zambia has been unable to secure an agreement as there has reportedly been a dispute over US access to its resources. Tanzania also hasn’t reached an agreement, while Zimbabwe rejected the terms the US proposed. Massive potential to end HIV Peter Sands Sands said that the rollout of lenacapavir is “one of the most exciting things I’ve ever been involved with.” “What’s really exciting is when you meet frontline health workers, and they are buzzing, and saying: ‘When did you say we’re getting it? How quickly?’.” He described meeting mentors of mothers-to-be in Kabira, a large informal settlement in Nairobi in Kenya, who told him that lenacapavir would be a game-changer. The mentor mothers encourage pregnant women to test for HIV and, while the programme has not had a baby born with HIV in four years, “they have nothing to offer the mothers who test negative to protect them from HIV”. Many women are not in a position to control what happens to them sexually, he added, but the six-monthly injection is a discreet intervention that can protect them from infection. Protecting an adolescent woman from HIV also means saving 50 to 60 years of antiretroviral treatment and supporting services, said Sands. “The sheer economics of preventing infection are enormously compelling,” added Sands, who was a commercial banker. Implementing MOUs Meanwhile, Lewin said that by the end of the US fiscal year on 30 September, the US wants implementation agreements with all countries with bilateral compacts. By then, these countries “will all be onboarded onto new mechanisms that align with the commitments and focus on the America First Global Health Strategy,” said Lewin. “We’re trying to prioritise the work right now and get the plans right. It’s a lot of work to work with these countries on these plans, and it’s hard to do in the public eye. You’ve got to do that with a level of trust in the governments.” Lewin added that US President Donald Trump’s proposed 2027 budget aims to dispense with disease-specific funding to enable more flexibility. “In some places, we have more HIV money than we know what to do with, and we’d like to use it on global health security or on malaria,” said Lewin. “Giving more flexibility to policymakers to make those decisions doesn’t mean that we’re eliminating HIV funding or seeking to do that. It means that we want more flexibility, something we’re working with Congress on,” he said, adding that the new MOUs “include all the disease areas in the same agreement.” Image Credits: Karin Hatzold /PSI.. WHO Director General in Germany for Series of High Level Meetings – What’s At Stake? 14/04/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Editorial team WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus meets with members of the German Bundestag in a series of high-level meetings this week in Berlin. As WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus visits Germany, a high stakes week for Germany’s future role in the World Health Organization agency may be unfolding in Berlin. On Monday, Tedros began a two-day high-level visit to Germany at the invitation of the World Health Summit where he has served as a patron. The visit also reportedly includes meetings requested by Tedros with Minister of Foreign Affairs Johann Wadephul, Minister of Health Nina Warken, and Berlin Mayor Kai Wegner as well as members of Germany’s Bundestag, or Parliament. Germany’s Chancellor Friedrich Merz, meanwhile, declined a request from the Director-General to convene a meeting, Health Policy Watch learned. The question is this: what exactly is Tedros doing in Berlin, and why is he prioritizing bilaterals with German ministers a month before the World Health Assembly? According to a WHO spokesperson, the answer is simple: he is in Berlin “at the invitation” of the World Health Summit. “On Monday, 13 April, he attended the WHS-organized high-level dinner, ‘From Crisis to Resilience: Innovating for Health,’ which focused on the future of international organizations and the role of Germany and Europe in a changing global order. In addition, “the Director General is meeting with key German stakeholders, including the Federal Minister of Health and the Mayor of Berlin, to reaffirm Germany`s role as a strategic partner and champion of multilateral global health. “The visit aims to strengthen cooperation on pandemic preparedness, global health reform and sustainable financing, while highlighting the WHO Hub in Berlin as a global asset made possible through Germany`s support,” the WHO spokesperson added. However, diplomatic sources told Health Policy Watch that the meetings have less to do with the World Health Summit and more to do with the pending loss of German voluntary donations to WHO – as well as Germany’s positioning in the upcoming race for WHO Director General. German cuts to WHO funding WHO’s Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence team meeting with WHO’s DG Dr Tedros Monday in Berlin. Following the US withdrawal from the WHO, Germany has emerged as the Organization’s largest member state donor. But it is reportedly cutting back its voluntary contributions in both 2026 and 2027 and it is unclear whether it will come through with all of the $262.2 million in funding pledged at the World Health Summit in October 2024 for the years 2025-2028. Since that 2024 pledge, only about $84 million has so far been committed by the Health Ministry in the 2026 German national budget approved by the Bundestag. The remaining $180 million pledged remains in question. Germany’s plans to halve its annual funding for the Berlin-based WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence from €30 million to €15 million, were reported by Health Policy Watch in January. Meanwhile, despite dramatic budget cuts and layoffs of at least 25% of the workforce over the past 16 months, WHO still faces an estimated $640 million budget gap for the current 2026-2027 biennium, according to a Director General’s report at the February 2026 Executive Board meeting. WHO disclosed plans for a 25% staff cut in November 2025 with professional staff at low and mid-level hit hardest. But a budget gap of $640 million remains. Will Germany put forward a candidate for DG ? Another likely issue in bilateral discussions is the election campaign for the next WHO Director General. That is expected to kick off formally later this month or in early May when Tedros issues a call to WHO member states to nominate candidates. Former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach. Two influential German health policy actors have been eyeing the race, as reported in February by Health Policy Watch and German media outlets. Those include former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach and Paul Zubeil, deputy director general of European and International Health Politics in the German Ministry. Both bring distinct strengths along with potential trade-offs. While Lauterbach is widely known, his prominent role in the COVID-19 response made him a more polarizing figure domestically, which could affect how he is received on the global stage. Paul Zubeil, German Ministry of Health, at the World Health Summit in Berlin in 2025. Zubeil, who currently oversees all funding to WHO and UNAIDS on behalf of the German Federal Ministry of Health, is highly regarded in expert circles for his decades of experience in fragile and complex settings and his deep understanding of global health systems. The key question is whether he has the political backing to mobilize a German nomination. Deferring or not? Within German political circles, there is a debate underway, however, about how the country should position itself in the DG race. “German opinion on whether there should be a candidate [for WHO DG] is highly disputed inside and outside of ministries. German foreign policy might just have other problems right now than running a [WHO] campaign,” said one expert on the European arena. And recently, German Chancellor Merz’s fractious coalition of conservatives and the centre-left, has been further strained by the geopolitical challenges of the war in Iran and the consequent sharp hike in fuel prices. In what are likely to be Tedros’ final strategic engagements with Germany before the race begins, he is understood to be encouraging his counterparts in Berlin not to enter the contest and instead back allied candidates, according to WHO sources. Tedros’ own personal preferences in the race, while the subject of informal speculation, have yet to emerge. For Berlin, the implications of deferring any nomination of a German candidate is politically significant. Germany, despite being a major multilateral donor, does not have anyone serving in the top posts of the UN system. Its one remaining shot to secure a major global leadership role over the next five years is the WHO Director-General race, so it is not surprising that Germany had been considering nominating a candidate. But not putting forward a candidate may be the least favorable option of all, others argue. “To defer to the current WHO DG’s preference rather than put forward its own candidate would not just be a missed opportunity. It would raise serious questions about judgment and independence at a moment when leadership in global health is under intense scrutiny,” said one German diplomatic source. Germany in WHO’s Executive Board calculus WHO European Region Executive Board representation – the allocation of three-year terms is by three country groupings. While Berlin debates its position in the DG race, its near-term role in the Executive Board, WHO’s governing body, is also unclear. In late January or early February 2027, the EB will screen and select three candidates among the slate of DG nominees to be voted on by member states at the May 2027 World Health Assembly. That gives the 34-member WHO governing body with immense power to sway the final outcome of the race. See related story here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/exclusive-china-on-next-who-executive-board/ Currently, Germany does not have a seat on the Board so its say on the final three candidate slate will be shaped by broader European Union currents and Policies. It will have a chance to return to the EB at the May 2027 WHA, as member states elect a new DG. At that time, four European member states will rotate out of the eight EB seats allocated to European Region members. But the complex subregional grouping system that the European Region uses to select EB representatives will continue to represent a critical constraint for the success of a German EB candidate. That’s because Germany is a member of the European region’s Group A countries, where only one seat is available. It will be competing with Iceland and Luxembourg, which both expressed interest in the seat at an informal Regional consultation in late 2025, according to documents from the meeting seen by Health Policy Watch. France’s EB position is more secure The 158th WHO Executive Board meeting on 8 February, the final day of its last session. That means three countries would likely be competing directly for a single position, with two guaranteed to be eliminated. Former Health Minister and WHO Academy Executive Director Agnès Buzyn – potential French nominee? At the same time, France, which is also eyeing at least three nominees for the DG race – including Agnès Buzyn, Anne-Claire Amprou and Marisol Touraine – sits within the Region’s Group B where two Executive Board seats are available. As a Permanent Member of the United Nations Security Council, France benefits from extra privileges rotating into one of the available positions more frequently than other member states. This means France will almost definitely secure a Board seat in 2027, even if its DG candidate is unsuccessful, while Germany does not have the same privilege. Meanwhile, Group C, which includes the Russian Federation, Israel, and Turkey – as well as Balkan and Central Asian member states – will have one vacant seat in 2027 with Romania and Moldova already expressing interest. So, whether by design or by drift, Germany risks being edged out of both the WHO Executive Board and the broader WHO leadership conversation, critics say. Largest OECD donor with the lowest UN boardroom profile This comes at a time when Germany has also become the largest provider of official development assistance (ODA) for the first time, with total aid reaching $29.1 billion, according to the 2025 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development report released last week. Despite that historic financial weight, Germany has not managed to parry funding into multilateral power. Until 2025, Germany held one senior role through Achim Steiner, who served as Administrator of the United Nations Development Programme until his term concluded. However, he remained a relatively low-profile figure across the system, with limited recognition beyond core development circles. Berlin’s subsequent attempt to secure the top role at the UN High Commissioner for Refugees fell short, with its candidate Niels Annen, a former parliamentary State Secretary at the Federal Ministry of Economic Cooperation and Development, losing out to Barham Salih, the former President of Iraq. Even with the cutbacks in support to WHO, Germany is likely to continue ranking as one of the largest member state donors to the global health agency for the foreseeable future But here, too, critics argue that financial power as a donor to the UN system shouldn’t come with such explicit strings attached. “What’s the message? I pay and you vote for me or…? Sounds like the USA!” one observer told Health Policy Watch. Decisive moment in Berlin vis a vis Washington DC? Financial considerations aside, relations between Germany and Washington are at one of their lowest points in decades, with US President Donald Trump repeatedly attacking his European allies over defense, trade, and alignment with US priorities. At the same time, Merz has warned of a deep rift between Europe and the US, while still insisting that transatlantic cooperation must be preserved. That is exactly where the WHO race becomes more than a health decision. It becomes a diplomatic lever. At a time when Washington is increasingly transactional and relationship-driven, Berlin putting forward a credible nominee could signal alignment, rather than distance, some sources who spoke with Health Policy Watch, asserted. Said one, “It could demonstrate that Germany is willing to lead where it matters, to reset the course of WHO and do so in a way that keeps the US anchored in global institutions rather than drifting further away.” –Felix Sassmannshausen also contributed reporting to this story. Image Credits: X/DrTedros, X/Dr Tedros, WHO , Steffen Prößdorf, Health Policy Watch , Amélie Tsaag Valren. Delhi Has a New Plan to Fight Its Toxic Air, But Will it Deliver? 13/04/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak pollution days in mid-November. Delhi’s new action plan 2026 promises to double the bus fleet, deploy more smog guns, and impose pollution-linked curbs on fuel sales. But experts warn of missing enforcement muscle and dodging hard decisions. DELHI – The world’s most polluted capital has a new air quality action plan, but the Delhi state government is yet to release the details – more than a week after the Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced it. A press release with sketchy details on the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 has been welcomed by experts and civil society, but cautiously; a follow-up draft electric vehicle (EV) policy has more details on how to phase out certain categories of fossil-fueled vehicles over the next two to three years to improve air quality. How effective are smog guns? However, the government plans to double down on questionable measures such as anti-smog guns and water sprinklers on a “large scale”. According to an Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi finding, spraying water had a very small impact on the small particulate matter in the air, PM2.5, and this was limited to an area up to 200 metres from the machine. Last year, the government released the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Some of the policy proposals are the same, such as a curb on entry of old goods vehicles, the deadline for which has been postponed by a year. But the scale of other promises, such as a lot more buses and EV chargers, has grown significantly. Delhi Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 on 3 April. It follows the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Scepticism is understandable given that Delhi’s average PM2.5 pollution has hovered around 100 micrograms for the last seven years. Earlier this year, the government announced a target of a 15% reduction in the annual average PM2.5 level for 2026. The new plan doesn’t mention this, but the list of promises is long and ambitious. Details of Delhi’s Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan Vehicular and transport curbs Curbs on fuel sale: ‘No PUC, No Fuel’ – vehicles without a pollution-under-control (PUC) certificate will not be sold fuel at pumps. Cameras will use digital tracking to identify them. Curbs on old goods vehicles: Starting 1 November 2026, only the most recent emission standard BS-VI (Bharat Stage), CNG (compressed natural gas), or electric goods vehicles will be allowed into Delhi. Last year’s plan had promised the same thing by 1 November, 2025. Doubling the bus fleet: A target fleet of 13,760 buses by 2028-29, more than double the current 6,100, with a heavy focus on electric models. Last year’s plan promised 5,004 electric buses. Adding more than three times the current number of EV charging points: 32,000 charging points over the next four years, almost triple the current 8,800, and a new EV Policy 2026 targeting commercial fleets. Last year’s plan promised 18,000 EV chargers. Traffic and dust management Eliminating 62 traffic congestion Hotspots: Using an “Intelligent Traffic Management System”. Anti-smog guns for roads and large buildings: Large-scale deployment of mechanical sweepers and water spray systems to control dust. Paving & greening: 3,500 km of roads and the planting of 7 million trees and shrubs in a year. Incidentally, just weeks earlier, the chief minister had announced plans to recarpet 750 km of roads as a step to improve the air quality. Waste and construction monitoring Removing Delhi’s garbage mountains: South Delhi’s Okhla site by July 2026, North Delhi’s Bhalswa by December 2026, and East Delhi’s Ghazipur by December 2027. Past deadlines to rid the national capital of these towering landfills were missed. Seven months ago, the deadline set by Gupta for all three was December this year. AI Oversight: Rollout of portal for real-time, geo-tagged monitoring of construction sites to prevent dust leakages. Biomass ban: Complete ban on biomass burning with penalties for violators and the distribution of electric heaters as alternatives. “Clean air is not a luxury, it is a fundamental right, and we are committed to delivering it,” said Gupta at the launch, promising strict timelines, accountability, “new” solutions and engagement with the public and technical experts. Delhi’s air is dependent on the seasons. This view, after rain, shows its potential for clean air. However, experts and environmentalists point out measures in this list which need to change or are missing. The aim is to reduce pollution by reducing the sources of pollution. ‘Pollution-under-control’ system needs to change Delhi’s traffic contributes to some 18% to 24% or air pollution, depending on the season. There are almost 8.8 million vehicles on the road, up 7.9% from the previous year. Over two-thirds are two-wheelers, while an estimated 1.2 million vehicles visit daily from neighbouring cities. Vehicles also account for 60% of nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions in Delhi and neighbouring region, which can have devastating health effects, including higher risk of asthmatic attacks, coughing, wheezing, chronic lung disease, heart disease, strokes and lung cancer among others. NOx also contributes to the creation of other pollutants like ozone and fine particulate matter PM2.5, equally damaging to human health. Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Caption: Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Source: CMO Delhi’s account on Instagram. But the PUC certificate, which the government has vowed to police, doesn’t measure NOx or PM2.5, which is a critical gap according to Amit Bhatt, managing director for India at the International Council for Clean Transportation (ICCT), a research organisation. “The key limitation of the existing PUC system is that it is a stationary test and does not capture emissions under real-world driving conditions. However, the actual impact on human health occurs when vehicles are operating on the road. Therefore, it is important to reimagine vehicular emission testing to better reflect real-world conditions and align with public health priorities,” Bhatt told Health Policy Watch. Bhavreen Kandhari, a prominent environmentalist, warns of another danger of continuing with the old PUC regime. “Continued reliance on the PUC system, widely considered outdated/corrupt without scaling robust real-time emission monitoring, weakens enforcement,” says the founder of Warrior Moms, an air quality activist group. New EV plan announced However, the Delhi government has announced details for a new, draft EV policy, vehicles contributing up to almost a quarter of the megacity’s pollution and identified as the fastest growing pollution source. It promises a rapid push for EVs in all categories by providing incentives from subsidies for new EVs to incentives for scrapping fossil-fuel vehicles. Proposed subsidies range from a few hundred dollars for two-wheelers up to about $2,500 for cars, and about $1,000 for trucks in the first year of the policy. These incentives will be phased in, ending by 2030. Private EV four-wheelers don’t get any subsidies but are exempt from road tax and registration fees for vehicles costing up to about $32,000. The policy also provides a roadmap for phasing out fossil-fueled vehicles in certain categories. Petrol and diesel vehicles will no longer be added to delivery and ride aggregator fleets in Delhi from this year, while only electric auto-rickshaws will be registered from next year, and only electric two-wheelers will be registered in Delhi from 1 April, 2028. “The proposed Delhi EV Draft Policy 2026 is a significant step towards establishing a clean, accessible and sustainable transport system in the capital,” Chief Minister Gupta says. Break-up of Delhi’s vehicular pollution The draft provides no data on how much each category contributes to the 24% of vehicular pollution in Delhi. However, Health Policy Watch has learnt that a recent, yet-to-be-published study estimates that a quarter of vehicular pollution is from two-wheelers, which number over five million in Delhi. The share of three-wheelers for goods is even more than this. Trucks of various sizes are estimated to contribute about a fifth of the pollution, while the share from private cars is under 10%. Notably, buses, which are either CNG-fueled or electric, contribute the least, which is why the government’s move to more than double the fleet holds promise. Are ‘smog guns’ effective? A visible part of Delhi’s pollution control measures has been smog guns, atop trucks and buildings. These are essentially water-mist cannons and sprinklers. The new action plan persists with them to control dust and vehicular pollution. But a recent study by the Council on Energy, Environment and Water pointed out that putting these on top of large buildings would cover less that 0.5% of Delhi’s area, or about 3-7 square km. This assessment was based on last year’s Air Pollution Mitigation Plan. The new criteria details are yet to be released. The truck-borne versions cover more distance as they drive along the main roads, spraying water, but their effectiveness in reducing pollution is equally questionable. A study by the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi found that while smog guns reduce average PM2.5 greatly immediately after sprinkling, the benefit reduces sharply over the next 2-3 hours, and the overall effect after 24 hours was 8%. The range of efficacy is limited to just about 100 to 200 metres on either side of the machine, the research found. A smog gun on a Delhi road. An IIT-Delhi study has questioned the effectiveness in reducing air pollution. Measures like smog towers, cloud seeding and even smog towers have been called cosmetic changes and red herrings. While pollution control agencies have ditched smog towers, the Gupta government is planning to continue with cloud seeding trials this year again – despite last year’s fiasco and criticism – although the action plan doesn’t mention it. Action plan silent on firecrackers But while there are gaps, several commentators have welcomed the new plan. It offers “real hope”, says Jyoti Pande Lavakare, a clean air advocate and author of the memoir, “Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health”. But the critical missing piece, she says, is the Delhi government’s silence on banning firecrackers. “Without a complete ban, at least from October to March, Delhi’s winter pollution peaks are unlikely to see a significant fall,” she wrote in an opinion piece. That, however, is not likely, as the Rekha Gupta government had gone to court to lift the ban and got it overturned. Kandhari calls for deeper reforms. Regional sources, including industrial pollution in NCR (national capital region) and non-compliant thermal power plants within a 300 km radius, remain insufficiently addressed, she points out. Governance challenges, staff shortages, weak enforcement capacity and fragmented institutions compromise implementation. “Overall, the plan prioritises visible, technocratic solutions while neglecting deeper structural and institutional reforms needed for sustained air quality improvement,” says Kandhari. Old plan, but stiffer targets HPW reached out to pollution-control officials for comment but had not received this at time of publication. Meanwhile, the government has promised a hard line backed by budgetary allocation and measurable outcomes. During the peak pollution season, October to January, when PM2.5 levels can be 30-40 times above the WHO’s safe guidelines, the government may consider staggered office timings, work-from-home directives and additional restrictions on polluting vehicles for immediate relief, which is the same as previous years. It all boils down to implementation. If the chief minister drives her new action and holds officials accountable for reducing pollution, old wine in a new bottle may still work. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, CMO Delhi, CMO Delhi. Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
WHO Director General in Germany for Series of High Level Meetings – What’s At Stake? 14/04/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Editorial team WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus meets with members of the German Bundestag in a series of high-level meetings this week in Berlin. As WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus visits Germany, a high stakes week for Germany’s future role in the World Health Organization agency may be unfolding in Berlin. On Monday, Tedros began a two-day high-level visit to Germany at the invitation of the World Health Summit where he has served as a patron. The visit also reportedly includes meetings requested by Tedros with Minister of Foreign Affairs Johann Wadephul, Minister of Health Nina Warken, and Berlin Mayor Kai Wegner as well as members of Germany’s Bundestag, or Parliament. Germany’s Chancellor Friedrich Merz, meanwhile, declined a request from the Director-General to convene a meeting, Health Policy Watch learned. The question is this: what exactly is Tedros doing in Berlin, and why is he prioritizing bilaterals with German ministers a month before the World Health Assembly? According to a WHO spokesperson, the answer is simple: he is in Berlin “at the invitation” of the World Health Summit. “On Monday, 13 April, he attended the WHS-organized high-level dinner, ‘From Crisis to Resilience: Innovating for Health,’ which focused on the future of international organizations and the role of Germany and Europe in a changing global order. In addition, “the Director General is meeting with key German stakeholders, including the Federal Minister of Health and the Mayor of Berlin, to reaffirm Germany`s role as a strategic partner and champion of multilateral global health. “The visit aims to strengthen cooperation on pandemic preparedness, global health reform and sustainable financing, while highlighting the WHO Hub in Berlin as a global asset made possible through Germany`s support,” the WHO spokesperson added. However, diplomatic sources told Health Policy Watch that the meetings have less to do with the World Health Summit and more to do with the pending loss of German voluntary donations to WHO – as well as Germany’s positioning in the upcoming race for WHO Director General. German cuts to WHO funding WHO’s Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence team meeting with WHO’s DG Dr Tedros Monday in Berlin. Following the US withdrawal from the WHO, Germany has emerged as the Organization’s largest member state donor. But it is reportedly cutting back its voluntary contributions in both 2026 and 2027 and it is unclear whether it will come through with all of the $262.2 million in funding pledged at the World Health Summit in October 2024 for the years 2025-2028. Since that 2024 pledge, only about $84 million has so far been committed by the Health Ministry in the 2026 German national budget approved by the Bundestag. The remaining $180 million pledged remains in question. Germany’s plans to halve its annual funding for the Berlin-based WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence from €30 million to €15 million, were reported by Health Policy Watch in January. Meanwhile, despite dramatic budget cuts and layoffs of at least 25% of the workforce over the past 16 months, WHO still faces an estimated $640 million budget gap for the current 2026-2027 biennium, according to a Director General’s report at the February 2026 Executive Board meeting. WHO disclosed plans for a 25% staff cut in November 2025 with professional staff at low and mid-level hit hardest. But a budget gap of $640 million remains. Will Germany put forward a candidate for DG ? Another likely issue in bilateral discussions is the election campaign for the next WHO Director General. That is expected to kick off formally later this month or in early May when Tedros issues a call to WHO member states to nominate candidates. Former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach. Two influential German health policy actors have been eyeing the race, as reported in February by Health Policy Watch and German media outlets. Those include former German Health Minister Karl Lauterbach and Paul Zubeil, deputy director general of European and International Health Politics in the German Ministry. Both bring distinct strengths along with potential trade-offs. While Lauterbach is widely known, his prominent role in the COVID-19 response made him a more polarizing figure domestically, which could affect how he is received on the global stage. Paul Zubeil, German Ministry of Health, at the World Health Summit in Berlin in 2025. Zubeil, who currently oversees all funding to WHO and UNAIDS on behalf of the German Federal Ministry of Health, is highly regarded in expert circles for his decades of experience in fragile and complex settings and his deep understanding of global health systems. The key question is whether he has the political backing to mobilize a German nomination. Deferring or not? Within German political circles, there is a debate underway, however, about how the country should position itself in the DG race. “German opinion on whether there should be a candidate [for WHO DG] is highly disputed inside and outside of ministries. German foreign policy might just have other problems right now than running a [WHO] campaign,” said one expert on the European arena. And recently, German Chancellor Merz’s fractious coalition of conservatives and the centre-left, has been further strained by the geopolitical challenges of the war in Iran and the consequent sharp hike in fuel prices. In what are likely to be Tedros’ final strategic engagements with Germany before the race begins, he is understood to be encouraging his counterparts in Berlin not to enter the contest and instead back allied candidates, according to WHO sources. Tedros’ own personal preferences in the race, while the subject of informal speculation, have yet to emerge. For Berlin, the implications of deferring any nomination of a German candidate is politically significant. Germany, despite being a major multilateral donor, does not have anyone serving in the top posts of the UN system. Its one remaining shot to secure a major global leadership role over the next five years is the WHO Director-General race, so it is not surprising that Germany had been considering nominating a candidate. But not putting forward a candidate may be the least favorable option of all, others argue. “To defer to the current WHO DG’s preference rather than put forward its own candidate would not just be a missed opportunity. It would raise serious questions about judgment and independence at a moment when leadership in global health is under intense scrutiny,” said one German diplomatic source. Germany in WHO’s Executive Board calculus WHO European Region Executive Board representation – the allocation of three-year terms is by three country groupings. While Berlin debates its position in the DG race, its near-term role in the Executive Board, WHO’s governing body, is also unclear. In late January or early February 2027, the EB will screen and select three candidates among the slate of DG nominees to be voted on by member states at the May 2027 World Health Assembly. That gives the 34-member WHO governing body with immense power to sway the final outcome of the race. See related story here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/exclusive-china-on-next-who-executive-board/ Currently, Germany does not have a seat on the Board so its say on the final three candidate slate will be shaped by broader European Union currents and Policies. It will have a chance to return to the EB at the May 2027 WHA, as member states elect a new DG. At that time, four European member states will rotate out of the eight EB seats allocated to European Region members. But the complex subregional grouping system that the European Region uses to select EB representatives will continue to represent a critical constraint for the success of a German EB candidate. That’s because Germany is a member of the European region’s Group A countries, where only one seat is available. It will be competing with Iceland and Luxembourg, which both expressed interest in the seat at an informal Regional consultation in late 2025, according to documents from the meeting seen by Health Policy Watch. France’s EB position is more secure The 158th WHO Executive Board meeting on 8 February, the final day of its last session. That means three countries would likely be competing directly for a single position, with two guaranteed to be eliminated. Former Health Minister and WHO Academy Executive Director Agnès Buzyn – potential French nominee? At the same time, France, which is also eyeing at least three nominees for the DG race – including Agnès Buzyn, Anne-Claire Amprou and Marisol Touraine – sits within the Region’s Group B where two Executive Board seats are available. As a Permanent Member of the United Nations Security Council, France benefits from extra privileges rotating into one of the available positions more frequently than other member states. This means France will almost definitely secure a Board seat in 2027, even if its DG candidate is unsuccessful, while Germany does not have the same privilege. Meanwhile, Group C, which includes the Russian Federation, Israel, and Turkey – as well as Balkan and Central Asian member states – will have one vacant seat in 2027 with Romania and Moldova already expressing interest. So, whether by design or by drift, Germany risks being edged out of both the WHO Executive Board and the broader WHO leadership conversation, critics say. Largest OECD donor with the lowest UN boardroom profile This comes at a time when Germany has also become the largest provider of official development assistance (ODA) for the first time, with total aid reaching $29.1 billion, according to the 2025 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development report released last week. Despite that historic financial weight, Germany has not managed to parry funding into multilateral power. Until 2025, Germany held one senior role through Achim Steiner, who served as Administrator of the United Nations Development Programme until his term concluded. However, he remained a relatively low-profile figure across the system, with limited recognition beyond core development circles. Berlin’s subsequent attempt to secure the top role at the UN High Commissioner for Refugees fell short, with its candidate Niels Annen, a former parliamentary State Secretary at the Federal Ministry of Economic Cooperation and Development, losing out to Barham Salih, the former President of Iraq. Even with the cutbacks in support to WHO, Germany is likely to continue ranking as one of the largest member state donors to the global health agency for the foreseeable future But here, too, critics argue that financial power as a donor to the UN system shouldn’t come with such explicit strings attached. “What’s the message? I pay and you vote for me or…? Sounds like the USA!” one observer told Health Policy Watch. Decisive moment in Berlin vis a vis Washington DC? Financial considerations aside, relations between Germany and Washington are at one of their lowest points in decades, with US President Donald Trump repeatedly attacking his European allies over defense, trade, and alignment with US priorities. At the same time, Merz has warned of a deep rift between Europe and the US, while still insisting that transatlantic cooperation must be preserved. That is exactly where the WHO race becomes more than a health decision. It becomes a diplomatic lever. At a time when Washington is increasingly transactional and relationship-driven, Berlin putting forward a credible nominee could signal alignment, rather than distance, some sources who spoke with Health Policy Watch, asserted. Said one, “It could demonstrate that Germany is willing to lead where it matters, to reset the course of WHO and do so in a way that keeps the US anchored in global institutions rather than drifting further away.” –Felix Sassmannshausen also contributed reporting to this story. Image Credits: X/DrTedros, X/Dr Tedros, WHO , Steffen Prößdorf, Health Policy Watch , Amélie Tsaag Valren. Delhi Has a New Plan to Fight Its Toxic Air, But Will it Deliver? 13/04/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak pollution days in mid-November. Delhi’s new action plan 2026 promises to double the bus fleet, deploy more smog guns, and impose pollution-linked curbs on fuel sales. But experts warn of missing enforcement muscle and dodging hard decisions. DELHI – The world’s most polluted capital has a new air quality action plan, but the Delhi state government is yet to release the details – more than a week after the Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced it. A press release with sketchy details on the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 has been welcomed by experts and civil society, but cautiously; a follow-up draft electric vehicle (EV) policy has more details on how to phase out certain categories of fossil-fueled vehicles over the next two to three years to improve air quality. How effective are smog guns? However, the government plans to double down on questionable measures such as anti-smog guns and water sprinklers on a “large scale”. According to an Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi finding, spraying water had a very small impact on the small particulate matter in the air, PM2.5, and this was limited to an area up to 200 metres from the machine. Last year, the government released the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Some of the policy proposals are the same, such as a curb on entry of old goods vehicles, the deadline for which has been postponed by a year. But the scale of other promises, such as a lot more buses and EV chargers, has grown significantly. Delhi Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 on 3 April. It follows the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Scepticism is understandable given that Delhi’s average PM2.5 pollution has hovered around 100 micrograms for the last seven years. Earlier this year, the government announced a target of a 15% reduction in the annual average PM2.5 level for 2026. The new plan doesn’t mention this, but the list of promises is long and ambitious. Details of Delhi’s Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan Vehicular and transport curbs Curbs on fuel sale: ‘No PUC, No Fuel’ – vehicles without a pollution-under-control (PUC) certificate will not be sold fuel at pumps. Cameras will use digital tracking to identify them. Curbs on old goods vehicles: Starting 1 November 2026, only the most recent emission standard BS-VI (Bharat Stage), CNG (compressed natural gas), or electric goods vehicles will be allowed into Delhi. Last year’s plan had promised the same thing by 1 November, 2025. Doubling the bus fleet: A target fleet of 13,760 buses by 2028-29, more than double the current 6,100, with a heavy focus on electric models. Last year’s plan promised 5,004 electric buses. Adding more than three times the current number of EV charging points: 32,000 charging points over the next four years, almost triple the current 8,800, and a new EV Policy 2026 targeting commercial fleets. Last year’s plan promised 18,000 EV chargers. Traffic and dust management Eliminating 62 traffic congestion Hotspots: Using an “Intelligent Traffic Management System”. Anti-smog guns for roads and large buildings: Large-scale deployment of mechanical sweepers and water spray systems to control dust. Paving & greening: 3,500 km of roads and the planting of 7 million trees and shrubs in a year. Incidentally, just weeks earlier, the chief minister had announced plans to recarpet 750 km of roads as a step to improve the air quality. Waste and construction monitoring Removing Delhi’s garbage mountains: South Delhi’s Okhla site by July 2026, North Delhi’s Bhalswa by December 2026, and East Delhi’s Ghazipur by December 2027. Past deadlines to rid the national capital of these towering landfills were missed. Seven months ago, the deadline set by Gupta for all three was December this year. AI Oversight: Rollout of portal for real-time, geo-tagged monitoring of construction sites to prevent dust leakages. Biomass ban: Complete ban on biomass burning with penalties for violators and the distribution of electric heaters as alternatives. “Clean air is not a luxury, it is a fundamental right, and we are committed to delivering it,” said Gupta at the launch, promising strict timelines, accountability, “new” solutions and engagement with the public and technical experts. Delhi’s air is dependent on the seasons. This view, after rain, shows its potential for clean air. However, experts and environmentalists point out measures in this list which need to change or are missing. The aim is to reduce pollution by reducing the sources of pollution. ‘Pollution-under-control’ system needs to change Delhi’s traffic contributes to some 18% to 24% or air pollution, depending on the season. There are almost 8.8 million vehicles on the road, up 7.9% from the previous year. Over two-thirds are two-wheelers, while an estimated 1.2 million vehicles visit daily from neighbouring cities. Vehicles also account for 60% of nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions in Delhi and neighbouring region, which can have devastating health effects, including higher risk of asthmatic attacks, coughing, wheezing, chronic lung disease, heart disease, strokes and lung cancer among others. NOx also contributes to the creation of other pollutants like ozone and fine particulate matter PM2.5, equally damaging to human health. Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Caption: Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Source: CMO Delhi’s account on Instagram. But the PUC certificate, which the government has vowed to police, doesn’t measure NOx or PM2.5, which is a critical gap according to Amit Bhatt, managing director for India at the International Council for Clean Transportation (ICCT), a research organisation. “The key limitation of the existing PUC system is that it is a stationary test and does not capture emissions under real-world driving conditions. However, the actual impact on human health occurs when vehicles are operating on the road. Therefore, it is important to reimagine vehicular emission testing to better reflect real-world conditions and align with public health priorities,” Bhatt told Health Policy Watch. Bhavreen Kandhari, a prominent environmentalist, warns of another danger of continuing with the old PUC regime. “Continued reliance on the PUC system, widely considered outdated/corrupt without scaling robust real-time emission monitoring, weakens enforcement,” says the founder of Warrior Moms, an air quality activist group. New EV plan announced However, the Delhi government has announced details for a new, draft EV policy, vehicles contributing up to almost a quarter of the megacity’s pollution and identified as the fastest growing pollution source. It promises a rapid push for EVs in all categories by providing incentives from subsidies for new EVs to incentives for scrapping fossil-fuel vehicles. Proposed subsidies range from a few hundred dollars for two-wheelers up to about $2,500 for cars, and about $1,000 for trucks in the first year of the policy. These incentives will be phased in, ending by 2030. Private EV four-wheelers don’t get any subsidies but are exempt from road tax and registration fees for vehicles costing up to about $32,000. The policy also provides a roadmap for phasing out fossil-fueled vehicles in certain categories. Petrol and diesel vehicles will no longer be added to delivery and ride aggregator fleets in Delhi from this year, while only electric auto-rickshaws will be registered from next year, and only electric two-wheelers will be registered in Delhi from 1 April, 2028. “The proposed Delhi EV Draft Policy 2026 is a significant step towards establishing a clean, accessible and sustainable transport system in the capital,” Chief Minister Gupta says. Break-up of Delhi’s vehicular pollution The draft provides no data on how much each category contributes to the 24% of vehicular pollution in Delhi. However, Health Policy Watch has learnt that a recent, yet-to-be-published study estimates that a quarter of vehicular pollution is from two-wheelers, which number over five million in Delhi. The share of three-wheelers for goods is even more than this. Trucks of various sizes are estimated to contribute about a fifth of the pollution, while the share from private cars is under 10%. Notably, buses, which are either CNG-fueled or electric, contribute the least, which is why the government’s move to more than double the fleet holds promise. Are ‘smog guns’ effective? A visible part of Delhi’s pollution control measures has been smog guns, atop trucks and buildings. These are essentially water-mist cannons and sprinklers. The new action plan persists with them to control dust and vehicular pollution. But a recent study by the Council on Energy, Environment and Water pointed out that putting these on top of large buildings would cover less that 0.5% of Delhi’s area, or about 3-7 square km. This assessment was based on last year’s Air Pollution Mitigation Plan. The new criteria details are yet to be released. The truck-borne versions cover more distance as they drive along the main roads, spraying water, but their effectiveness in reducing pollution is equally questionable. A study by the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi found that while smog guns reduce average PM2.5 greatly immediately after sprinkling, the benefit reduces sharply over the next 2-3 hours, and the overall effect after 24 hours was 8%. The range of efficacy is limited to just about 100 to 200 metres on either side of the machine, the research found. A smog gun on a Delhi road. An IIT-Delhi study has questioned the effectiveness in reducing air pollution. Measures like smog towers, cloud seeding and even smog towers have been called cosmetic changes and red herrings. While pollution control agencies have ditched smog towers, the Gupta government is planning to continue with cloud seeding trials this year again – despite last year’s fiasco and criticism – although the action plan doesn’t mention it. Action plan silent on firecrackers But while there are gaps, several commentators have welcomed the new plan. It offers “real hope”, says Jyoti Pande Lavakare, a clean air advocate and author of the memoir, “Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health”. But the critical missing piece, she says, is the Delhi government’s silence on banning firecrackers. “Without a complete ban, at least from October to March, Delhi’s winter pollution peaks are unlikely to see a significant fall,” she wrote in an opinion piece. That, however, is not likely, as the Rekha Gupta government had gone to court to lift the ban and got it overturned. Kandhari calls for deeper reforms. Regional sources, including industrial pollution in NCR (national capital region) and non-compliant thermal power plants within a 300 km radius, remain insufficiently addressed, she points out. Governance challenges, staff shortages, weak enforcement capacity and fragmented institutions compromise implementation. “Overall, the plan prioritises visible, technocratic solutions while neglecting deeper structural and institutional reforms needed for sustained air quality improvement,” says Kandhari. Old plan, but stiffer targets HPW reached out to pollution-control officials for comment but had not received this at time of publication. Meanwhile, the government has promised a hard line backed by budgetary allocation and measurable outcomes. During the peak pollution season, October to January, when PM2.5 levels can be 30-40 times above the WHO’s safe guidelines, the government may consider staggered office timings, work-from-home directives and additional restrictions on polluting vehicles for immediate relief, which is the same as previous years. It all boils down to implementation. If the chief minister drives her new action and holds officials accountable for reducing pollution, old wine in a new bottle may still work. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, CMO Delhi, CMO Delhi. Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy
Delhi Has a New Plan to Fight Its Toxic Air, But Will it Deliver? 13/04/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak pollution days in mid-November. Delhi’s new action plan 2026 promises to double the bus fleet, deploy more smog guns, and impose pollution-linked curbs on fuel sales. But experts warn of missing enforcement muscle and dodging hard decisions. DELHI – The world’s most polluted capital has a new air quality action plan, but the Delhi state government is yet to release the details – more than a week after the Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced it. A press release with sketchy details on the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 has been welcomed by experts and civil society, but cautiously; a follow-up draft electric vehicle (EV) policy has more details on how to phase out certain categories of fossil-fueled vehicles over the next two to three years to improve air quality. How effective are smog guns? However, the government plans to double down on questionable measures such as anti-smog guns and water sprinklers on a “large scale”. According to an Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi finding, spraying water had a very small impact on the small particulate matter in the air, PM2.5, and this was limited to an area up to 200 metres from the machine. Last year, the government released the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Some of the policy proposals are the same, such as a curb on entry of old goods vehicles, the deadline for which has been postponed by a year. But the scale of other promises, such as a lot more buses and EV chargers, has grown significantly. Delhi Chief Minister Rekha Gupta announced the Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan 2026 on 3 April. It follows the Air Pollution Mitigation Plan 2025. Scepticism is understandable given that Delhi’s average PM2.5 pollution has hovered around 100 micrograms for the last seven years. Earlier this year, the government announced a target of a 15% reduction in the annual average PM2.5 level for 2026. The new plan doesn’t mention this, but the list of promises is long and ambitious. Details of Delhi’s Air Pollution Mitigation Action Plan Vehicular and transport curbs Curbs on fuel sale: ‘No PUC, No Fuel’ – vehicles without a pollution-under-control (PUC) certificate will not be sold fuel at pumps. Cameras will use digital tracking to identify them. Curbs on old goods vehicles: Starting 1 November 2026, only the most recent emission standard BS-VI (Bharat Stage), CNG (compressed natural gas), or electric goods vehicles will be allowed into Delhi. Last year’s plan had promised the same thing by 1 November, 2025. Doubling the bus fleet: A target fleet of 13,760 buses by 2028-29, more than double the current 6,100, with a heavy focus on electric models. Last year’s plan promised 5,004 electric buses. Adding more than three times the current number of EV charging points: 32,000 charging points over the next four years, almost triple the current 8,800, and a new EV Policy 2026 targeting commercial fleets. Last year’s plan promised 18,000 EV chargers. Traffic and dust management Eliminating 62 traffic congestion Hotspots: Using an “Intelligent Traffic Management System”. Anti-smog guns for roads and large buildings: Large-scale deployment of mechanical sweepers and water spray systems to control dust. Paving & greening: 3,500 km of roads and the planting of 7 million trees and shrubs in a year. Incidentally, just weeks earlier, the chief minister had announced plans to recarpet 750 km of roads as a step to improve the air quality. Waste and construction monitoring Removing Delhi’s garbage mountains: South Delhi’s Okhla site by July 2026, North Delhi’s Bhalswa by December 2026, and East Delhi’s Ghazipur by December 2027. Past deadlines to rid the national capital of these towering landfills were missed. Seven months ago, the deadline set by Gupta for all three was December this year. AI Oversight: Rollout of portal for real-time, geo-tagged monitoring of construction sites to prevent dust leakages. Biomass ban: Complete ban on biomass burning with penalties for violators and the distribution of electric heaters as alternatives. “Clean air is not a luxury, it is a fundamental right, and we are committed to delivering it,” said Gupta at the launch, promising strict timelines, accountability, “new” solutions and engagement with the public and technical experts. Delhi’s air is dependent on the seasons. This view, after rain, shows its potential for clean air. However, experts and environmentalists point out measures in this list which need to change or are missing. The aim is to reduce pollution by reducing the sources of pollution. ‘Pollution-under-control’ system needs to change Delhi’s traffic contributes to some 18% to 24% or air pollution, depending on the season. There are almost 8.8 million vehicles on the road, up 7.9% from the previous year. Over two-thirds are two-wheelers, while an estimated 1.2 million vehicles visit daily from neighbouring cities. Vehicles also account for 60% of nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions in Delhi and neighbouring region, which can have devastating health effects, including higher risk of asthmatic attacks, coughing, wheezing, chronic lung disease, heart disease, strokes and lung cancer among others. NOx also contributes to the creation of other pollutants like ozone and fine particulate matter PM2.5, equally damaging to human health. Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Caption: Fossil fuel vehicles in Delhi without a valid pollution-under-control certificate will be barred from buying fuel, according to a proposed action plan by the government. Source: CMO Delhi’s account on Instagram. But the PUC certificate, which the government has vowed to police, doesn’t measure NOx or PM2.5, which is a critical gap according to Amit Bhatt, managing director for India at the International Council for Clean Transportation (ICCT), a research organisation. “The key limitation of the existing PUC system is that it is a stationary test and does not capture emissions under real-world driving conditions. However, the actual impact on human health occurs when vehicles are operating on the road. Therefore, it is important to reimagine vehicular emission testing to better reflect real-world conditions and align with public health priorities,” Bhatt told Health Policy Watch. Bhavreen Kandhari, a prominent environmentalist, warns of another danger of continuing with the old PUC regime. “Continued reliance on the PUC system, widely considered outdated/corrupt without scaling robust real-time emission monitoring, weakens enforcement,” says the founder of Warrior Moms, an air quality activist group. New EV plan announced However, the Delhi government has announced details for a new, draft EV policy, vehicles contributing up to almost a quarter of the megacity’s pollution and identified as the fastest growing pollution source. It promises a rapid push for EVs in all categories by providing incentives from subsidies for new EVs to incentives for scrapping fossil-fuel vehicles. Proposed subsidies range from a few hundred dollars for two-wheelers up to about $2,500 for cars, and about $1,000 for trucks in the first year of the policy. These incentives will be phased in, ending by 2030. Private EV four-wheelers don’t get any subsidies but are exempt from road tax and registration fees for vehicles costing up to about $32,000. The policy also provides a roadmap for phasing out fossil-fueled vehicles in certain categories. Petrol and diesel vehicles will no longer be added to delivery and ride aggregator fleets in Delhi from this year, while only electric auto-rickshaws will be registered from next year, and only electric two-wheelers will be registered in Delhi from 1 April, 2028. “The proposed Delhi EV Draft Policy 2026 is a significant step towards establishing a clean, accessible and sustainable transport system in the capital,” Chief Minister Gupta says. Break-up of Delhi’s vehicular pollution The draft provides no data on how much each category contributes to the 24% of vehicular pollution in Delhi. However, Health Policy Watch has learnt that a recent, yet-to-be-published study estimates that a quarter of vehicular pollution is from two-wheelers, which number over five million in Delhi. The share of three-wheelers for goods is even more than this. Trucks of various sizes are estimated to contribute about a fifth of the pollution, while the share from private cars is under 10%. Notably, buses, which are either CNG-fueled or electric, contribute the least, which is why the government’s move to more than double the fleet holds promise. Are ‘smog guns’ effective? A visible part of Delhi’s pollution control measures has been smog guns, atop trucks and buildings. These are essentially water-mist cannons and sprinklers. The new action plan persists with them to control dust and vehicular pollution. But a recent study by the Council on Energy, Environment and Water pointed out that putting these on top of large buildings would cover less that 0.5% of Delhi’s area, or about 3-7 square km. This assessment was based on last year’s Air Pollution Mitigation Plan. The new criteria details are yet to be released. The truck-borne versions cover more distance as they drive along the main roads, spraying water, but their effectiveness in reducing pollution is equally questionable. A study by the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi found that while smog guns reduce average PM2.5 greatly immediately after sprinkling, the benefit reduces sharply over the next 2-3 hours, and the overall effect after 24 hours was 8%. The range of efficacy is limited to just about 100 to 200 metres on either side of the machine, the research found. A smog gun on a Delhi road. An IIT-Delhi study has questioned the effectiveness in reducing air pollution. Measures like smog towers, cloud seeding and even smog towers have been called cosmetic changes and red herrings. While pollution control agencies have ditched smog towers, the Gupta government is planning to continue with cloud seeding trials this year again – despite last year’s fiasco and criticism – although the action plan doesn’t mention it. Action plan silent on firecrackers But while there are gaps, several commentators have welcomed the new plan. It offers “real hope”, says Jyoti Pande Lavakare, a clean air advocate and author of the memoir, “Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health”. But the critical missing piece, she says, is the Delhi government’s silence on banning firecrackers. “Without a complete ban, at least from October to March, Delhi’s winter pollution peaks are unlikely to see a significant fall,” she wrote in an opinion piece. That, however, is not likely, as the Rekha Gupta government had gone to court to lift the ban and got it overturned. Kandhari calls for deeper reforms. Regional sources, including industrial pollution in NCR (national capital region) and non-compliant thermal power plants within a 300 km radius, remain insufficiently addressed, she points out. Governance challenges, staff shortages, weak enforcement capacity and fragmented institutions compromise implementation. “Overall, the plan prioritises visible, technocratic solutions while neglecting deeper structural and institutional reforms needed for sustained air quality improvement,” says Kandhari. Old plan, but stiffer targets HPW reached out to pollution-control officials for comment but had not received this at time of publication. Meanwhile, the government has promised a hard line backed by budgetary allocation and measurable outcomes. During the peak pollution season, October to January, when PM2.5 levels can be 30-40 times above the WHO’s safe guidelines, the government may consider staggered office timings, work-from-home directives and additional restrictions on polluting vehicles for immediate relief, which is the same as previous years. It all boils down to implementation. If the chief minister drives her new action and holds officials accountable for reducing pollution, old wine in a new bottle may still work. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, CMO Delhi, CMO Delhi. Posts navigation Older posts